FitSugar

Diet Tip: Curb Cravings With Mint

FitSugar — Thu, 30 Oct 2008 03:30:00 -0700

We're always looking for ways to fight cravings when they arise, and one my tricks of the trade is mint.

Yes, mint does wonders to keep my cravings under control as its strong scent is a natural appetite suppressant. I keep a mint scented candle in my kitchen and I like to light it at night. Not only does it keep the house smelling good, I feel like I am less likely to give into late night snacking temptations. Other simple ideas are to sip mint tea, chew sugar-free mint gum, or simply brush your teeth. It may all be psychological, but it works for me so I can't complain. Try it out and see if mint helps keep your cravings under control too. If not, check out some other great ideas for curbing cravings.

Source

Hypothyroidism

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:30 -0700

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Congenital Hypothyroidism and Maternal Hyperthyroidism

Thyroid-lowering medications used for treating Graves’ disease, the most common cause of hyperthyroidism (overactive thyroid), can cause babies to be born with hypothyroidism (underactive thyroid). Research presented at the 2006 annual meeting of the American Thyroid Association suggests that hyperthyroidism can be effectively managed during pregnancy without causing newborn hypothyroidism. The researchers suggest that:

Pregnant women with Graves’ disease should take the lowest possible dose of their thyroid medication
It is safe for women with Graves’ disease to maintain thyroid levels in the upper-normal range while pregnant

Low-Normal Thyroid and Metabolic Syndrome

Thyroid levels in the low-normal range may increase the risk of unhealthy cholesterol levels, high blood sugar, and abdominal obesity -- indicators of metabolic syndrome -- according to a 2006 study in the Journal of Clinical Endocrinology and Metabolism.
Metabolic syndrome is a cluster of conditions, (including abdominal obesity, high blood sugar, and unhealthy cholesterol levels), which increases the risk for heart disease. However, many experts do not believe that treating subclinical hypothyroidism (mildly underactive thyroid) can help prevent heart problems. More research is underway.

Subclinical Hypothyroidism and Mood

A large study of elderly people, published in the Annals of Internal Medicine, suggests that subclinical hypothyroidism does not cause depression, anxiety, or impaired cognition. The study included nearly 6,000 people age 65 years and older.

Introduction

The thyroid is a small, butterfly-shaped gland located in the front of the neck that produces hormones, notably thyroxine (T4) and triiodothyronine (T3), which stimulate vital processes in every part of the body. These thyroid hormones have a major impact on the following functions:

Growth
Use of energy and oxygen
Heat production
Fertility
The use of vitamins, proteins, carbohydrates, fats, electrolytes, and water
Immune regulation in the intestine

These hormones can also alter the actions of other hormones and drugs.

The thyroid gland, a part of the endocrine (hormone) system, plays a major role in regulating the body's metabolism.

Regulating thyroid function is a complex and important process that involves several factors, including iodide and four thyroid hormones. Any abnormality in this intricate system of hormone synthesis and production can have far-reaching consequences on health.

Iodide. An understanding of the multi-step thyroid hormone process begins with iodide, a salt that is extracted from the blood and trapped by the thyroid gland. Iodide is converted to iodine in the thyroid gland. (Eighty percent of the body's iodine supply is stored here.) Iodine is the material used to make the hormone thyroxine (T4).

Thyroid Hormones. Four hormones are critical in the regulation of thyroid function:

Thyroxine (T4) and Triiodothyronine (T3). Thyroxine (T4) is the key thyroid hormone. Low levels of T4 produce hypothyroidism, and high levels produce hyperthyroidism. Thyroxine converts to triiodothyronine (T3), which is a more biologically active hormone. Only about 20% of triiodothyronine is actually formed in the thyroid gland. The rest is manufactured from circulating thyroxine in tissues outside the thyroid, such as those in the liver and kidney. Once T4 and T3 are in circulation, they typically bind to substances called thyroid hormone transport proteins, after which they become inactive.
Thyrotropin. Thyrotropin (also called thyroid-stimulating hormone or TSH) is another very important hormone in the process. Secreted by the pituitary gland, this hormone directly influences the process of iodine trapping and thyroid hormone production. When thyroxine levels drop even slightly, the pituitary gland goes into action to pump up secretion of thyrotropin so that it can stimulate thyroxine production. So, when T4 levels fall, TSH levels increase.
Thyrotropin-releasing hormone (TRH), the final critical thyroid hormone, is produced in a region in the brain called the hypothalamus, which monitors thyrotropin levels.

Click the icon to see an image of the pituitary gland.

Click the icon to see an image of the pituitary gland and TSH.

Hypothyroidism occurs when thyroxine (T4) levels drop so low that body processes begin to slow down. Hypothyroidism was first diagnosed in the late nineteenth century when doctors observed that surgical removal of the thyroid resulted in the swelling of the hands, face, feet, and tissues around the eyes. They named this syndrome myxedema and correctly concluded that it was the outcome of the absence of substances, thyroid hormones, normally produced by the thyroid gland. Hypothyroidism is usually progressive and irreversible. Treatment, however, is nearly always completely successful and allows a patient to live a fully normal life.

Subclinical hypothyroidism (mildly underactive thyroid), also called early-stage hypothyroidism, is a condition in which thyrotropin (TSH) levels have started to increase in response to an early decline in T4 levels in the thyroid. However, blood tests for T4 are still normal. The patient may have mild symptoms (usually slight fatigue) or none at all. Mildly underactive thyroid is very common (affecting about 10 million Americans) and is a topic of considerable debate among professionals because it is not clear how to manage this condition.

For instance, mildly underactive thyroid does not progress to the full-blown disorder in most people. Experts estimate that each year approximately 2 - 5% of people with mildly underactive thyroid will go on to develop overt hypothyroidism. Other factors associated with a higher risk include being an older woman (up to 20% of women over age 60 have subclinical hypothyroidism), having a goiter (enlarged thyroid gland) or thyroid antibodies, or harboring immune factors that suggest an autoimmune condition.

Mildly underactive thyroid is determined on the basis of the TSH laboratory blood tests. According to a 2004 consensus statement from the American Thyroid Association, the American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists, and the Endocrine Society, the normal range of TSH concentration falls between 0.45 and 4.5 mU/L. Patients with mildly underactive thyroid have TSH levels between 4.5 mU/L and 10mU/L. Patients with levels greater than 10mU/L are considered to have overt hypothyroidism and should be treated with medication.

For patients in the mildly underactive thyroid range, treatment decisions are less clear. The consensus committee recommended against routine treatment for patients with mildly underactive thyroid , but did suggest repeat screenings of thyroid function every 6 - 12 months to detect any changes in TSH levels. However, these are general guidelines, and individual cases and risk factors may differ. Patients should discuss with their doctor the course of action that is most appropriate for them.

Causes

Many permanent or temporary conditions can reduce thyroid hormone secretion and cause hypothyroidism. About 95% of hypothyroidism cases occur from problems that originate in the thyroid gland. In such cases, the disorder is called primary hypothyroidism. (Secondary hypothyroidism is caused by disorders of the pituitary gland. Tertiary hypothyroidism is caused by disorders of the hypothalamus.)

The two most common causes of primary hypothyroidism are:

Hashimoto's thyroiditis. This is an autoimmune condition in which the body's immune system attacks its own cells.
Overtreatment of hyperthyroidism (an overactive thyroid).

Hashimoto's thyroiditis, atrophic thyroiditis, and postpartum thyroiditis are all autoimmune diseases of the thyroid. An autoimmune disease occurs when the immune system mistakenly attacks the body's own healthy cells. In the case of autoimmune thyroiditis, a common form of primary hypothyroid disease, the cells under attack are in the thyroid gland.

All forms of thyroid autoimmunity typically start with T and B cells:

Important immune factors called T and B cells infiltrate the thyroid gland in equal numbers. These white blood cells are the primary infection-fighting immune cells. T cells identify invasive molecules, such as viral proteins, and help B cells to produce antibodies that are designed specifically to attack these invaders.
In cases of autoimmunity, T cells are tricked into classifying molecules on the body's own cells as invaders. In such cases, B cells then produce antibodies, called autoantibodies, which attack those cells.
In most cases of thyroid autoimmunity, the autoantibodies launch an attack on a thyroid protein called thyroid peroxidase; this attack appears to destroy thyroid cells.

Experts do not know why the immune system starts the process that injures the thyroid. Some theories follow:

One theory starts with a virus that has a protein resembling a thyroid protein. During an infection, T cells induce B cells to secrete specific antibodies that attack the invasive viral protein. Unfortunately, the T cells are also tricked into inducing a B-cell attack on the similar thyroid protein.
Genetic factors most likely play some role in autoimmune thyroiditis. For example, many patients with Hashimoto's thyroiditis express a gene called the Fas gene, which interacts with thyroid cells and triggers a process called apoptosis, in which the cells begin to self-destruct. The Fas gene is linked to genes that regulate tumor necrosis factors, which are products of the immune system that trigger a damaging inflammatory response in cells.
In some women, thyroid autoimmunity may have developed while they were pregnant. In such cases, some evidence suggests that fetal cells accumulated in the mother's thyroid gland, triggering an immune attack.
In some cases of Hashimoto's thyroiditis, antibodies block a receptor on thyroid cells that bind to thyrotropin (TSH). This effect is more likely to be involved in worsening the disorder, but does not explain initial destruction.
Some evidence suggests that excess iodine intake triggers the process leading to Hashimoto's thyroiditis.

Hashimoto's Thyroiditis. The most common form of hypothyroidism in the U.S. is Hashimoto's thyroiditis, a genetic disease named after the Japanese doctor who first described thyroid inflammation. It occurs in about 0.3 - 5 people per 1,000 per year, and women are 15 - 20 times more likely than men to develop this disease.

Click the icon to see an image of Hashimoto's thyroiditis.

An enlargement of the thyroid gland, called a goiter, is almost always present and may appear as a cyst-like or fibrous growth in the neck. Hashimoto's thyroiditis is permanent and requires lifelong treatment. Both genetic and environmental factors appear to play a role in its development.

One theory proposes that Hashimoto's thyroiditis and Graves' disease (a form of hyperthyroidism) are caused by a similar immunologic dysfunction. Similar immune system substances called antibodies are present in both diseases, and some experts believe that the predominance of one or another antibody determines which of the diseases become manifest. The two diseases, then, are essentially two sides of a single coin.

Click the icon to see an image of Grave's disease.

Atrophic Thyroiditis. Atrophic thyroiditis is similar to Hashimoto's thyroiditis, except a goiter is not present.

Riedel's Thyroiditis. Riedel's thyroiditis is a rare autoimmune disorder, in which scar tissue progresses in the thyroid until it produces a hard stony mass that suggests cancer. Hypothyroidism develops as the scar tissue replaces healthy tissue. Surgery is usually required, although early stages may be treated with tamoxifen, corticosteroids, or other immunosuppressive drugs.

Autoimmune Thyroiditis Due to Pregnancy. Hypothyroidism may also occur in women who develop antibodies to their own thyroid during pregnancy, causing an inflammation of the thyroid after delivery.

Subacute thyroiditis is a temporary condition that passes through three phases: hyperthyroidism, hypothyroidism, and a return to normal thyroid levels. Patients may exhibit symptoms of both hyperthyroidism and hypothyroidism (rapid heartbeat, nervousness, weight loss), and they can feel extremely sick. Symptoms last about 6 - 8 weeks and then resolve in most patients, although each form carries some risk for becoming chronic. Experts estimate that subacute thyroiditis is responsible for 10% of all cases of hypothyroidism.

The three forms of subacute thyroiditis follow a similar course:

Painless Postpartum Subacute Thyroiditis. Postpartum thyroiditis is an autoimmune condition that occurs in up to 10% of pregnant women and tends to develop between 4 - 12 months after delivery. In most cases, a woman develops a small, painless goiter. Although 80% of women with this condition have normal thyroid function within a year, some evidence suggests that half of women with this condition develop permanent hypothyroidism within 7 years. Women who have had recurrent episodes after previous pregnancies and women who have other autoimmune disorders are at higher risk for this form of subacute thyroiditis. It is generally self-limiting and requires no therapy unless the hypothyroid phase is prolonged. In such cases, therapy may be thyroxine replacement for a few months. A doctor will prescribe beta blockers if the hyperthyroid phase requires treatment.

Painless Sporadic, or Silent, Thyroiditis. This painless condition is very similar to postpartum thyroiditis except it can occur in both men and women and at any age. About 20% of patients with silent thyroiditis may develop chronic hypothyroidism. Treatment considerations are the same as for postpartum subacute thyroiditis.

Painful, or Granulomatous, Thyroiditis. This condition comes on suddenly with flu-like symptoms and severe neck pain and swelling. It generally occurs in the summer and is five times more common in women. It recurs in about 2% of patients. Hypothyroidism persists in about 5%. Treatments typically include pain relievers and, in severe cases, corticosteroids.

Up to half or more of patients who receive radioactive iodide treatments for an overactive thyroid develop permanent hypothyroidism within a year of therapy. This is the standard treatment for Graves' disease, which is the most common form of hyperthyroidism, a condition caused by excessive secretion of thyroid hormones.

By the end of 5 years, about 65% of treated patients have developed hypothyroidism, after which the rate of this condition levels off to about 1% a year. Such patients need to take thyroid hormones for the rest of their lives. Other forms of treatment for overactive thyroid glands using either antithyroid drugs or surgery may also result in hypothyroidism.

Too much or too little iodide can cause hypothyroidism. If there is a deficiency of iodide, the body cannot manufacture thyroxine. About 200 million people around the world have hypothyroidism because of insufficient iodine in their diets. Too much iodide is a signal to inhibit the conversion process of thyroxine to T3. The end result in both cases is inadequate production of thyroid hormones. Some evidence suggests that excess iodine triggers the process leading to Hashimoto's thyroiditis.

Complete removal (total thyroidectomy) of the thyroid to treat thyroid cancer requires a lifetime of treatment with an appropriate dosage of thyroid hormone. Removing one of the two lobes of the thyroid gland (hemithyroidectomy), usually because of benign growths on the thyroid gland, rarely produces hypothyroidism. The remaining thyroid lobe will generally enlarge so that it can produce sufficient amounts of thyroid hormone for normal function. Many doctors recommend thyroid hormone treatment, however, to prevent the formation of additional nodules.

Click the icon to see an illustrated series detailing thyroid removal.

A small percentage of Graves disease patients who require surgery to remove most of both thyroid lobes (subtotal thyroidectomy) may develop hypothyroidism. It is important to find an experienced surgeon for this procedure and to have the thyroid checked at 6- or 12-month intervals.

Researchers have identified several additional syndromes that also cause hypothyroidism. These generally involve abnormalities in thyroid hormone itself or genetic deficiencies in certain proteins that impair thyroid hormone conversion processes or responses.

Lithium. Lithium, a drug widely used to treat psychiatric disorders, has multiple effects on thyroid hormone synthesis and secretion. Up to 50% of patients who take lithium develop a goiter, with 20% developing symptomatic hypothyroidism, and another 20 - 30% developing hypothyroidism without symptoms.

Amiodarone. The drug amiodarone (Cordarone), which is used to treat abnormal heart rhythms, contains high levels of iodine and can induce hyper- or hypothyroidism, particularly in patients with existing thyroid problems. Hypothyroidism occurs in 20% of patients and is the more common effect in the U.S. and other countries where dietary iodine is abundant. Hyperthyroidism is a less common effect in these regions.

Other Drugs. Drugs used for treating epilepsy, such as phenytoin and carbamazepine, can reduce thyroid levels. Certain antidepressants may cause hypothyroidism, although this is rare. Interferons and interleukins are used for treating hepatitis, multiple sclerosis, and other conditions. Evidence suggests that these drugs increase antibodies that put patients at risk for hypo- or hyperthyroidism. Some drugs used in cancer chemotherapy, such as sunitinib (Sunent) or imatinib (Gleevec), can also cause or worsen hypothyroidism.

High-dose radiation for cancers of the head or neck and for Hodgkin's disease causes hypothyroidism in up to 65% of patients within 10 years after treatment.

In rare instances, usually due to a tumor, the pituitary gland will fail to produce thyrotropin (TSH), the hormone that stimulates the thyroid to produce its hormones. In such cases, the thyroid gland withers. When this happens, secondary hypothyroidism occurs.

Hypothyroidism in newborns (known as congenital hypothyroidism) occurs in one in every 3,000 - 4,000 births, making it the most common hormonal disorder in infants. In 90% of these cases, it persists throughout life.

Permanent Congenital Hypothyroidism. In up to 85% of permanent congenital hypothyroidism cases, the thyroid gland is missing, underdeveloped, or not properly located. In most cases the cause or causes of these conditions are unknown. In about 10 - 15% of cases, processes involved in hormone production are impaired, most likely because of genetic abnormalities. In less than 5% of cases, the pituitary or hypothalamus function abnormally.

Temporary Hypothyroidism in Infants. Temporary hypothyroidism can also occur in infants. In about 20% of cases, the cause remains unknown. The known causes stem from various immunologic, environmental, and genetic factors, including those in the mother:

Hypothyroidism. Women who have an underactive (“low”) thyroid, including those who develop the problem during pregnancy, are at increased risk for delivering babies with congenital (newborn) hypothyroidism. Maternal hypothyroidism can also cause premature delivery and low-birth weight.
Hyperthyroidism. Graves disease is the most common cause of maternal hyperthyroidism (overactive or “high” thyroid). Some of the drugs used to treat hyperthyroidism can cause hypothyroidism in the infant. Some research indicates that using the lowest possible dose of thyroid-lowering medication can minimize the risk of congenital hypothyroidism. (The research also suggests that it is safe for women with Graves’ disease to remain in a mildly hyperthyroid state during pregnancy.
Iodine deficiency. This may cause temporary hypothyroidism. (Exposure to too much iodine immediately after birth, for example, from iodine-containing disinfectants or medicines, can also cause thyroid dysfunction.)
Being premature.
Kidney disease. Temporary hypothyroidism in infants can occur in premature babies and, rarely, in those with kidney disease.
The central nervous system connections between the hypothalamus and pituitary gland may also mature late; this condition generally resolves 4 - 16 weeks after birth.

Children with temporary congenital hypothyroidism should be followed-up regularly during adolescence and adulthood for possible thyroid problems. The risk for further thyroid problems is highest in these adult women during pregnancy. Newborn siblings of these children should also be screened for possible thyroid defects.

Symptoms

Early Symptoms. Early symptoms of hypothyroidism are subtle and, in older people, can be easily mistaken for symptoms of stress or aging. They include:

Chronic fatigue
Sensitivity to cold
Headache
Muscle and joint aches
Weight gain, despite diminished appetite
Constipation
Dry skin

In premenopausal women, early symptoms can interfere with fertility. They may experience heavy periods or, in rare cases, a milky discharge from the breasts. A history of miscarriage may be a sign of impending hypothyroidism. Studies suggest that even if thyroid levels are normal, women who have a history of miscarriages often have antithyroid antibodies during early pregnancy and are at risk for developing autoimmune thyroiditis over time.

Later Symptoms. As free thyroxine levels fall over the following months, other symptoms may develop:

Impaired mental activity, including concentration and memory, particularly in the elderly.
Depression. Some experts believe that even mild thyroid failure may increase susceptibility to major depression.
Muscle weakness, numbness, pain, and cramps. This can cause an unsteady gait. Muscle cramps are common, and carpal tunnel syndrome or symptoms similar to arthritis sometimes develop. In some cases, the arms and legs may feel numb.
Numbness in the fingers.
Hearing loss.
Husky voice.
Continuing weight gain and possible obesity, in spite of low appetite.
Some people experience less sweating, and their skin becomes pale.
Skin and hair changes. Skin becomes pale, rough, and dry. Patients may sweat less. Hair coarsens and even falls out. Nails become brittle.
Snoring and obstructive sleep apnea (a condition in which in the soft palate in the throat collapses at intervals during sleep, thereby blocking the passage of air).

Secondary hypothyroidism, caused by tumors or other growths on the pituitary, produces the usual symptoms of primary hypothyroidism. In addition, sexual drive and fertility may be impaired in both men and women. Patients may also feel exhausted, crave salt, and have low blood pressure. Headaches and visual disturbances may develop, which are directly related to the pituitary tumor.

Hypothyroidism occurs when the thyroid gland is underactive. The condition may affect all body functions. The rate of metabolism slows, causing mental and physical sluggishness. Myxedema, a medical emergency, is the most severe form of hypothyroidism. A problem with the thyroid itself (primary) or malfunction of the pituitary gland (secondary) or hypothalamus (tertiary) can cause hypothyroidism.

All babies are now screened for hypothyroidism in order to prevent retardation that can occur if treatment is delayed. Symptoms of hypothyroidism in children vary depending on when the problem first develops.

Most children who are born with a defect that causes congenital hypothyroidism have no obvious symptoms. Symptoms that do appear in newborns may include jaundice (yellowish skin), noisy breathing, and an enlarged tongue.
Early symptoms of undetected and untreated hypothyroidism in infants include feeding problems, failure to thrive, constipation, hoarseness, and sleepiness.
Later on, symptoms in untreated children include protruding abdomens; rough, dry skin; and delayed teething. Rarely, in advanced cases, yellow raised bumps (called xanthomas) may appear under the skin, the result of cholesterol build-up.
If they do not receive proper treatment in time, children with hypothyroidism may be extremely short for their age, have a puffy, bloated appearance, and have below-normal intelligence. Any child whose growth is abnormally slow should be examined for hypothyroidism.

Diagnosis

Advances in diagnostic methods now make it possible to detect hypothyroidism in almost all cases before severe symptoms develop. Doctors can diagnosis hypothyroidism after completing a history and physical exam of the patient and performing sensitive laboratory tests on the patient's blood.

The doctor will check the heart, eyes, hair, skin, and reflexes for signs of hypothyroidism.

Goiter. The presence of a goiter (an enlarged thyroid), especially a rubbery, painless one, may be an indication of Hashimoto's disease. If the thyroid is tender and enlarged but not necessarily symmetrical, the doctor may suspect subacute thyroiditis. A diffusely enlarged gland may occur in hereditary hypothyroidism, in postpartum patients, or from use of iodides or lithium. Goiters may also develop in people with iodide deficiency.

Thyroid Neck Check. Women who are experiencing menopausal symptoms that may be masking those of hypothyroidism should perform a simple self-examination called the Thyroid Neck Check:

Hold a mirror in front of the area of the neck where the thyroid gland is located. This area is just below the Adam's apple and right above the collarbone. (Note: The Adam's apple is not the thyroid location.)
Tip the head back.
Take a drink of water and swallow, watching the neck during the process.
Check for any bulging or protrusions. If any is detected, call a doctor for a check up.

In diagnosing hypothyroidism, blood tests measuring hormone levels are needed to make a correct diagnosis. In some cases, antibody tests are also helpful.

Thyroxine (T4). Hypothyroidism is a condition marked by low thyroxine (T4) hormone levels, and a test can measure levels of this hormone in the blood. However, this test is usually inadequate for the following reasons:

T4 levels can be normal early in the disease process leading to hypothyroidism. If hypothyroidism is suspected, other tests are needed.
T4 levels can be low in patients who do not have hypothyroidism. For instance, thyroxine can be extremely variable in very elderly or seriously ill patients and during pregnancy.

Measuring thyroxine is usually performed using a process called a T3 resin uptake to correct for the presence of medications (such as birth control pills, aspirin, and others) that could distort the results. Other tests are needed to confirm a diagnosis of hypothyroidism.

Thyrotropin (Thyroid-Stimulating Hormone or TSH). Measuring TSH is the most sensitive indicator of hypothyroidism. (As with thyroxine levels, however, TSH levels can vary in pregnant women and patients who are ill with other conditions.) In general, results indicate the following:

TSH levels over 10mU/L. This is a clear indicator of hypothyroidism if T4 levels are low -- and, in most cases, even if they are normal. Patients usually require thyroxine (T4) replacement therapy. They should also be tested for high cholesterol levels and antithyroid antibodies.
Levels between 4.5 mU/L - 10 mU/L. Patients with signs and symptoms of hypothyroidism usually need thyroxine replacement therapy. Patients without symptoms have subclinical hypothyroidism and should be rechecked every 6 - 12 months. Antibody tests may also be performed.
TSH levels between 0.45 mU/L - 4.5 mU/L. These indicate normal thyroid function. (Abnormally low levels suggest hyperthyroidism, which is overactive thyroid.)
Specific TSH measurement -- even if it is significantly higher than 10 mU/L -- is not associated with the severity of the condition. This can be determined only by measuring thyroxine levels and evaluating the patient's symptoms.

Antithyroid Antibodies. If TSH levels suggest hypothyroidism or subclinical hypothyroidism, the doctor may choose to perform a blood test for specific antithyroid antibodies that act against a factor called thyroperoxidase (TPO). Tests can also check for antibodies to thyroglobulin. Results depend on the patient's condition:

Patients with confirmed hypothyroidism (TSH levels over 10 mU/L). Positive test results in such patients confirm the need for thyroxine replacement therapy. (Even if antibody results are negative, these patients usually require thyroxine replacement therapy.) About 90% of patients with Hashimoto's thyroiditis test positive for antibodies to thyroperoxidase, and up to half have thyroglobulin antibodies.
Patients with subclinical hypothyroidism (TSH between 4.5 mU/L - 10 mU/L). If antibody levels are high, thyroxine therapy is usually warranted, since it indicates an underlying autoimmunity condition that poses a high risk for later thyroid failure. If the tests are negative, but patients have thyroid-related problems (such as high cholesterol, female infertility), they should be monitored annually with hormone tests.

About 10% of the American population and 25% of women over 60 years old carry these antibodies, and the majority of these women have no thyroid problems. Only about 0.5% have full-blown hypothyroidism, and 10% have subclinical hypothyroidism. In one 10-year study, however, people with normal thyroid results and high levels of antibodies still had an annual risk of 2 - 4% for developing hypothyroidism.

Other Hormone Tests Used for Thyroid Function. Other hormone tests are done if hyperthyroidism is suspected. They include tests for triiodothyronine (T3) and thyroglobulin (also called thyroid binding globulin). Such measurements, however, may also be helpful in detecting sudden temporary increases in thyroid hormone (thyrotoxicosis) that can precede certain forms of autoimmune thyroiditis.

Thyroid Scintigraphy. Thyroid scintigraphy tests scan the thyroid and pick up images highlighted by small amounts of radioactive substances. Thyroid scans can be used to determine whether the thyroid is producing normal amounts of hormone. The patient drinks a small amount of radioactive iodine or technetium and waits until the substance has passed through the thyroid. Images of a properly functioning thyroid would show uniform levels of absorption throughout the gland. Overactive areas show up white, and underactive areas appear dark. Thyroid scans are usually unnecessary unless the doctor needs to rule out suspected cancer.

Ultrasound. Ultrasound has limited value, but it can visualize the thyroid and specific abnormalities, such as nodules. (It cannot measure the thyroid gland's function, however.)

Click the icon to see an image of thyroid ultrasound.

More Advanced Imaging Tests. If laboratory tests suggest that a pituitary or hypothalamus problem is causing hypothyroidism, the doctor will usually order brain imaging procedures using computed tomography (CT) scans or magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). MRIs may also be used for determining the extent of thyroid cancers and of goiters. MRIs are also being used for investigating hypothyroidism in infants and for determining widespread effects of autoimmune thyroiditis (such as Hashimoto's hypothyroidism).

Needle aspiration biopsy is used to obtain thyroid cells for microscopic evaluation. It may be useful to rule out thyroid cancer in patients with suspected Hashimoto's hypothyroidism, especially if they have difficulty swallowing or develop a goiter. Much like drawing blood, the doctor injects a small needle into the thyroid gland and draws cells from the gland into a syringe. The cells are put onto a slide, stained, and examined under a microscope.

Cholesterol levels need to be checked. Other blood tests may be performed to detect levels of calcitonin, calcium, prolactin, and thyroglobulin and to check for anemia and liver function, all of which may be affected by hypothyroidism.

Screening in Older Adults. Some doctors believe that because thyroid problems are so common in the elderly and thyroid hormone tests are so inexpensive, blood tests for thyroid function should be routine. Undiagnosed hypothyroidism in elderly patients can develop into a serious and even life-threatening situation. Hyperthyroidism also poses many health risks. In fact, during the period around menopause, the symptoms of menopause and hypothyroidism are similar and can easily be confused with each other.

Professional organizations differ widely on screening recommendations. Most do not recommend widespread screening for healthy adults:

The American College of Physicians recommends that women over 50 years old be screened for thyroid disorders every 5 years. The American Academy of Family Physicians believes that adults do not have to be screened until they are over 60.
The American Thyroid Association, however, recommends that all adults, both men and women, begin their screening at age 35 and every 5 years thereafter. Experts in this organization argue that such early screening is inexpensive and would prevent progression to hypothyroidism, and therefore possibly heart disease, in people with subclinical hypothyroidism. Such an approach would also eliminate the need for expensive anti-cholesterol drugs.

Screening in Pregnant Women. Untreated hypothyroidism in a pregnant woman, particularly in the first trimester, may cause premature delivery and birth defects. Birth defects can affect a baby’s intelligence, mental development, and motor skills. Subclinical hypothyroidism also increases the risk for premature delivery and birth defects.

Some experts propose that screening be done on any woman who is planning a pregnancy to help determine those who may be at increased risk for hypothyroidism and, if needed, begin treatment as early as possible during the critical first trimester. Women who have a personal or family history of hypothyroidism should have their thyroid checked within the first weeks of pregnancy and should be retested during each trimester.

Screening in Infants. It is very difficult to diagnose hypothyroidism in newborns by symptoms alone. Fortunately, almost all newborns with hypothyroidism are identified shortly after birth through an effective national screening program using a thyroid blood test.

Because the symptoms of hypothyroidism are so similar to common conditions, including aging, diagnosis can be difficult.

Conditions That Cause Thyroid Abnormalities. Some conditions may cause thyroid abnormalities without symptoms and must be differentiated from subclinical hypothyroidism. They include, although are not limited to:

Inadequate response to thyroid therapies in people with hypothyroidism
Recovery from a severe illness that is unrelated to thyroid disorders
Chronic kidney failure
Failure of the adrenal gland

Aging-Related Disorders. Some symptoms of hypothyroidism and aging are very similar. Menopausal symptoms often resemble hypothyroidism. Many other problems related to aging -- such as vitamin deficiencies, Parkinson's and Alzheimer's diseases, and arthritis -- also have characteristics that can mimic hypothyroidism.

Obesity. Many people who are overweight believe that they have an underactive thyroid gland, but only a very small percentage of obese people actually have hypothyroidism. Patients with hypothyroidism generally show only a moderate weight increase of 5 - 10 pounds, mainly from accumulation of fluid, and in fact they often have a decreased appetite.

Depression. A lack of interest in personal relationships, drowsiness, an increase in sleep, slowing of speech, and general apathy are signs of clinical depression as well as hypothyroidism. The two disorders often coexist, particularly in older women, so diagnosing one does not rule out the presence of the other.

Diseases of Muscles and Joints. Joint and muscle aches may be the first symptoms of hypothyroidism. Most likely, however, such pain is not caused by hypothyroidism if other thyroid symptoms remain absent. Numerous conditions can cause muscle and joint pain, and if thyroid levels are normal the doctor should look for other causes.

Risk Factors

About 15 million Americans have unrecognized thyroid disease, mostly subclinical hypothyroidism (mildly underactive thyroid). Less than 2% of the U.S. population has full-blown hypothyroidism.

Women. Women have 10 times the risk of hypothyroidism as men, with the difference being significant after age 34. In one study, nearly 6% of women over 60 had hypothyroidism, and some experts estimate that as many as 20% of women in this age group have a subclinical condition. Because the symptoms of hypothyroidism and menopause are so similar, hypothyroidism may easily be missed.

Pregnancy is a major factor in the higher risk in women. It affects the thyroid in a number of ways and poses a high risk for hypothyroidism, both during pregnancy and afterward. For one, iodine requirements are high in both the mother and the fetus. Changes in reproductive hormones also cause changes in thyroid hormone levels. In addition, some women develop antibodies to their own thyroid during pregnancy, causing a condition known as postpartum autoimmune, or subacute, thyroiditis. This occurs in up to 10% of pregnant women and tends to develop between 4 - 12 months after delivery. It is a limited condition and nearly always clears up. However, it does pose a risk for the development of permanent hypothyroidism later on.

Age. The elderly are most susceptible, but hypothyroidism can affect people of all ages. For example, 1 in every 3,000 - 4,000 infants is born with congenital hypothyroidism. Female infants are at higher risk than males.

Ethnicity. African-Americans may be less likely to have thyroid disease than Caucasians and Asians.

Genetics plays a role in many cases of underactive and overactive thyroid. The genetics involved with hypothyroidism are complicated, however. Certain genetic features, for example, appear to play a role in Hashimoto's thyroiditis and postpartum thyroiditis in Caucasians, but others affect different ethnic groups. Thyroid disease will often skip generations. For example, someone with an underactive thyroid may have healthy parents but have grandparents who had thyroid troubles. Some people inherit a tendency to thyroid problems but never become ill, while others become very sick.

Smoking significantly increases risk for thyroid disease, particularly autoimmune Hashimoto's thyroiditis and postpartum thyroiditis. Chemicals in cigarette smoke called thiocyanates appear to have especially harmful effects on the thyroid. Smoking also increases the negative effects of hypothyroidism, notably on the arteries and heart.

People with certain medical conditions have a higher risk for hypothyroidism. These conditions include:

Autoimmune diseases. People with many autoimmune diseases have a higher risk for hypothyroidism. Type 1 (insulin-dependent) diabetes poses a higher risk and is a special problem since hypothyroidism can affect insulin requirements. Women with other autoimmune diseases, including systemic lupus erythematosus, pernicious anemia, and rheumatoid arthritis, are also at higher risk for hypothyroidism. Pregnant women with autoimmune conditions have a 25% risk for hypothyroidism during gestation.
Breast cancer. There may be a link between breast cancer and thyroid levels, but the evidence is unclear. Some studies have indicated that women with breast cancer may be more susceptible to hypothyroidism. Other studies suggest the opposite. Several studies indicate that hypothyroidism itself may protect against breast cancer. In addition, when women with hypothyroidism develop breast cancer, it is often a less aggressive and more easily treated form.
Gout. Hypothyroidism and gout often coexist and may have biologic mechanisms in common.
Addison's disease.
Myasthenia gravis.
Polycystic ovarian syndrome.
Anorexia or bulimia. People with eating disorders are at risk for hypothyroidism. In these cases, however, reduced thyroid function may be an adaptation to malnutrition and, therefore, some experts think that only the eating disorder should be treated, not hypothyroidism.
Turner syndrome. As many as half of patients with Turner syndrome have hypothyroidism, usually in the form of Hashimoto's thyroiditis. This inherited condition is one of the most common genetic diseases in women.
Glaucoma. A 2004 study of male veterans suggested that hypothyroidism may be associated with increased risk for developing open-angle glaucoma.

Click the icon to see an animation about gout.

Click the icon to see an image of polycystic ovarian syndrome.

Many drugs affect the thyroid, so anyone being treated for a chronic disease, patients who are taking thyroid medication, and those who are at risk for a thyroid disorder should discuss the impact these drugs may have on their thyroid.

Hypothyroidism is associated with premature gray hair and left-handedness.

Complications

Hypothyroidism carries serious physical and mental risks for all ages. Studies indicate that subtle adverse health effects occur even with subclinical hypothyroidism, a condition in which the patient has no symptoms but blood tests indicate hypothyroidism. Fortunately, hypothyroidism is now easily diagnosed, and treatment will restore normal thyroid function and relieve symptoms and physical signs of the disease. With treatment, a patient should expect to live a normal life, free of harmful consequences. Iodine deficiency and goiter are still major problems in less developed nations and cause varying degrees of mental retardation in millions of people.

Myxedema Coma. Myxedema coma is a rare, life-threatening complication of untreated hypothyroidism. Symptoms include a severe drop in body temperature (hypothermia), delirium, reduced lung function, slow heart rate, constipation, urine retention, seizures, stupor, fluid build-up, and finally coma. It is uncommon, but may develop in untreated patients subjected to severe stress, such as infection, surgery, or extreme cold. Certain drugs (such as sedatives, painkillers, narcotics, amiodarone, and lithium) may increase the risk. Emergency treatment is required. Mortality rates are high (between 30 - 60%) with the highest risks in older patients and those with persistent hypothermia or heart problems.

Suppurative Thyroiditis. Suppurative thyroiditis is a life-threatening infection of the thyroid gland. It is very rare, since the thyroid is normally immune to infection. People with pre-existing thyroid diseases, such as Hashimoto's thyroiditis, however, may be at higher than average risk for it. It often begins with an upper respiratory infection. Symptoms include fever, neck pain and rash, and trouble swallowing and speaking. Immediate treatment is critical.

Thyroid hormones, notably triiodothyronine (T3), affect the heart directly and indirectly. They are closely linked with heart rate and heart output. T3 provides particular benefits by relaxing the smooth muscles of blood vessels. This helps keep the blood vessels open so that blood flows smoothly through them.

Hypothyroidism is associated with:

Unhealthy cholesterol levels. Hypothyroidism raises levels of total cholesterol, LDL (the so-called bad cholesterol), triglycerides, and other lipids (fat molecules) associated with heart disease. Treating the thyroid condition with thyroid replacement therapy can significantly reduce these levels.
Mild high blood pressure. Hypothyroidism may slow the heart rate to less than 60 beats per minute, reduce the heart's pumping capacity, and increase the stiffness of blood vessel walls. All of these effects may lead to high blood pressure. Indeed, patients with hypothyroidism have triple the risk of developing hypertension. All patients with chronic hypothyroidism, especially pregnant women, should have their blood pressures checked regularly.
Heart failure. Hypothyroidism can affect the heart muscle’s contraction and increase the risk of heart failure in people with existing heart disease.

The evidence for subclinical hypothyroidism and heart disease is mixed. Some studies suggest that subclinical hypothyroidism increases the risks for coronary artery disease and heart failure. A 2007 study indicated that low-normal thyroid function may increase the risk for metabolic syndrome (a cluster of symptoms that include abdominal obesity, high blood sugar, and unhealthy cholesterol levels). However, a 2006 study in the Journal of the American Medical Association found that while subclinical hypothyroidism was associated with atrial fibrillation (irregular heart beat), it was not associated with other types of heart disease. Many experts believe that treatment of subclinical hypothyroidism will not help prevent or improve heart problems. More research is underway.

Depression. Depression is common in hypothyroidism and can be severe. Some psychiatrists suspect that even subclinical hypothyroidism may contribute to depression. The two disorders may have some common physiological basis. Adding thyroid hormones to antidepressants may hasten a depressed patient's recovery, even in some patients who have not been diagnosed with hypothyroidism. Hypothyroidism should be considered as a possible cause of any chronic depression, particularly in older women.

Mental and Behavioral Impairment. Untreated hypothyroidism can, over time, cause mental and behavioral impairment and eventually, even dementia. Whether treatment can completely reverse problems in memory and concentration is uncertain, although many experts believe that only mental impairment in hypothyroidism that occurs at birth is permanent.

A 2006 study of nearly 6,000 people age 65 years and older concluded that subclinical hypothyroidism is not associated with depression, anxiety, or mental impairment in elderly patients.

The following medical conditions have been associated with hypothyroidism. Often the causal relationship is not clear in such cases:

Iron deficiency anemia.
Respiratory problems.
Kidney function.
Glaucoma. (Some research has associated hypothyroidism with an increased risk for glaucoma.)
Headache. (Hypothyroidism may worsen headaches in people predisposed to them.)
Thyroid lymphoma. (Patients with Hashimoto's thyroiditis are at higher risk for this rare form of cancer.)
Joint stiffness. (Women with hypothyroidism may actually have fewer problems with joint stiffness than women with normal thyroid.)

Most women with hypothyroidism fail to produce eggs, and many younger women with hypothyroidism are diagnosed with the condition for the first time during a fertility evaluation. A pregnant woman with hypothyroidism has a fourfold risk for miscarriage. In one study, nearly 40% of women with a history of miscarriages and normal thyroid levels had antithyroid antibodies (immune factors that attack thyroid tissue). Those who continue to have hypothyroidism near the time of delivery are in danger of developing high blood pressure and premature delivery. They are also prone to postpartum thyroiditis, which is said to be a contributor to postpartum depression.

Children of Untreated Mothers. Children born to untreated pregnant women with hypothyroidism are at risk for impaired mental performance, including attention problems and verbal impairment. Studies on the effects on children of women with subclinical hypothyroidism are less clear, with some reporting lower IQs in such children and others reporting no significant problems.

Effects of Hypothyroidism During Infancy. Transient hypothyroidism is common among premature infants. Although temporary, severe cases can cause difficulties in neurologic and mental development.

Infants born with permanent congenital (inborn) hypothyroidism need to receive treatment as soon as possible after birth to prevent mental retardation, stunted growth, and other aspects of abnormal development (a syndrome referred to as cretinism). It has been estimated that untreated infants can lose up to three to five IQ points per month during the first year. An early start of lifelong treatment avoids or minimizes this damage. Even with early treatment, however, mild problems in memory, attention, and mental processing may persist into adolescence and adulthood.

Effects of Childhood-Onset Hypothyroidism. If hypothyroidism develops in children older than 2 years, mental retardation is not a danger, but physical growth may be slowed and new teeth delayed. If treatment is delayed, adult growth could be affected. Even with treatment, some children with severe hypothyroidism may have attention problems and hyperactivity.

Two million Americans, mostly children, received x-ray treatments to the head or neck between 1920 - 1960 for acne, enlarged thymus gland, recurrent tonsillitis, or chronic ear infections. The risk of developing thyroid nodules and thyroid cancers is increased in these individuals, especially if they have hypothyroidism. Cancer can develop as late as 40 years after the original treatment. Everyone who has had head and neck radiation should be sure to have their thyroid glands examined regularly.

Treatment

Various tests are used when deciding whether to treat a patient for hypothyroidism:

First, an elevated TSH (thyrotropin) level should be confirmed and thyroxine (T4) level determined.
Testing for antithyroid antibodies and determining cholesterol levels is also important.

Treating Hypothyroidism. Patients with full-blown hypothyroidism, indicated by clear symptoms and blood tests that show high TSH (generally 10 mU/L and above) and low thyroxine (T4) levels, must be treated with thyroid replacement.

Treating Subclinical Hypothyroidism. Considerable debate exists about whether to treat patients with subclinical hypothyroidism (slightly higher than normal TSH levels, normal thyroxine levels, and no obvious symptoms). Some doctors opt for treatment because of the following benefits, although evidence remains uncertain:

Preventing progression to full-blown hypothyroidism. Treating subclinical hypothyroidism will prevent progression to overt hypothyroidism. Only a minority of people with subclinical hypothyroidism go on to develop the active condition, however.
Preventing heart disease. Some studies have shown that treating subclinical hypothyroidism lowers cholesterol levels and may improve other heart functions, including blood pressure, endothelial function, and heart rate. However, current research from 2006 suggests that subclinical hypothyroidism poses little risk for heart disease and that untreated subclinical hypothyroidism will not increase heart disease risks.
Improving well-being. Some studies report that treating subclinical hypothyroidism may improve mild psychological symptoms, such as impaired mental functioning and depression. About 25% of patients with subclinical hypothyroidism report feeling better after taking thyroid medication even if they have not previously reported symptoms.

It is not clear, then, if the benefits of treating subclinical hypothyroidism outweigh the higher costs of testing and treatments. Experts against treatment argue that thyroid levels can vary widely, and subclinical hypothyroidism may not persist. In such cases, overtreatment leading to hyperthyroidism is a real risk.

In spite of such uncertainties, three out of four major medical organizations recommend treatment for subclinical hypothyroidism, particularly in patients who have:

High total or LDL cholesterol levels
Blood tests that show autoantibodies indicating a future risk for Hashimoto's thyroiditis or other forms of other autoimmune hypothyroidism·
Blood tests that show TSH levels greater than 10 mU/L
Goiter

Experts also recommend treating subclinical hypothyroidism in:

Pregnant women
Women with infertility that may be associated with subclinical hypothyroidism

Treatment is optional in patients with subclinical hypothyroidism who have no obvious symptoms and normal cholesterol levels. If they forego treatment, however, they should be tested yearly for TSH and thyroxine.

Treating Patients with Hypothyroidism Symptom and Normal Thyroid Tests. Some doctors treat patients who have a normal or below normal thyroid function test. Some experts believe it is irresponsible to treat such patients with thyroid replacement since such symptoms can occur with many physical and psychological conditions. In any case, studies have not found any benefits from T4 replacement therapies in this group.

In the 19th century, doctors observed the relationship between myxedema (swelling of the hands, face, feet, and tissues around the eyes) and surgical removal of the thyroid gland. Some doctors began to feed patients with myxedema with whole or powdered extracts of animal thyroid glands. Using thyroid hormone to treat hypothyroidism was one of the first successful medical treatments based on careful scientific observation. With only some modifications, this approach has varied little for over a century.

A synthetic thyroid hormone called levothyroxine is currently the treatment of choice for hypothyroidism. This drug is a synthetic derivative of T4 (thyroxine), and it normalizes blood levels of TSH, T4, and T3. Nevertheless, the therapeutic principle for hypothyroidism is the same as it was more than 100 years ago: To provide the body with replacement thyroid hormone when the gland is not able to produce enough itself.

Brand Names. A number of levothyroxine brands are available in the U.S. and overseas. Synthroid is the oldest brand and has been used for over 40 years. In the past, manufacturers of levothyroxine have not had to meet as strict standards as in the production of other drugs. This resulted in thyroid products with varying quality. The FDA has issued stronger requirements that have largely corrected this problem.

Generics versus Brand-Name Products. Generic brands are available and are subject to the same guidelines as brand-name products. There is still considerable debate over whether generic thyroid preparations are as effective as brand products.

In addition, the amount of T4 in some generic products is outside the FDA range, which requires additional testing of thyroid hormone levels. Many doctors, then, prefer to use brand-name products, noting that the cost difference between brand and generic thyroid drugs is not substantial. Regardless of which type is used, once a patient has been stabilized, doctors generally recommend sticking with one type or brand since potency often varies from one drug to the next.

Natural Thyroid Hormone. Dried powdered thyroid hormone (Armour Thyroid, S-P-T, Thyrar, Thyroid Strong) is made from animal glands. It was once the most common form of thyroid therapy but is no longer generally recommended because potency varies. Some people argue that with stricter FDA regulations, this natural form is better controlled and may even reduce the risk of developing autoimmunity factors. Dried thyroid also contains both T3 and T4 and is favored as a natural treatment by many alternative practitioners. However, studies need to be conducted to evaluate its benefits.

T3 and T4 Combinations. Triiodothyronine (T3), the other important thyroid hormone, is not ordinarily prescribed except under special circumstances. Most patients respond well to thyroxine (T4) alone, which is converted in the body into T3. In addition, the use of T3 may cause disturbances in heart rhythms. Some patients treated only with thyroxine continue to have mood and memory problems or other symptoms.

Combination products containing T4 and T3, such as liotrix (Thyrolar), are available, but there is some controversy concerning their benefits. Several 2005 studies suggested that although some patients may prefer combination therapy, T3 and T4 together do not work better than T4 alone. Patients might like the combined drugs because they cause more weight loss, or a placebo effect may be involved. It does not appear that combination products offer any advantage for normalizing TSH levels.

Levothyroxine only needs to be taken once a day. It is slowly assimilated by body organs, so it usually takes up to 6 weeks before symptoms improve in adults. Nevertheless, many patients feel better after 2 - 3 weeks of treatment. The speed at which specific symptoms improve varies:

Weight loss, less puffiness, and improved pulse usually occur early in the treatment.
Improvements in anemia and skin, hair, and voice tone may take a few months.
High LDL ("bad cholesterol") levels decline very gradually. HDL ("good cholesterol") levels are not affected by treatment.
Goiter size declines very slowly, and some patients may require high-dose thyroid hormone (called suppressive thyroid therapy) for a short period.

Levothyroxine reduces blood pressure in about half of hypothyroid patients with hypertension, although blood pressure medications may still be needed.

Appropriate Dosage Levels. Initial dosage levels are determined on an individual basis and can very wide depending on a person's age, medication condition, other drugs they are taking, and, in women, whether they are pregnant or not. For example, pregnant women with hypothyroidism may require higher than normal doses.

Starting out. Most individuals need to build up gradually until they reach a maintenance dose. In uncomplicated cases, the dose typically starts at 50 micrograms per day, which then increases in 3- to 4-week intervals until thyroid hormone levels are normal. Seniors and those with heart disease may start at 12.5 - 25 micrograms per day. On the other hand, young adults with a short history of hypothyroidism might be able to tolerate a full maintenance dosage right away.
Maintenance dose. Maintenance dose for most patients averages 112 micrograms but it can vary between 75 - 260 micrograms. If conditions such as pregnancy, surgery, or other drugs alter hormone levels, the patient's thyroid needs will have to be reassessed.

Daily Regimen. Because thyroid replacement is usually lifelong, setting up a regular daily routine is helpful. Here are some tips to remember:

Establish a habit of taking the medication at the same time each day. This may help prevent missed doses.
Levothyroxine is very forgiving. The hormone remains in the body for several days, so one missed dose should not cause a noticeable decline in well-being. The patient can safely take two doses the next day.
Fiber and common daily supplements, such as calcium, may interfere with thyroxine absorption. Although levothyroxine can be taken at any time of day either with or without food, some experts recommend taking thyroid hormone upon awakening and at least 30 minutes before consuming anything, including breakfast or supplements.

Annual Evaluation. Thyroid failure is an ongoing process and so is its treatment. Many factors can cause changes that require modifying the thyroxine dosages.

A dose that is appropriate for 1 year may be too low the next. To maintain normal thyroid levels, some patients may need to take gradually increasing doses of thyroid hormone every year or two. Experts recommend that patients be reevaluated 6 months after normal TSH levels have been reached and then once a year thereafter.

Specific factors, such as changes in health or diet, new medications for other conditions, or simply switching brands, can also cause changes in thyroid hormone levels that require different doses. If patients change dose levels or thyroxine brands then they should be checked again at least 6 weeks later.

Because levothyroxine is identical to the thyroxine the body manufactures, side effects are rare. Over- or under-dosing, however, is fairly common, although rarely serious in the short term.


Under-Dosing	Over-Dosing
Sluggishness	Heart symptoms (rapid heart beat, palpitations, and wide variations in pulse; possible angina or congestive heart failure)
Mental dullness	Agitation (tremor, nervousness, insomnia, excessive sweating)
Feeling cold	Pain (headache and muscle pain)
Muscle cramps	Intestinal and metabolic symptoms (change in appetite, diarrhea, weight loss)
	Fever and intolerance to heat

No Symptom Improvement When Normal Thyroid Levels Are Reached. Some patients fail to feel significantly better even when their thyroid levels become normal after taking thyroid replacement.

Some experts argue that many patients become symptom-free only if their thyroid replacement achieves high-normal T4 and low-normal TSH levels (rather than just normal levels). They believe that slightly higher thyroxine levels will not be harmful. Research is needed to confirm these claims.

Some patients with persistent symptoms may benefit from triiodothyronine (T3), the other important thyroid hormone. In such cases, either a combination of a lower-dose of thyroxine with a small amount of T3 or natural dried thyroid hormone, which contains T3, may be helpful.

Side Effects of Under-Dosing. If the levothyroxine dose is not sufficient to restore normal thyroid levels, or if the patient frequently forgets to take the medication, the patient may continue to experience symptoms of hypothyroidism. Even mild hypothyroidism without any symptoms can eventually lead to an increase in cholesterol levels. In a 2000 study, 40% of people taking thyroid medication still had abnormal levels of TSH. To avoid these problems, patients should take the proper dosage of levothyroxine as prescribed and have regular check-ups that include measurement of blood TSH.

Side Effects of Over-dosing: Thyrotoxicosis. Over-dosing can cause thyrotoxicosis, or the symptoms of hyperthyroidism. A patient with too much thyroid hormone in the blood is at an increased risk for abnormal heart rhythms, rapid heartbeat, congestive heart failure, and possibly a heart attack if the patient has underlying heart disease. Excess thyroid hormone is particularly dangerous in newborns, and their drug levels must be carefully monitored to avoid brain damage.

Side Effects of Long-Term Treatment. Patients with hypothyroidism usually receive lifelong levothyroxine therapy. There has been some concern that long-term use will increase the risk of osteoporosis, as suppression therapy does. Studies indicate that postmenopausal women who are taking long-term normal replacement thyroxine have no out-of-the-ordinary risk for osteoporosis.

Drug Interactions with Levothyroxine. Many drugs interact with levothyroxine and may either enhance or interfere with its absorption. These drugs include amphetamines, anticoagulants (blood thinners), tricyclic antidepressants, anti-anxiety drugs, arthritis medications, aspirin, beta-blockers, insulin, oral contraceptives, digoxin, and certain cancer drugs. Large amounts of dietary fiber may also reduce the drug’s effectiveness. People whose diets are consistently high in fiber may require larger doses of the drug. Since thyroid hormones regulate the metabolism and can affect the actions of a number of medications, dosages may also need to be adjusted if a patient is being treated for other conditions. Even changing thyroxine brands can have a different effect.

Suppressive thyroid therapy involves taking levothyroxine in doses that are high enough to block the production of natural TSH but too low to cause hyperthyroid symptoms. It may used for patients with large goiters or thyroid cancer.

Suppressive thyroid therapy places patients, particularly postmenopausal women, at risk for accelerated osteoporosis, a disease that reduces bone mass and increases risk of fractures. Some researchers suggest, however, that such bone loss is too slight to pose any significant risk for fracture. Furthermore, the cholesterol-lowering benefits of suppressive therapy outweigh this small risk. A small study found that premenopausal women taking suppressive therapy for more than 10 years were also at increased risk of bone loss by the time they reach menopause, although more research is needed to confirm this.

Bone density loss can be reduced or avoided by taking no higher a dose of thyroxine than necessary to restore normal thyroid function. In any case, doses of T4 must be continuously and carefully tailored in all patients to avoid adverse effects on the heart.

A number of medications are also available that can help preserve bone in postmenopausal women. Women on hormone replacement therapy may need to increase their dose of thyroid hormone.

Drugs that Inhibit Thyroid Hormone

Drugs that are Enhanced by Thyroid Hormone

Drugs that are Suppressed by Thyroid Hormone

Drugs that Reduce Natural Thyroid Hormone Levels and May Cause Hypothyroidism

Iron supplements (even low doses found in multivitamins)

Calcium carbonate supplements

Aluminum-containing antacids (Maalox)

Drugs used to reduce cholesterol levels by binding bile acids (colestipol and cholestyramine)

Estrogens in oral contraceptives and hormone replacement therapy (may need to increase thyroid hormone while taking estrogen)

Raloxifene (Evista), a designer-estrogen used for osteoporosis

Sucralfate (Carafate)

Epinephrine (adrenaline) injections. Thyroid hormone may increase the risk of serious side effects in heart disease patients given this drug.

Warfarin, a blood thinner. Doses of this medication may need to be reduced if thyroid treatment is started after blood thinning treatments have begun.

Many antidepressants. In some cases, potency of both antidepressants and thyroid hormones may increase.

Diabetes drugs. Patients taking thyroid hormone may need additional insulin or oral hypoglycemic drugs. Stopping or reducing thyroid hormone may increase the risk of low blood sugar.

Digoxin. Patients with heart disease may need to increase their dosage of digoxin.

Lithium. This drug, used for bipolar disorder, has multiple effects on thyroid hormone synthesis and secretion.

Amiodarone (Cordarone). This drug, used to treat abnormal heart rhythms, contains iodine and can induce hyper- or hypothyroidism, particularly in patients with an existing thyroid problem.

Antiseizure drugs used for epilepsy, including phenytoin and carbamazepine.

Interferons and interleukins used in hepatitis, multiple sclerosis, and other conditions.

Rifampin, used for tuberculosis.

Some drugs used for cancer chemotherapy.

Interferon.

Large doses of selenium, a dietary supplement.

Treating the Elderly and Patients with Heart Disease. Thyroid dysfunction is common in elderly patients, with most having subclinical hypothyroidism. There is no evidence that this condition poses any great harm in this population, and some experts recommend treating only high-risk patients. One study suggested many elderly patients have been treated unnecessarily for hypothyroidism for years. In the study, half the patients taking thyroid hormone were taken off the medication successfully. Such patients may have been inappropriately diagnosed years ago, when testing was less accurate. More sensitive tests available now should reduce this risk.

Elderly patients, particularly people with heart conditions, usually start with lower doses of thyroid replacement, since a large initial dose may be a shock to the heart. Thyroid treatment may aggravate angina in about 20% of patients with the heart condition. About 40% of patients who have heart disease must take lower-than-average maintenance doses. Experts do not recommend treatment for subclinical hypothyroidism in elderly patients with heart disease whose test show only minimal thyroid hormone abnormalities and who have no anti-thyroid antibodies. Such patients should be closely monitored, however.

Preliminary research indicates that in patients undergoing cardiac bypass surgery, administration of triiodothyronine at the time of surgery may improve blood flow, heart rate, and cardiac output. Patients with advanced heart failure may also benefit from supplementary thyroid hormone.

Treating the Mentally Ill. Patients with psychiatric illness often forget to take their medications regularly. In these patients, once- or twice-weekly dosing of thyroid medications is often safe and effective and may improve compliance.

Treating Newborns and Infants with Hypothyroidism. Babies who are born with hypothyroidism (congenital hypothyroidism) should be treated with levothyroxine (T4) as soon as possible to prevent complications. Early treatment can help improve IQ and other developmental factors. However, even with early treatment, mild problems in mental functioning may persist into adulthood. In general, children who are born with milder forms of hypothyroidism will fare better than those who have more severe forms.

Single oral doses of levothyroxine (T4) can usually restore normal thyroid hormone levels within 1 - 2 weeks. It is critical that normal levels are achieved within a 2-week period. If thyroid function is not normalized within 2 weeks, it can pose greater risks for developmental problems. Some experts urge treating newborns at slightly higher than recommended doses for the first 2 weeks and then reducing the dosage once normal thyroid levels have been reached. Infants should continue to be monitored closely to be sure that thyroxine levels remain as consistently close to normal as possible. These children need to continue lifelong thyroid hormone treatments.

Treatment During Pregnancy and for Postpartum Thyroiditis. Women who have hypothyroidism before becoming pregnant may need to increase their dose of levothyroxine during pregnancy. In very rare cases, women may develop hypothyroidism while pregnant and need to be treated with levothyroxine in full replacement doses to reduce the risk of stillbirth. The developing baby is not affected when the pregnant woman takes thyroid hormones. The pregnant woman with hypothyroidism should be monitored regularly and doses adjusted as necessary. If postpartum thyroiditis develops after delivery, any thyroid medication should be reduced or temporarily stopped during this period.

Treatment for Myxedema Coma. Myxedema coma is an emergency situation, and the patient should be given intravenous doses of thyroid hormone, which could be triiodothyronine, levothyroxine, or both. Lower doses may be safer in elderly patients. Oftentimes, hydrocortisone, a corticosteroid, is also administered. Any other accompanying critical condition, including low body temperature, slow heart rate, low blood sugar, and difficulty in breathing, should also be treated immediately.

Treatment of Secondary Hypothyroidism. The small percentage of patients who have hypothyroidism due to a pituitary or hypothalamus problem should take levothyroxine along with their other medication to treat the primary disorder. In secondary hypothyroidism, the adrenal gland is often impaired. This means that the increased activity in the metabolic rate that occurs after thyroid replacement therapy may trigger a severe and even life-threatening condition called addisonian crisis, which is caused by a sudden demand for the depleted stress hormones secreted by the adrenal gland. Before administering thyroid replacement, the doctor should initiate a test that stimulates release of ACTH, one of the hormones secreted by the adrenal gland. If there is insufficient ACTH, then before thyroid replacement is started, the patient is usually treated with cortisone acetate, a stress hormone.

In one study of those taking thyroid hormone, 12% of women and 29% of men took it inappropriately. In some cases of infertility, women with menstrual problems and repeated miscarriages and men with low sperm counts have been treated with thyroid hormones even when there was no evidence of thyroid abnormalities. (Women showing high levels of TSH, however, may benefit from levothyroxine therapy.)

Other inappropriate uses for thyroid hormones are for weight loss and to reduce high cholesterol levels. Thyroid hormones have also been given to treat so-called metabolic insufficiency. Vague symptoms suggesting low metabolism, such as dry skin, fatigue, slight anemia, constipation, depression, and apathy, should not be treated indiscriminately with thyroid hormone. No evidence exists that thyroid therapy is beneficial unless the patient has proven hypothyroidism. Indiscriminate use of thyroid hormones can weaken muscles and, over the long term, even the heart. One exception is the use of thyroxine to enhance drugs used for the treatment of severe depression.

Treating Hypothyroidism and Iodide Deficiency. People who are iodide deficient may be able to be treated for hypothyroidism simply by using iodized salt. In addition to iodized salt, seafood is a good source. Except for plants grown in iodine-rich soil, most other foods do not contain iodine. The current RDA for iodide is 150 micrograms for both men and women, with an upper limit of 1,100 micrograms to avoid thyroid injury.

Iodine Restriction in Patients with Hashimoto's Thyroiditis. Some evidence suggests that excess iodine triggers Hashimoto's thyroiditis. Small studies report that restricting iodine intake restored thyroid levels to normal in up to 75% of these patients. More research is needed.

Resources

www.aace.com -- American Association of Clinical Endocrinologists
www.thyroid.org -- American Thyroid Association
www.tsh.org -- Thyroid Foundation of America
www.endo-society.org -- Endocrine Society

References

Desai J, Yassa L, Marqusee E, George S, Frates MC, Chen MH, et al. Hypothyroidism after sunitinib treatment for patients with gastrointestinal stromal tumors. Ann Intern Med. 2006 Nov 7;145(9):660-4.

Roberts LM, Pattison H, Roalfe A, Franklyn J, Wilson S, Hobbs FD, et al. Is subclinical thyroid dysfunction in the elderly associated with depression or cognitive dysfunction? Ann Intern Med. 2006 Oct 17;145(:573-81.

Roos A, Bakker SJ, Links TP, Gans RO, Wolffenbuttel BH. Thyroid function is associated with components of the metabolic syndrome in euthyroid subjects. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2007 Feb;92(2):491-6.

Review Date:
3/20/2007
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital.

A.D.A.M., Inc. is accredited by URAC, also known as the American Accreditation HealthCare Commission (www.urac.org). URAC's accreditation program is an independent audit to verify that A.D.A.M. follows rigorous standards of quality and accountability. A.D.A.M. is among the first to achieve this important distinction for online health information and services. Learn more about A.D.A.M.'s editorial policy, editorial process and privacy policy. A.D.A.M. is also a founding member of Hi-Ethics and subscribes to the principles of the Health on the Net Foundation (www.hon.ch).

A.D.A.M. Copyright

The information provided herein should not be used during any medical emergency or for the diagnosis or treatment of any medical condition. A licensed medical professional should be consulted for diagnosis and treatment of any and all medical conditions. Call 911 for all medical emergencies. Links to other sites are provided for information only -- they do not constitute endorsements of those other sites. © 1997-2009 A.D.A.M., Inc. Any duplication or distribution of the information contained herein is strictly prohibited.

adam.com

Weight Loss in a Shot?

FitSugar — Tue, 21 Jul 2009 09:00:55 -0700

There are weight loss shakes, pills, surgeries, and diets galore, and now scientists are attempting to create a weight loss injection. The injectable drug has helped rodents decrease their weight by 25 percent in just one week. You can almost hear the voiceover for the infomercial.

Scientists have combined two natural hormones into a single drug that both suppressed the appetite and increased the metabolism in rats. This new drug is said to mimic the effects of gastric bypass surgery. Tests on humans won't happen for a few years though, so don't give up your gym membership just yet.

If this shot sounds too good to be true, it probably is. We're always looking for a quick fix when it comes to slimming down, but if permanent weight loss is your goal, eating right and exercising is the way to go. It may take a lot more time to see the results you're after, but at least you'll know you did it in a healthy way that's sure to last.

Peptic ulcers

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:38 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
Causes
Symptoms
Complications
Risk Factors
Diagnosis
Treatment
Treatment for NSAID-Induced...
Medications
Treatment for Bleeding Ulce...
Lifestyle Changes
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Risk with cardiovascular medications

While nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs are the major medications responsible for causing peptic ulcers, drugs taken for cardiovascular disease and its risk factors may also cause ulcers. Recent studies have found an association between increased risk of ulcer and the following drugs:

Spironolactone, a common diuretic used in heart failure
Niacin, a drug used to lower "bad" cholesterol and raise "good" cholesterol
Vitamin K antagonists, commonly prescribed anticoagulants
Dipyridamole, a drug for secondary stroke prevention
Low-dose aspirin, prescribed for both heart attack and stroke prevention

Risk of peptic ulcer increases dramatically when these drugs are used in combination. Considering the millions of people who take these medications to prevent a life-threatening cardiovascular event, their impact on peptic ulcer development could be monumental.

Atypical symptoms of GERD

The burning pain of gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD) can be confused with that of an ulcer. However, GERD pain typically develops after meals and is relieved by antacids. Elderly patients may have different symptoms that can include loss of appetite, weight loss, anemia, vomiting, or difficulty swallowing. A careful examination may be necessary to diagnose the underlying cause, since GERD and peptic ulcer may coexist.

Adjustments in triple therapy

Peptic ulcers are commonly treated with the triple combination of two antibiotics (amoxicillin and clarithromycin) and a proton-pump inhibitor. Therapy usually lasts for 2 weeks. Recent studies indicate that 1 week may be just as effective. In addition, taking the antibiotics in sequence, rather than at the same time, may work better to eliminate H. pylori, the bacteria responsible for most ulcers.

Healing foods

Milk may not be the ideal food for people with peptic ulcers because it encourages the production of stomach acid. However, certain qualities found in fermented milks and yogurts may actually offer protection against gastric ulcers. Likewise, the phenolic compounds found in virgin olive oil appear to kill many strains of H. pylori, including some that have become resistant to antibiotics. Vegetables contain dietary nitrate, which increases nitric oxide in the gut, causing the mucus layer to thicken. This increases protection against H. pylori invasion.

Protection when taking NSAIDs

People who take NSAIDs for pain control have an immediate increased risk of ulcers. Chronic use increases risk dramatically. Taking a proton-pump inhibitor (PPI) or H2 blocker is necessary to reduce this risk. A review of clinical trials found three PPIs [omeprazole (Prilosec), esomeprazole (Nexium), and lansoprazole (Prevacid)] to be more effective than the H2 blocker ranitidine (Zantac). When NSAIDs were discontinued, however, healing rates with ranitidine reached nearly 100%.

Introduction

A peptic ulcer is an open sore or raw area that tends to develop in one of two places:

The lining of the stomach ( gastric ulcer), or
The upper part of the small intestine -- the duodenum ( duodenal ulcers). In the U.S., duodenal ulcers are 3 times more common than gastric ulcers.

A peptic ulcer is an open sore or raw area in the lining of the stomach (gastric) or the upper part of the small intestine (duodenal).

Ulcers average between one-quarter and one-half inch in diameter. They develop when digestive juices produced in the stomach, intestines, and digestive glands damage the lining of the stomach or duodenum.

The two important digestive juices are hydrochloric acid and the enzyme pepsin. Both substances are critical in the breakdown and digestion of starches, fats, and proteins in food. They play different roles in ulcers:

Click the icon to see an image of the stomach.

Hydrochloric acid. A common misbelief is that excess hydrochloric acid, which is secreted in the stomach, is solely responsible for producing ulcers. Patients with duodenal ulcers do tend to have higher-than-normal levels of hydrochloric acid, but most patients with gastric ulcers have normal or lower-than-normal acid levels. Some stomach acid is important for protecting against H. pylori, the bacteria that causes most peptic ulcers. [Note: An exception is ulcers that occur in Zollinger-Ellison syndrome. This is a rare genetic condition in which very high levels of gastrin, a potent acid, are secreted by tumors in the pancreas or duodenum.]
Pepsin. Pepsin is an enzyme that breaks down proteins in food. Since the stomach and duodenum are also composed of protein, they are also susceptible to the actions of pepsin. Pepsin is, then, also important in the formation of ulcers.

Fortunately, the body has a defense system to protect the stomach and intestine against these powerful substances:

The mucous layer, which coats the stomach and duodenum, forms the first line of defense.
Bicarbonate, which the mucous layer secretes, neutralizes the digestive acids.
Hormone-like substances called prostaglandins help dilate the blood vessels in the stomach to ensure good blood flow and protect against injury. Prostaglandins are also believed to stimulate bicarbonate and mucus production.

Disrupting any of these defense mechanisms makes the stomach and intestine lining susceptible to the actions of acid and pepsin, increasing the risk for ulcers.

Causes

Before the discovery of the bacterium Helicobacter (H.) pylori, the stomach was believed to be a sterile environment. However, in 1982 two Australian scientists identified H. pylori as the main cause of stomach ulcers. They showed that inflammation of the stomach and stomach ulcers result from an infection of the stomach caused by the H. pylori bacteria. This discovery was so important that the researchers were awarded the Nobel Price in Medicine in 2005. The bacteria appear to trigger ulcers in the following way:

H. pylori's corkscrew shape enables it to penetrate the mucous layer of the stomach or duodenum so it can attach itself to the lining.
It survives in the highly acidic environment by producing urease, an enzyme that generates ammonia to neutralize the acid.
H. pylori then produces a number of toxins and factors that can cause inflammation and damage to the lining, leading to ulcers in certain individuals.
It also alters certain immune factors that allow it to evade detection and cause persistent inflammation for a life -- even without invading the mucous membrane.

Even if ulcers do not develop, the bacterium is now considered to be a major cause of active chronic inflammation in the stomach (gastritis) and in the upper part of the small intestine (duodenitis).

It is also strongly linked to stomach (gastric) cancer and possibly other non-intestinal problems.

Factors that Trigger Ulcers in H. pylori Carriers.H. pylori is found in about 25% of people who do not have peptic ulcers. The magnitude of H. pylori infection, particularly in older people, may not always predict the presence or absence of peptic ulcers. Other variables must to be present to actually trigger ulcers. These may include:

Genetic Factors. Some people harbor genetic strains of H. pylori that may make the bacteria more dangerous and increase the risk for ulcers. The most intensively investigated genetic factor is cytotoxin-associated gene A (CagA), which has been associated with both gastric and duodenal ulcers, as well as with stomach cancer. Other genetic types that may also increase bacterial severity are called vacuolating cytotoxin (vacA) and antigen-binding adhesin (BabA) genotypes. Some of these genetic factors may be more or less important for development of ulcers, depending on ethnicity.
Immune Abnormalities. Some experts suggest that certain individuals have abnormalities in the immune response of the intestine, which allow the bacteria to injure the lining.
Lifestyle Factors. Although lifestyle factors such as chronic stress, drinking coffee, and smoking were long believed to be primary causes of ulcers, it is now thought they only increase susceptibility to ulcers in some H. pylori carriers.
Shift Work and Other Causes of Interrupted Sleep. People who work the night shift have a significantly higher incidence of ulcers than day workers. Researchers suspect that frequent interruptions of sleep may weaken the ability of the immune system to protect against endotoxins.

When H. pylori was first identified as the major cause of peptic ulcers, it was found in 90% of people with duodenal ulcers and in about 80% of people with gastric ulcers. As more people are being tested and treated for the bacteria, however, the rate of H. pylori- associated ulcers has declined. For example, a 2001 study suggested that about half of ulcers are not caused by H. pylori. Instead, they tend to be caused by regular use of nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), which include aspirin and other common pain relievers. Genetic factors or, rarely, Crohn's disease or Zollinger-Ellison syndrome, also cause ulcers.

Some researchers now believe that duodenal ulcers are not caused by H. pylori, but that the presence of the bacteria simply delays healing. This fact, they say, may explain why up to half of cases of acute duodenal perforation show no evidence of H. pylori, and why duodenal ulcers can recur even after H. pylori has been eradicated.

A 2006 study published in the Journal of Biological Chemistry indicates that a protein called decay-accelerating factor (DAF) acts as receptor for H. pylori. Animal studies show that blocking this interaction renders H. pylori harmless to the stomach. Researchers hope the discovery leads to new drugs that can reduce the risk of peptic ulcer.

Long-term use of NSAIDs is the second most common cause of ulcers, and the rate of NSAID-caused ulcers is increasing. About 20 million people take prescription NSAIDs regularly, and more than 25 billion tablets of over-the-counter brands are sold each year in the U.S. alone. The most common NSAIDs are aspirin, ibuprofen (Advil), and naproxen (Aleve, Naprosyn), although many others are available. Patients with NSAID-caused ulcers should stop taking these drugs.

There is no doubt NSAIDs increase the risk of ulcers and gastrointestinal (GI) bleeding. The risk of bleeding is continuous for as long as a patient takes these drugs and may persist for about one year after stopping. Short courses of NSAIDs for temporary pain relief should not cause major problems, because the stomach has time to recover and repair any damage that has occurred.

Specific NSAIDs pose greater or lesser risks for ulcers and bleeding. No NSAIDs, however, even over-the-counter brands, should be used long-term except under a doctor's direction.

Lowest Risk

Medium Risk

Highest Risk

Nabumetone (Relafen)

Etodolac (Lodine)

Salsalate

Sulindac (Clinoril)

Aspirin. Even low-dose ("baby") aspirin (81 mg) may pose some risk

Ibuprofen (Motrin, Advil, Nuprin, Rufen)

Naproxen (Aleve, Naprosyn, Naprelan, Anaprox)

Diclofenac (Voltaren), Tolmetin (Tolectin)

NOTE: Drugs in the medium risk group vary in risk. For example, studies show that naproxen is twice as likely as ibuprofen to be associated with hospitalization from GI bleeding.

Flurbiprofen (Ansaid), Piroxicam (Feldene), Fenoprofen Indomethacin (Indocin), Meclofenamate (Meclomen)

Ketoprofen (Actron, Orudis KT). Note: Ketoprofen is often considered a medium-risk drug, but one study reported that taking the drug in low doses for as little as 1 week causes significant GI injury.

Certain drugs other than NSAIDs may cause or aggravate ulcers, particularly those taken for cardiovascular disease and its risk factors. A review of more than 306,000 primary care patients found that spironolactone, a common diuretic prescribed in heart failure, was associated with a 2.7% increased risk of ulcer or upper GI bleeding. Exacerbation of peptic ulcers is a rare but noted side effect of niacin, a drug that can reduce LDL cholesterol and raise HDL cholesterol. Low-dose aspirin, dipyridamole, and vitamin K antagonists such as Coumadin nearly double the risk of upper GI bleeding. When these drugs are used in combination, the risk soars.

Risk of GI perforation was seen in phase 3 clinical trials of bevacizumab, the first vascular endothelial growth factor agent (VEGF) approved by the FDA. This drug has been shown to increase survival and stop the progression of metastatic colorectal cancer when used in combination with chemotherapy. While the benefits of bevacizumab outweigh the risks, GI perforation is very serious. If it occurs, the drug must be discontinued.

The least common major cause of peptic ulcer disease is Zollinger-Ellison syndrome (ZES).

Rarely, certain conditions may cause ulceration in the stomach or intestine, including:

Radiation treatments
Bacterial or viral infections
Alcohol abuse
Physical injury
Burns

What is ZES? Zollinger-Ellison syndrome (ZES) is the least common major cause of peptic ulcer disease. In this condition, tumors in the pancreas and duodenum (gastrinomas) produce excessive amounts of gastrin, a hormone that stimulates gastric acid formation. These tumors are usually malignant, so proper and prompt management of the disease is essential.

Another cause of peptic ulcer, although far less common than H. pylori or NSAIDs, is Zollinger-Ellison syndrome. A large amount of excess acid is produced in response to the overproduction of the hormone gastrin, which in turn is caused by tumors on the pancreas or duodenum. These tumors are usually malignant, must be removed and acid production suppressed to relieve the recurrence of the ulcers.

Who Gets ZES? The incidence of ZES in the United States is estimated at 1 case per million people per year, and at 0.1 - 1% among patients with peptic ulcers. The mean age at onset is 45 - 50, and men are affected more often than women.

How Is ZES Diagnosed? ZES should be suspected in patients with ulcers who are not infected with H. pylori and have no history of NSAID use. Diarrhea may precede ulcer symptoms. Ulcers occurring in the second, third, or fourth portions of the duodenum or the jejunum (the middle section of the small intestine) are signs of ZES. GERD is more prevalent and often more severe in patients with ZES, and can be complicated by ulcerations and strictures of the esophagus.

How Is ZES Treated? Peptic ulcers associated with ZES are typically persistent and difficult to treat. Treatment consists of removing the tumors and suppressing acid with an intravenous proton-pump inhibitor (Protonix). Previously, removing the stomach was the only option.

Symptoms

Dyspepsia. The most common symptoms of peptic ulcer are known collectively as dyspepsia. Peptic ulcers can occur without dyspepsia or any other gastrointestinal symptom, especially when caused by NSAIDs. Dyspepsia may be persistent or recurrent and can encompass a variety of symptoms in the upper abdomen, including:

Pain or discomfort
Bloating
A feeling of fullness. People with severe dyspepsia are unable to drink as much fluid as people with mild or no dyspepsia.
Hunger and an empty feeling in the stomach, often 1 - 3 hours after a meal
Mild nausea (Vomiting, in fact, may relieve symptoms.)
Regurgitation (sensation of acid backing up into the throat.)
Belching

Ulcer Pain. The pain of ulcers can be either localized in one place or diffuse. The pain is described as a burning, gnawing, or aching in the upper abdomen, or as a stabbing pain penetrating through the gut. The symptoms may vary depending on the location of the ulcer:

Duodenal ulcers often cause a gnawing pain in the upper stomach area several hours after a meal, and the pain is often relieved by eating a meal.
Gastric ulcers may cause a dull, aching pain, often right after a meal; eating does not relieve the pain and may even worsen it. Pain may also occur at night.

Ulcer pain may be particularly confusing or disconcerting when it radiates to the back or to the chest behind the breastbone. In such cases it can be confused with other conditions such as heart attack.

Because ulcers can cause hidden bleeding, patients may experience the symptoms of anemia, including fatigue and shortness of breath.

A sudden onset of severe symptoms may indicate intestinal obstruction, perforation, or hemorrhage, all of which are emergencies. Symptoms may include:

Tarry, black, or bloody stools
Severe vomiting, which may include blood or a substance with the appearance of coffee grounds (a sign of a serious hemorrhage) or entire stomach contents (sign of intestinal obstruction)
Severe abdominal pain with or without vomiting or evidence of blood

Anyone who experiences any of these symptoms should go to the emergency room immediately.

Peptic ulcers may lead to emergency situations. Severe abdominal pain with or without evidence of bleeding may indicate a perforation of the ulcer through the stomach or duodenum. Vomiting of a substance that resembles coffee grounds or the presence of black tarry stools may indicate serious bleeding.

Complications

Most people with severe ulcers experience significant pain and sleeplessness, which can have a dramatic and adverse impact on their quality of life.

Peptic ulcers caused by H. pylori or NSAIDs can be very serious if they hemorrhage or perforate the stomach or duodenum. Up to 15% of people with ulcers experience some degree of bleeding, which can be life-threatening. Ulcers that form where the small intestine joins the stomach can swell and scar, resulting in a narrowing or closing of the intestinal opening. In such cases, the patient will vomit the entire contents of the stomach, and emergency treatment is necessary.

Complications of peptic ulcers cause an estimated 6,500 deaths each year. These figures, however, do not reflect the high number of deaths associated with NSAID use. Ulcers caused by NSAIDs are more likely to bleed than those caused by H. pylori. NSAID-related bleeding and stomach problems may be responsible for as many as 107,000 hospital admissions and 16,500 deaths each year.

Because there are usually no GI symptoms from NSAID ulcers until bleeding begins, doctors cannot predict which patients taking these drugs will develop bleeding. The risk for a poor outcome is highest in people who have had long-term bleeding from NSAIDs, blood clotting disorders, low systolic blood pressure, mental instability, or the presence of another serious, unstable medical condition. Populations at greatest risk are the elderly and those with other serious conditions, such as heart problems.

H. pylori is strongly associated with certain cancers. Some studies have also linked it to a number of non-gastrointestinal illnesses as well, although the evidence is inconsistent.

Stomach Cancers. Stomach cancer, also called gastric cancer, is the second most common cause of cancer worldwide. In developing countries where the rate of H. pylori is very high, the risk of stomach cancer is 6 times higher than in the U.S. An important 2001 study strongly supported previous work that found a causal link between H. pylori infection and stomach cancer. In this study, uninfected people did not develop stomach cancer. However, the stomach cancer rates for H. pylori-associated conditions were 4.7% for nonulcer dyspepsia, 3.4% for gastric ulcers, and 2.2% of stomach polyps. Experts now suggest that H. pylori may be as carcinogenic to the stomach as cigarette smoke is to the lungs.

Eradication of H. pylori may reduce the risk of stomach cancer, but not eliminate it. A Japanese study found that continued risk is associated with degree of mucosal atrophy before H. pylori eradication therapy is started. This is something than can be measured during an endoscopy.

The process most likely starts in childhood. Infection with H. pylori promotes a precancerous condition called atrophic gastritis. This may lead to cancer through the following steps:

The stomach becomes chronically inflamed and loses patches of glands that secrete protein and acid.
Acid protects against carcinogens, substances that cause cancerous changes in cells.
New cells replace destroyed cells, but the new cells do not produce enough acid to protect against carcinogens.
Over time, cancer cells may develop and proliferate in the stomach.

Onset of H. pylori infection in adulthood poses a lower risk, since the development of atrophic gastritis takes years, and an adult is likely to die of other causes first. Other factors, such as specific genetic strains and diets, might also influence a higher risk for stomach cancer. For example, a diet high in salt and low in fresh fruits and vegetables has been associated with a greater risk. Some evidence suggests that the virulent H. pylori strain called cytotoxin-associated gene A (CagA) may also be a particular risk factor for precancerous changes.

Interestingly, people with duodenal ulcers caused by H. pylori appear to have a lower risk of stomach cancer, although scientists do not know why. It may be that different H. pylori strains affect the duodenum and the stomach. Or, the high levels of acid found in the duodenum may help prevent the spread of the bacteria to critical areas of the stomach.

Pancreatic Cancer. H. pylori has recently been linked to pancreatic cancer. The excess risk is high in patients with unoperated gastric ulcers -- 20% after 15 years and 50% after the first hospitalization. Surgery decreased the risk dramatically. Unoperated duodenal ulcers, on the other hand, were not associated with increased risk of pancreatic cancer.

Heart Disease. Some research has reported a very high rate of H. pylori infection in men with coronary artery disease, but more recent work has found no relationship between the bacteria and heart disease. A 2001 study suggested that the only relationship between H. pylori and heart disease may be that people with both tend to be in lower socioeconomic groups. Further studies are needed.

Other Diseases. H. pylori has also been weakly associated with other nonintestinal disorders, including migraine, Raynaud's disease (marked by cold extremities), and some skin disorders, such as chronic hives.

Risk Factors

About 25 million people in the U.S. are expected to develop peptic ulcers at some point in their lives. Peptic ulcer disease affects all age groups, but is rare in children. Men have twice the risk of ulcers as women. The risk of duodenal ulcers tends to rise beginning around age 25 and continues until age 75; gastric ulcers peak at age 55 - 65.

Peptic ulcers are less common than they once were. Research suggests that ulcer rates have even declined in areas with widespread H. pylori infection. The increased use of proton-pump inhibitor drugs may be responsible for this trend.

H. pylori grows and colonizes only in the intestinal tracts of primates. The bacteria are most likely transmitted directly from person to person. Still, little is yet known about its transmission.

Who Is Infected with H. pylori? About half the world's adults are infected with H. pylori. The bacteria are nearly always acquired during childhood and persist throughout life, if not treated. The prevalence in children ranges from less than 10% to more than 80%, with the highest infection rates (3 - 10%) in developing countries and the lowest (0.5%) in industrialized nations, where rates continue to decline. Even in industrialized countries, however, infection rates in regions with crowded, unsanitary conditions are equal to those in developing countries.

How Does the Bacteria Pass from Person to Person? It is not entirely clear how the bacteria are transmitted. One study did not find that infected students posed any risk for their classmates. Transmission within families may be the most important route for H. pylori. A 2002 study reported that spouses of people with peptic ulcers are at significantly higher risk for ulcers, suggesting that the bacteria may be transmitted during intimate contact. Some evidence suggests that bacteria may spread during GI tract illness, particularly when vomiting occurs. The bacteria also may be passed in stools. Since H. pylori can live in water, but not apparently in food, the bacteria may also be transmitting through sewage-contaminated water.

Who Is at Risk for Ulcers from H. pylori? Although H. pylori infection is common, ulcers in children are very rare, and only a minority of infected adults develops ulcers. Some known risk factors include smoking, alcohol use, having a relative with peptic ulcers, being male, and the presence of the cytotoxin-associated gene A (CagA). Experts are unable to determine, however, any single factor or group of factors that can determine which infected patients are most likely to develop ulcers.

Between 15 - 25% of patients who have taken NSAIDs regularly will have evidence of one or more ulcers, but in most cases these ulcers are very small. Given the widespread use of NSAIDs, however, the potential total number of people who can develop serious problems may be very large. Long-term NSAID use can damage the stomach and, possibly, the small intestine.

In April 2005, the FDA asked manufacturers of prescription NSAIDs to include with their products the same boxed warning used for the COX-2 inhibitor celecoxib (Celebrex). This boxed warning emphasizes the increased risk for cardiovascular events and GI bleeding in people taking these drugs. (Pharmaceutical companies are trying to develop new COX-2 inhibitors without these dangerous side effects. Early safety studies of the novel COX-2 inhibitor known as CS-706 showed its effect on gastric mucosa to be the same as placebo.)

The FDA also requested manufacturers of over-the-counter NSAIDs to revise their labels to include more specific language concerning potential cardiovascular and GI risks. Due to its proven heart benefits, aspirin was excluded from these labeling revisions.

Frequent Users of NSAIDs. Anyone who uses NSAIDs regularly is at risk for gastrointestinal problems. Even low-dose aspirin (81 mg) may pose some risk, although the risk is lower than with standard doses. In one 4-year study, 4.5% of regular NSAID users were hospitalized for GI bleeding. The highest risk, however, was found in people who require long-term use of very high-dose NSAIDs, notably patients with rheumatoid arthritis. Other people who take high doses of NSAIDs include those with chronic low back pain, fibromyalgia, and chronic stress.

Contributing Factors. Certain factors add to the risk for ulcers in NSAID-users:

Age 65 and older
History of peptic ulcers or upper gastrointestinal bleeding
Other serious ailments, such as congestive heart failure
Use of other medications, such as the anticoagulant warfarin (Coumadin), corticosteroids, or the osteoporosis drug alendronate (Fosamax)
Alcohol abuse
Those infected with H. pylori. A 2002 study reported that the combination of NSAID use and H. pylori posed a 3.5-fold greater risk of ulcers than either factor alone. However, not all studies have reported the higher risk in infected patients.

Stress and Psychological Factors. Although stress is no longer considered a cause of ulcers, studies still suggest that stress may predispose a person to ulcers or prevent existing ulcers from healing. Some experts estimate that social and psychological factors play a contributory role in 30 - 60% of peptic ulcer cases, whether they are caused by H. pylori or NSAIDs. Some experts even believe that the anecdotal relationship between stress and ulcers is so strong that treatment of psychological factors is warranted.

Smoking. Smoking increases acid secretion, reduces prostaglandin and bicarbonate production, and decreases mucosal blood flow. Results of studies on the actual effect of smoking on ulcers, however, are mixed. Some evidence suggests that smoking delays the healing of gastric and duodenal ulcers. One study reported that after ulcers healed, about half of nonsmokers experienced a relapse of their ulcer disease after 1 year, but that all heavy smokers relapsed after 3 months. Other studies have found no increased risk for ulcers in smokers. In any case, any impact of smoking on ulcers does not seem to be affected by the presence of H. pylori.

Tobacco use and exposure may cause an acceleration of coronary artery disease and peptic ulcer disease. It is also linked to reproductive disturbances, esophageal reflux, hypertension, fetal illness and death, and delayed wound healing.

Diagnosis

Peptic ulcers are always suspected in patients with persistent dyspepsia (bloating, belching, and abdominal pain). Dyspepsia, however, occurs in 20 - 40% of people who live in industrialized nations, and only about 15 - 25% of these people actually have ulcers. A number of steps are needed to make an accurate diagnosis of ulcers.

The doctor will ask for a thorough report of a patient's dyspepsia and other important symptoms, such as weight loss or fatigue, present and past medication use (especially chronic use of NSAIDs), family members with ulcers, and drinking and smoking habits.

In addition to peptic ulcers, a number of conditions, notably gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD) and irritable bowel syndrome, cause dyspepsia. Often, however, no cause can be determined. In such cases, the symptoms are referred to collectively as functional dyspepsia.

Peptic ulcer symptoms, particularly abdominal pain and chest pain, may resemble those of other conditions, such as gallstones or heart attack. Certain features may help to distinguish these different conditions. However, symptoms often overlap, and it is impossible to make a diagnosis based on symptoms alone. A number of tests are needed.

The following disorders may be confused with peptic ulcers:

GERD. About half of patients with GERD also have dyspepsia. With GERD or other problems in the esophagus, the main symptom is usually heartburn, a burning pain that radiates up to the throat. It typically develops after meals and is relieved by antacids. The patient may have difficulty swallowing and may experience regurgitation or acid reflux. Elderly patients with GERD are less likely to have these symptoms, but instead may experience loss of appetite, weight loss, anemia, vomiting, or dysphagia (difficulty or painful swallowing). [See In-Depth Report #85: Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease.]
Heart Events. Cardiac pain, such as angina or a heart attack, is more likely to occur with exercise and may radiate to the neck, jaw, or arms. In addition, patients typically have distinct risk factors for heart disease, such as a family history, smoking, high blood pressure, obesity, or high cholesterol. [See In-Depth Report #12: Heart Attack.]
Gallstones. The primary symptom in gallstones is typically a steady gripping or gnawing pain on the right side under the rib cage, which can be quite severe and can radiate to the upper back. Some patients experience pain behind the breastbone. The pain is often precipitated by a fatty or heavy meal, but gallstones almost never cause dyspepsia. [See In-Depth Report #10: Gallstones and Gallbladder Disease.]
Irritable Bowel Syndrome. Irritable bowel syndrome can cause dyspepsia, nausea and vomiting, bloating, and abdominal pain. It occurs more often in women than in men.

Dyspepsia may also occur with gastritis, stomach cancer, or as a side effect of certain drugs, including NSAIDs, antibiotics, iron, corticosteroids, theophylline, and calcium blockers.

When ulcers are suspected, the doctor will prescribe tests to detect bleeding. These may include a rectal exam, a complete blood count, and a fecal occult blood test (FOBT). The FOBT tests for hidden (occult) blood in stools. Typically, the patient is asked to supply up to 6 stool specimens in a specially prepared package. A small quantity of feces is smeared on treated paper, which reacts to hydrogen peroxide. If blood is present, the paper turns blue.

Traditional radiology tests have not yet proven valuable for diagnosing ulcers. However, radiologists in France who performed multidetector computed tomography (MDCT) scans on preoperative patients with proven GI perforations found the technology to be highly accurate in pinpointing the location of the perforations.

Simple blood, breath, and stool tests can now detect H. pylori with a fairly high degree of accuracy. It is not entirely clear, however, which individuals should be screened for H. pylori.

Candidates for Screening. Some doctors currently test for H. pylori only in individuals with dyspepsia who also have high-risk conditions, such as:

Strong indication for ulcers, such as weight loss, anemia, or indications of bleeding
History of active ulcers
Risk factors for stomach cancer or other complications from ulcers

Smokers and those who experience regular and persistent pain on an empty stomach may also be good candidates for screening tests. Some doctors argue that testing for H. pylori may be beneficial for patients with dyspepsia who are regular NSAID users. In fact, given the possible risk for stomach cancer in H. pylori- infected people with dyspepsia, some experts now recommend that any patient with dyspepsia lasting longer than 4 weeks should have a blood test for H. pylori. This is a subject of considerable debate, however.

Specific Screening Tests for H. pylori. The following screening tests used or under investigation for H. pylori:

Breath Test. A simple test called the carbon isotope-urea breath test (UBT) can identify up to 99% of people who harbor H. pylori. Up to 2 weeks before the test, the patient must discontinue taking any antibiotics, bismuth-containing agents such as Pepto-Bismol, and proton-pump inhibitors (PPIs). As part of the test, the patient swallows a special substance containing urea (a compound in mammals metabolized from nitrogen) that has been treated with carbon atoms. If H. pylori is present, the bacteria convert the urea into carbon dioxide, which is detected and recorded in the patient's exhaled breath after 10 minutes.
Blood Tests. Blood tests are used to measure antibodies to H. pylori, with results available in minutes. Diagnostic accuracy is reported at 80 - 90%. One such important test is called enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA). An ELISA test of the urine is also showing promise in children.
Stool Test. A test to detect genetic fingerprints of H. pylori in the feces appears to be as accurate as the breath test for initial detection of the bacteria and for detecting recurrences after antibiotic therapy.

It should be noted that such tests are not as accurate as endoscopy, an invasive procedure, which is needed to confirm a diagnosis of H. pylori. The breath and stool tests, however, can be particularly useful after treatment to determine if a patient has been cured.

Test and Treat. Depending on the results of the screening tests, some doctors take the following steps:

Approach for Noninfected Individuals. People who do not have evidence of H. pylori on a blood or breath test are typically given a 4-week course of acid-suppressing medication, usually a PPI such as omeprazole (Prilosec).
Approach for H. pylori-Infected Individuals. Patients with evidence of bacterial infection are given antibiotics. If this does not relieve symptoms, they are given a 6-week course of the PPI omeprazole (Prilosec). (Whether to give antibiotics to infected patients with non-ulcer dyspepsia is controversial and is discussed in the section, What Are the Guidelines for Treating Peptic Ulcers Caused by H. pylori?)

If symptoms persist, endoscopy is usually performed. Endoscopy is an invasive procedure, but is the only procedure in which a biopsy of stomach tissue can be taken, making it the most accurate test.

Experts debate whether endoscopy should be performed on all patients who do not respond to initial medication, since it does not appear to add any useful information on treatment choices, unless there is evidence or suspicion of bleeding or serious complications.

While endoscopy is the gold standard for diagnosing upper GI disorders, because it allows doctors to biopsy the stomach, 3-dimensional CT imaging may also be valuable. Researchers in China compared the results of endoscopy to the results of noninvasive CT imaging performed to diagnose GI disease. They found that the CT imaging correctly diagnosed 50 of 52 cases, including 5 cases of peptic ulcer disease. Three-dimensional CT imaging clearly showed the GI tract lesions. It is currently considered a valuable complement to endoscopy.

Endoscopy is a procedure used to evaluate the esophagus, stomach, and duodenum using a long, thin tube tipped with a tiny video camera (endoscope). When combined with biopsy, endoscopy is the most accurate procedure for detecting the presence of peptic ulcers, bleeding, and stomach cancer, or for confirming the presence of H. pylori.

Appropriate Candidates for Endoscopy. Because endoscopy is invasive and expensive, it is unsuitable for screening everyone with dyspepsia. Most individuals with these symptoms are managed effectively without endoscopy. Endoscopy is usually reserved for patients with dyspepsia who also have risk factors for ulcers, stomach cancer, or both. Such factors include the following:

Having so-called "alarm" symptoms (unexplained weight loss, gastrointestinal bleeding, vomiting, difficulty swallowing, or anemia).
Being over 45 (when the risk for stomach cancer increases).

There is some debate whether patients under 45 with persistent dyspepsia and no alarm symptoms should have endoscopy.

The Procedure. Endoscopy may be performed in a hospital, doctor's office, or outpatient surgery center, and typically involves the following:

The doctor administers a local anesthetic using an oral spray and an intravenous sedative to suppress the gag reflex and relax the patient.
The doctor then places the thin, flexible plastic tube into the patient's mouth and down the esophagus into the stomach.
A tiny camera in the endoscope allows the doctor to see the surface of the esophagus, stomach, and duodenum, and to search for abnormalities.
The doctor will remove about 10 small tissue samples (biopsies), which will be tested for H. pylori.

In endoscopy, the doctor places a long, thin, flexible tube (called an endoscope) down the patient's throat and into the stomach and duodenum. A camera and light on the tip of the endoscope enables the doctor to check for abnormalities. Tiny samples may be taken to check for H. pylori bacteria, a cause of many peptic ulcers. If a bleeding ulcer is found, it may be sealed with a burning tool (cauterized) during the procedure.

Note: Some evidence suggests that patients who take PPIs should stop taking the medication 2 weeks before an endoscopy, since it may mask ulcers.

Capsule Endoscopy.Capsule endoscopy involves swallowing a capsule the size of a large vitamin, which contains tiny camera, light source, and radio transmitter. The device takes pictures as it passes through the intestinal tract. At this point, its benefits are limited to the small intestine, so it is unlikely to play a role in the diagnosis of peptic or gastric ulcers. However, capsule endoscopy has the potential to be an important tool for the diagnosis of obscure upper GI bleeding. Patients who have used it have usually found it painless and preferable to conventional endoscopy.

An upper GI (gastrointestinal) series was the standard diagnostic method for peptic ulcers until the introduction of adequate tests for detecting H. pylori. In an upper GI series, the patient drinks a solution containing barium. X-rays are then taken, which may reveal inflammation, active ulcer craters, or deformities and scarring due to previous ulcers. Endoscopy is more accurate, although it is more invasive and expensive.

Click the icon to see an illustrated series detailing treatment of GI bleeding.

Stool tests may show traces of blood that are not visible to the naked eye, and blood tests may reveal anemia in those who have bleeding ulcers. If Zollinger-Ellison syndrome is suspected, blood levels of gastrin should be measured.

Treatment

Antibiotic regimens that eradicate H. pylori can cure peptic ulcers and are now the standard medications used for ulcers in infected individuals who are not taking NSAIDs. Eliminating H. pylori can also cure the rare MALT lymphomas caused by this bacterium. Other drugs, such as proton-pump inhibitors or H2 blockers, are useful for relieving ulcer symptoms.

Patients with Clear Evidence of Ulcers. Antibiotics are clearly indicated for patients who have both ulcers and H. pylori infection. Despite such clear indications, however, European and American studies continue to suggest that many doctors only treat symptoms and not the ulcers themselves. Studies also suggest that most doctors do not counsel patients on the potential dangers of NSAIDs and other drugs that can cause ulcers.

There is considerable debate about whether to test for H. pylori and treat infected patients who have dyspepsia, but no evidence of ulcers.

The best approach for treating dyspepsia is highly controversial. Options include the following:

Test and Treat. This approach involves testing for H. pylori and eradicating the bacteria in infected patients.
Prescribing potent acid-suppressing agents. This approach generally employs a trial of potent acid-suppressing drugs called proton-pump inhibitors (PPIs), such as omeprazole (Prilosec) or esomeprazole (Nexium).

In either case, endoscopy is usually performed if symptoms persist after 4 weeks. Some evidence suggests that PPIs may mask ulcers, so patients taking these drugs may need to discontinue them for 2 weeks before endoscopy.

Arguments for Testing and Treating Patients with Dyspepsia. The argument supporting testing and treating patients with nonulcer dyspepsia is as follows:

Protection against ulcers. Some evidence suggests that antibiotic treatments for infected patients with dyspepsia may prevent ulcers from developing. A 2002 study found that antibiotic regimens to eradicate H. pylori greatly decreased the likelihood of ulcers in infected patients with nonulcer dyspepsia who were chronic NSAID users.
Protection against gastric cancer. Some evidence suggests that eradicating H. pylori may prevent or delay the onset of stomach cancer in people with long-term dyspepsia who are infected with the bacteria. A large 2001 study conducted in Japan, where gastric cancer is especially common, found that such cancers developed in about 3% of infected patients with nonulcer dyspepsia. However, none occurred in dyspeptic patients who were treated with antibiotics for H. pylori.

Arguments against Testing and Treating Patients with Dyspepsia. The arguments against testing and treating are as follows:

Lack of significant effect on symptoms. Studies are mixed on whether antibiotics have much effect on dyspepsia symptoms. In a 2003 study, overall symptom scores after 1 year were not significantly different between dyspeptic patients who were treated for H. pylori and patients who were maintained on PPIs.
Lower rates of H. pylori in the U.S. The number of people with H. pylori infection is declining in the U.S., possibly making the test-and-treat approach too expensive for the number of people it helps.
Increased risk for gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD). A number of studies suggest that H. pylori in the intestinal tract protects against GERD, which in severe cases can be a risk factor for cancer of the esophagus. Eliminating H. pylori may also have other adverse effects.
Overuse of antibiotics. Concern that such treatments without clear evidence of ulcers will lead to unnecessary antibiotic prescriptions, increasing the risk for side effects. Overuse may also contribute to a growing public health problem -- the emergence of bacteria that are resistant to antibiotics.

The standard treatment regimen for H. pylori uses 2 antibiotics and a PPI. Cure rates after antibiotic treatment range from 70 - 90%. A typical regimen contains three drugs:

A PPI. These drugs include omeprazole (Prilosec), lansoprazole (Prevacid), esomeprazole (Nexium), and rabeprazole (Aciphex). PPIs are important for all types of peptic ulcers, and are a critical partner in antibiotic regimens. They reduce acidity in the intestinal tract, and increase the ability of antibiotics to destroy H. pylori.
Two antibiotics. The standard antibiotics are clarithromycin (Biaxin) and amoxicillin. Some doctors substitute the antibiotic metronidazole (Flagyl) for either clarithromycin or amoxicillin.

This combination treatment is typically taken for at least 14 days. Many studies, however, suggest that a 7-day treatment may work just as well. A report published in 2006 evaluated a shorter course of treatment using the PPI rabeprazole and 2 antibiotics. They found that a 4-day treatment eliminated H. pylori and was associated with fewer side effects. A study published in 2007 comparing 1- and 2-week treatments with amoxicillin, clarithromycin, and omeprazole for H. pylori eradication found both regimens to be similar in efficacy, safety, and compliance.

Interestingly, an Italian study indicated that giving antibiotics sequentially instead of at the same time may be even more effective. The researchers found that patients who took amoxicillin for 5 days, followed by clarithromycin for 5 days, had higher H. pylori eradication rates (89%) than those who took both antibiotics for 10 days (77%).

A 2007 study showed that eradication rates with this 3-drug regimen could be improved, and side effects reduced, by adding probiotics ("good" bacteria) and the milk protein bovine lactoferrin. These products are often found in yogurts and other forms of fermented milk.

Follow-Up. Follow-up testing for the bacteria should be done no sooner than 4 weeks after therapy is completed. Test results before that time may not be accurate.

In most cases, drug treatment relieves ulcer symptoms. However, symptom relief does not always indicate success, nor does persistence of dyspepsia necessarily mean that treatment has failed. Heartburn and other symptoms from GERD, for example, can worsen and require acid-suppressing medication.

Failure. Treatment fails in about 15% of patients, mostly when they fail to adhere to the regimen. Compliance with standard antibiotic regimens may be poor for the following reasons:

The triple-drug regimens are complicated and require many pills. Helicide or two-drug combinations may help offset this problem.
About 30% of patients suffer side effects from the H. pylori regimen. Gastrointestinal problems are very common, and severe diarrhea can occur.

Treatment may also fail if the patients harbor strains of H. pylori that are resistant to the antibiotics. When this happens, different drugs are tried.

Reinfection after Successful Treatment. Studies in developed countries indicate that once the bacteria are eliminated, recurrence rates are below 1% per year. Reinfection with the bacteria is possible, however, in areas where the incidence of H. pylori is very high and sanitary conditions are poor. In such regions, reinfection rates are 6 - 15%.

Weight Gain. Some patients may gain weight.

Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease. Of ongoing interest are reports of a lower incidence of H. pylori in patients with GERD. There are some important unanswered questions associated with this issue:

Is the lower incidence of H. pylori in GERD patients significant, and does the bacteria actually protect against GERD? Studies have not conclusively found any significant risk for GERD in people who are not infected with H. pylori, except possibly in certain regions. In a 2003 study, the absence of H. pylori infection in people with GERD was more pronounced in Asian patients than in those from Europe and North America. That being said, guidelines for eradication of H. pylori infection published in 2007 by the European Helicobacter Study Group state that "Eradication of H. pylori infection does not cause gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD) or exacerbate GERD, and may prevent peptic ulcer in patients who are naive users of NSAIDs."
Does eliminating the bacteria with antibiotic therapy actually produce GERD in some people? One study observed that patients cured of H. pylori infection were twice as likely to develop GERD as those who remained infected. However, a 2003 analysis of 8 studies reported no higher risk for GERD after antibiotic treatments. In addition, GERD patients did not experience worsening of symptoms. Longer follow-up studies are needed however to determine the long-term consequences, if any.
What is the proper management of people who have GERD and H. pylori infection? Patients with severe GERD usually require on-going therapy with PPIs, which are powerful acid-suppressors. Some evidence suggests that in such patients, the combination of H. pylori and chronic acid suppression may lead to atrophic gastritis, a precancerous condition in the stomach. Guidelines then advocate eliminating the bacteria with antibiotics. There is some concern that once the bacteria are eliminated, however, GERD may worsen, which can pose a risk for Barrett's esophagus, which is also a precancerous condition. On the encouraging side, however, evidence to date does not suggest any higher risk for more serious GERD complications after H. pylori is eliminated.

Effects on Other Gastrointestinal Infections. In children, there is some evidence that H. pylori protects against E. coli and other GI infections, particularly those that cause diarrhea. If this is true, treating infected children for H. pylori should be done only if the bacteria are causing harm.

Click the icon to see an animation on ulcer treatment.

Treatment for NSAID-Induced Ulcers

Preventing Ulcers or Rebleeding Caused by NSAIDs. If NSAID-caused ulcers or bleeding are identified, patients should:

Get tested for H. pylori and, if they are infected, take antibiotics.
Possibly use a PPI. Studies suggest these medications lower the risk for NSAID-caused ulcers, although they do not completely prevent them.

People who still need to take NSAIDs should:

Use the lowest NSAID dose possible.
Try the prescription drugs misoprostol (Cytotec) or Arthrotec. Misoprostol works as well as a PPI, however, it has many side effects. Arthrotec is a combination of misoprostol and the NSAID diclofenac.

A warning to women: misoprostol can induce labor at any stage of pregnancy. Pregnant women should not use the drug.

Healing Existing Ulcers. A number of drugs are used to treat NSAID-caused ulcers. PPIs -- omeprazole (Prilosec), lansoprazole (Prevacid), or esomeprazole (Nexium) -- are used most often. Other drugs that may be useful include H2 blockers, such as famotidine (Pepcid AC), cimetidine (Tagamet), and ranitidine (Zantac). Sucralfate is another drug used to heal ulcers and reduce the stomach upset caused by NSAIDs.

COX-2 Inhibitors (Coxibs). Coxibs block an inflammation-promoting enzyme called COX-2. This drug class was initially thought to work as well as NSAIDs, while causing less gastrointestinal distress. However, following numerous reports of cardiovascular events, the FDA banned rofecoxib (Vioxx) and valdecoxib (Bextra) from use in the U.S. Celecoxib (Celebrex) is still available, but patients should discuss with their doctor whether this drug is appropriate and safe for them.

Arthrotec. Arthrotec is a combination of misoprostol and the NSAID diclofenac. It may reduce the risk for gastrointestinal bleeding. One study found that patients taking Arthrotec had 65 - 80% fewer ulcers than those who took NSAIDs alone.

Acetaminophen. Acetaminophen (Tylenol, Anacin-3) is the most common alternative to NSAIDs. Acetaminophen is inexpensive and generally safe. It poses far less of a risk of gastrointestinal problems than NSAIDs. It does have some adverse effects, however, and the daily dose should not exceed 4 grams (4,000 mg); some studies suggest that ulcer risk is increased even in doses exceeding 2 grams (2,000 mg) a day, if the drug is used on a long-term basis. Patients who take high doses of acetaminophen for long periods are also at risk for liver damage, particularly if they drink alcohol. It may pose a small risk for serious kidney complications in people with preexisting kidney disease, although acetaminophen remains the drug of choice for patients with impaired kidney function.

Tramadol. Tramadol (Ultram) is a pain reliever that has been used as an alternative to opioids. It has opioid-like properties, but is not as addictive. However, dependence and abuse have been reported. It can cause nausea, but does not cause severe gastrointestinal problems, as NSAIDs can. Some patients experience severe itching. A combination of tramadol and acetaminophen (Ultracet) provides more rapid pain relief than tramadol alone and more durable relief than acetaminophen alone. Side effects are the same as for each of these agents.

Medications

The following drugs are sometimes used in the treatments of peptic ulcers caused by either NSAIDs or H. pylori. They are described in alphabetical order.

Many antacids are available without prescription and are the first drugs recommended to relieve heartburn and mild dyspepsia. They play no major role in either the prevention or healing of ulcers, but help in the following ways:

All rely on various combinations of three basic compounds -- magnesium, calcium, or aluminum -- to neutralize stomach acid.
They may defend the stomach by increasing acid-buffering bicarbonate and mucus secretion.

It is generally believed that liquid antacids work faster and are more potent than tablets, although some evidence suggests that both forms work equally well.

Basic Salts Used in Antacids. There are three basic salts used in antacids:

Magnesium. Magnesium compounds are available in the form of magnesium carbonate, magnesium trisilicate, and, most commonly, magnesium hydroxide (Milk of Magnesia). The major side effect of these magnesium compounds is diarrhea.
Calcium. Calcium carbonate (Tums, Titralac, and Alka-2) is a potent and rapid-acting antacid, but it can cause constipation. There have been rare cases of hypercalcemia (elevated levels of calcium in the blood) in people taking calcium carbonate for long periods of time. Hypercalcemia can lead to kidney failure.
Aluminum. The most common side effect of antacids containing aluminum compounds (Amphogel, Alternagel) is constipation. Maalox and Mylanta are combinations of aluminum and magnesium, which balance the side effects of diarrhea and constipation. People who take large amounts of antacids containing aluminum may be at risk for calcium loss and osteoporosis. Long-term use also increases the risk of kidney stones. People who have recently experienced GI bleeding should not use aluminum compounds.

Interactions with Other Drugs. Antacids can reduce the absorption of a number of drugs. Conversely, some antacids increase the potency of certain drugs. The interactions can be avoided by taking these other drugs 1 hour before or 3 hours after taking the antacid.

Drugs that are absorbed less well if taken with antacids

Drugs that are made more potent by antacids

Tetracycline

Ciprofloxacin (Cipro)

Propranolol (Inderal)

Captopril (Capoten)

Ranitidine (Zantac)

Famotidine (Pepcid AC)

Valproic acid

Sulfonylureas

Quinidine

Levodopa

H. pylori is usually highly sensitive to certain antibiotics, particularly amoxicillin, and to antibiotics in the macrolide class, such as clarithromycin. Either type of agent serves effectively as a second antibiotic in a three-drug regimen. Other antibiotics that are sometimes used include tetracycline, metronidazole, and ciprofloxacin.

Amoxicillin is the most common form of penicillin. It is inexpensive, but many people are allergic to it.
Clarithromycin (Biaxin) is a macrolide and is the most expensive antibiotic used against H. pylori. It is very effective, but there is growing bacterial resistance to this drug. Resistance rates tend to be higher in women and increase with age. Researchers fear that resistance will increase as more people use the drug.
Tetracycline is effective, but this medicine has unique side effects, including skin reactions to sunlight, possible burning in the throat, and tooth discoloration. Pregnant women cannot take tetracycline.
Ciprofloxacin (Cipro), a fluoroquinolone, is also sometimes used in ulcer regimens.
Metronidazole (Flagyl) was the mainstay in initial combination regimens for H. pylori. As with clarithromycin, however, there continues to be growing bacterial resistance to the drug. Today, about 25 - 35% of H. pylori bacteria are metronidazole-resistant.

Side Effects of Antibiotics.

The most common side effects of nearly all antibiotics are gastrointestinal problems such as cramps, nausea, vomiting, and diarrhea.
Allergic reactions can also occur with all antibiotics, but are most common with medications derived from penicillin or sulfa. These reactions can range from mild skin rashes to rare, but severe -- even life-threatening -- anaphylactic shock.
Some drugs, including certain over-the-counter medications, interact with antibiotics; patients should report to all medications they are taking to their doctor.
Antibiotics double the risk of vaginal infections in women.

Compounds that contain bismuth are often used in the three-drug antibiotic regimens. They destroy the cell walls of H. pylori bacteria. The only bismuth compound available in the U.S. has been bismuth subsalicylate (Pepto-Bismol), although a drug combination of the H2 blocker ranitidine and bismuth citrate (Tritec) has been released. High doses can cause vomiting and depression of the central nervous system, but the doses given for ulcer patients rarely cause side effects.

H2 blockers interfere with acid production by blocking histamine, a substance produced by the body that encourages acid secretion in the stomach. H2 blockers were the standard treatment for peptic ulcers until antibiotic regimens against H. pylori were developed. These drugs cannot cure ulcers, but they are useful in certain cases. They are effective only for duodenal ulcers, however.

Four H2 blockers are currently available over-the-counter in the U.S.: famotidine (Pepcid AC), cimetidine (Tagamet), ranitidine (Zantac), and nizatidine (Axid). All have good safety profiles and few side effects. There are some differences between these drugs:

Famotidine (Pepcid AC). Famotidine is the most potent H2 blocker. The most common side effect is headache, which occurs in 4. 7% of people who take it. Famotidine is virtually free of drug interactions, but it may have significant adverse effects in patients with kidney problems.
Cimetidine (Tagamet). Cimetidine has few side effects; about 1% of people taking cimetidine experience mild temporary diarrhea, dizziness, rash, or headache. Cimetidine interacts with a number of commonly used medications, including phenytoin, theophylline, and warfarin. Long-term use of excessive doses (more than 3 grams a day) may cause impotence or breast enlargement in men. These problems resolve after the drug is discontinued.
Ranitidine (Zantac). Ranitidine interacts with very few drugs. In one study, ranitidine provided more pain relief and healed ulcers more quickly than cimetidine in people younger than age 60, but there was no difference in older patients. A common side effect of ranitidine is headache, which occurs in about 3% of people who take it.

That being said, a literature review of clinical trials showed that the PPIs are more effective than the H2 blockers in healing ulcers in people who take NSAIDs. After 8 weeks of treatment, healing rates of both gastric and duodenal ulcers were:

92% and 88% with esomeprazole 40 mg and 20 mg (vs 74% with ranitidine).
87% and 84% with omeprazole 40 mg and 20 mg (vs 64% with ranitidine).
And 73 - 74% and 66 - 69% with lansoprazole 30 mg and 15 mg (vs 50 - 53% with ranitidine).
However, healing rates with ranitidine reached nearly 100% when NSAIDs were discontinued.

Nizatidine (Axid). Nizatidine is nearly free of side effects and drug interactions.

Long-Term Concerns. In most cases, these H2 blockers have good safety profiles and few side effects. Because H2 blockers can interact with other drugs, be sure to tell your doctor about any other drugs you are taking. There are also some concerns about possible long-term effects -- for example, that long-term acid suppression with these drugs may cause cancerous changes in the stomach in patients who also have untreated H. pylori infection. More research is needed. However, the following concerns are real:

Liver damage. This is more likely with ranitidine than other H2 blockers, but is rare in any event.
Kidney-related complications. With famotidine, adverse effects on the central nervous system in patients with even moderate kidney insufficiency have been reported, resulting in anxiety, depression, and mental disturbances.
Increased risk for pneumonia in hospitalized patients.
Ulcer perforation and bleeding. Some experts are concerned that the use of acid-blocking drugs may actually increase the risk for serious complications by masking the ulcer's symptoms.

Misoprostol (Cytotec) increases prostaglandin levels in the stomach lining, which protects against the major intestinal toxicity of NSAIDs.

Actions against Ulcers. Misoprostol can reduce formation of ulcers in the upper small intestine by two-thirds and in the stomach by three-fourths. It does not neutralize or reduce acid, so although the drug is helpful for preventing NSAID-induced ulcers, it is not useful in healing existing ulcers.

Side Effects.

Diarrhea and other gastrointestinal problems are severe enough to cause 20% of patients to stop taking the drug. Taking misoprostol after meals should minimize these effects. One study indicated that taking the drug 2 - 3 times a day, instead of the standard regimen of 4 times, may prove to be just as effective and cause fewer side effects.
Misoprostol can induce abortion or cause birth defects and should not be taken by pregnant women. If pregnancy occurs during treatment, the drug should be discontinued at once and the doctor contacted immediately.

Actions against Ulcers. PPIs are the drugs of choice for managing patients with peptic ulcers from any cause. They suppress the production of stomach acid by blocking the gastric acid pump -- the molecule in the stomach glands that is responsible for acid secretion.

PPIs can be used either as part of a multidrug regimen for H. pylori or alone for preventing and healing NSAID-caused ulcers. One retrospective study found that adding a PPI to diclofenac therapy reduced hospitalization for ulcers by 60%. They are also useful in treating ulcers caused by Zollinger-Ellison syndrome. Some people carry a gene that reduces the effectiveness of PPIs. This gene is present in 18 - 20% of people of Asian descent.

Standard Brands. Most PPIs are available by prescription as oral drugs. There is no evidence that one brand of PPI works better than another. Brands approved for ulcer prevention and treatment include:

Omeprazole (generic, Prilosec OTC)
Esomeprazole (Nexium)
Lansoprazole (Prevacid)
Rabeprazole (Aciphex)

Possible Adverse Effects.

Side effects are uncommon, but may include headache, diarrhea, constipation, nausea, and itching.
Pregnant women and nursing mothers should avoid taking PPIs, although recent studies suggest that these drugs do not increase the risk of birth defects.
PPIs may interact with certain drugs, such as antiseizure agents (such as phenytoin), antianxiety drugs (such as diazepam), and blood thinners (such as warfarin).
Long-term use of high-dose PPIs may produce vitamin B12 deficiency, but studies are needed to confirm this risk.
In theory, long-term use of PPIs by people with H. pylori may reduce acid secretion enough to cause atrophic gastritis (chronic inflammation of the stomach), a risk factor for stomach cancer. Long-term use of PPIs may also mask symptoms of stomach cancer and delay diagnosis. At this time, however, there have been no reports of an increase in stomach cancer with long-term use of these drugs.

Sucralfate (Carafate) seems to work by adhering to the ulcer crater and protecting it from further damage by stomach acid and pepsin. It also promotes the defensive processes of the stomach. Sucralfate has an ulcer-healing rate similar to that of H2 blockers. Other than constipation, which occurs in 2.2% of patients, the drug has few side effects. Sucralfate does interact with a wide variety of drugs, however, including warfarin, phenytoin, and tetracycline.

Treatment for Bleeding Ulcers

When a patient comes to the hospital with bleeding ulcers, endoscopy is usually performed. This procedure is critical for the diagnosis, determination of treatment options, and treatment of bleeding ulcers.

In high-risk patients or those with evidence of bleeding, options include watchful waiting with medical treatments or surgery. The first critical steps for massive bleeding are to stabilize the patient and support vital functions with fluid replacement and possibly blood transfusions. People on NSAIDs should discontinue them, if possible.

Depending on the intensity of the bleeding, patients can be released from the hospital within a day or kept up to 3 days after endoscopy. Bleeding stops spontaneously in about 70 - 80% of patients, but about 30% of patients who come to the hospital for bleeding ulcers need surgery. Endoscopy is the surgical procedure most often used for treating bleeding ulcers and patients at high-risk for rebleeding. It is usually combined with medications, such as epinephrine and intravenous proton-pump inhibitors.

Between 10 - 20% of patients require more invasive procedures for bleeding, usually major abdominal surgery.

Endoscopy is important for both diagnosing and treating bleeding ulcers. The doctor first places a thin, flexible plastic tube called an endoscope into the patient's mouth and down the esophagus into the stomach.

Endoscopy for Diagnosing Bleeding Ulcers and Determining Risk of Rebleeding. With endoscopy, doctors are able to detect the signs of bleeding, such as active spurting or oozing of blood from arteries. Endoscopy can also detect specific features in the ulcers referred to as stigmata, which indicate a higher or lower risk of rebleeding.

Such features include the following:

Low risk (5 -15%) for bleeding: flat dot; a clean or white base.
High risk (30 - 50%) for bleeding: swollen but nonbleeding blood vessels; blood clots that adhere to ulcers.
According to one study, if patients with these high-risk features are untreated, their risk for rebleeding after endoscopy ranges from about 10% on the first day after endoscopy to about 3% by the third day. Identifying and treating patients with stigmata can reduce these risks. Other factors that increase the risk for rebleeding include bleeding disorders, very low blood pressure, other serious medical conditions, and bleeding that started after hospitalization.
After endoscopy, high-dose PPI therapy has been shown to significantly reduce the rate of rebleeding, need for surgery, and death from hemorrhage. The medication may be given intravenously, but studies show that oral PPI therapy is probably just as effective.

Endoscopy as Treatment. Endoscopy is usually used to treat bleeding from visible vessels that are less than 2 mm in diameter. This approach also appears to be very effective in preventing rebleeding in patients whose ulcers are not bleeding, but who have high-risk features (swollen blood vessels or clots adhering to ulcers).

The following is a typical endoscopy procedure:

The surgeon passes a probe through an endoscopic tube and applies electricity, heat, or small clips to coagulate the blood and stop the bleeding. This procedure also causes fluid buildup, which helps to compress the blood vessels.
In high-risk cases, the doctor may inject epinephrine (commonly known as adrenaline) directly into the ulcer to enhance the effects of the heating process. Epinephrine activates the process leading to blood coagulation, narrows the arteries, and enhances blood clotting.
Intravenous (IV) administration of a PPI (usually omeprazole or pantoprazole) significantly prevents rebleeding and appears to be cost-effective. In one study, the use of IV PPIs reduced the risk of bleeding from 23% to 7%. (Oral PPIs are also effective, but studies are needed to compare their effectiveness versus IV PPIs.) A PPI may also be useful for initial bleeding episodes when endoscopy is unsuccessful, inappropriate, or unavailable.

Intravenous H2 blockers are often used, but a major analysis reported no benefit in bleeding duodenal ulcers, although they may be effective in gastric ulcers.

Endoscopy is effective in controlling bleeding in more than 85% of appropriate candidates. If rebleeding occurs, a repeat endoscopy is effective in about 75% of patients. Those who fail to respond require major abdominal surgery. The most serious complication from endoscopy is perforation of the stomach or intestinal wall, which occurred in about 1.4% of patients in a large 2002 study.

While endoscopy and clipping are routine treatment for bleeding ulcers in the U.S., a Korean study found little difference in outcomes between clipping (plus H2 therapy) and oral PPI therapy alone. In a randomized test of 129 patients, hemostasis (end of bleeding) was achieved in 93.5% of patients after clipping and 92.5% of patients on oral PPIs at 24 hours. The rate of rebleeding was 6.9% with clipping and 7.5% with PPIs.

Other Medical Considerations. Certain agents may be warranted after endoscopy:

Patients who harbor the H. pylori bacteria, even when the bleeding has been caused by NSAID use, should be treated with antibiotic therapy to eliminate the bacteria. Triple therapy, including antibiotics, to eliminate H. pylori immediately after endoscopy is warranted in most patients infected with the bacteria.
Somatostatin (a hormone used to prevent bleeding in cirrhosis) is also useful for reducing persistent peptic ulcer bleeding or the risk of recurrence. Researchers are investigating adding other therapies, such as fibrin glue, a blood clotting factor. To date, no therapy has proven to be more effective than current treatments.

Major abdominal surgery for bleeding ulcers is now generally performed only when endoscopy fails or is not appropriate. Certain emergencies may require surgical repair, such as when an ulcer perforates the wall of the stomach or intestine, causing sudden intense pain and life-threatening infection.

Surgical Approaches. The standard major surgical approach uses a wide abdominal incision and standard surgical instruments (called open surgery). Laparoscopic techniques employ small abdominal incisions and the insertion of tubes that contain miniature cameras and instruments. Laparoscopic techniques are increasingly being used for perforated ulcers. Surgery is not effective for upper GI ulceration caused by chronic NSAID use.

Major Surgical Procedures. There are a number of surgical procedures aimed at long-term relief of ulcer complications. These include:

Click the icon to see an illustrated series detailing a gastrectomy procedure.

Vagotomy, in which the vagus nerve is cut to interrupt messages from the brain that stimulate acid secretion in the stomach. This surgery may impair stomach emptying. A recent variation that cuts only parts of the nerve may reduce this complication.
Antrectomy, in which the lower part of the stomach is removed. This part manufactures the hormone responsible for stimulation of digestive juices.
Pyloroplasty, which enlarges the opening into the small intestine so that stomach contents can pass into it more easily.

Antrectomy and pyloroplasty are usually performed with vagotomy.

Lifestyle Changes

In the past, it was common practice to tell people suffering from peptic ulcers to consume small, frequent amounts of bland foods. Exhaustive research conducted since that time has shown that a bland diet is not effective in reducing the incidence or recurrence of ulcers, and that eating numerous small meals throughout the day is no more effective than eating three meals a day. Large amounts of food should still be avoided, because stretching the stomach can result in painful symptoms.

Fruits and Vegetables. The good news is that a diet rich in fiber may cut the risk of developing ulcers in half and speed healing of existing ulcers. Fiber found in fruits and vegetables is particularly protective; vitamin A contained in many of these foods may increase the benefit. Some studies on associations between specific food chemicals and ulcers are as follows:

In one study, apples and yams appeared to be especially helpful.
Apples, celery, cranberries, onions, red wine, and green and black tea are also high in natural chemicals known as flavonoids, which appear to inhibit H. pylori growth and have many other health benefits. Cranberry juice specifically may have properties that help prevent H. pylori from infecting the intestinal lining.
Grapefruit has antioxidant properties that may help heal ulcers.
Studies on rats have found that dietary nitrate increases nitric oxide in the gut and causes the mucus layer to thicken. Pretreatment with nitrate provided dramatic protection against diclofenac-induced ulcers. High levels of dietary nitrate are found in many vegetables.
Laboratory experiments suggest that sulforaphone, a compound found in broccoli and broccoli sprouts, may be lethal to even drug-resistant strains of H. pylori.
Tea has chemicals that may help protect against cancers in the stomach and esophagus.

Milk. Milk actually encourages the production of acid in the stomach, although moderate amounts (2 - 3 cups a day) appear to do no harm. Animal studies show that a milk protein called bovine alpha-lactalbumin protects against gastric ulcers caused by stress. Certain probiotics, which are "good" bacteria added to yogurt and other fermented milk drinks, may also have gastric protective qualities.

Coffee and Carbonated Beverages. Coffee (both caffeinated and decaffeinated), soft drinks, and fruit juices with citric acid increase stomach acid production. Although no studies have proven that any of these drinks contribute to ulcers, consuming more than 3 cups of coffee per day may increase susceptibility to H. pylori infection.

Spices and Peppers. Studies conducted on spices and peppers have yielded conflicting results. The rule of thumb is to use these substances moderately, and to avoid them if they irritate the stomach.

Garlic. Some studies suggest that high amounts of garlic may have some protective properties against stomach cancer, although a recent study concluded that it offered no benefits against H. pylori and, in high amounts, can cause considerable GI distress.

Olive Oil. Studies from Spain have shown that phenolic compounds in virgin olive oil may have strong bactericidal activity against 8 strains of H. pylori, 3 of which are resistant to antibiotics.

Vitamins. Although no vitamins have been shown to protect against ulcers, H. pylori appears to impair absorption of vitamin C, which may play a role in the higher risk of stomach cancer.

Some evidence exists that exercise may help reduce the risk for ulcers in some people. In one study, exercise was associated with a lower risk for duodenal, but not gastric, ulcers in men. In this study, exercise appeared to have no effect on ulcer development in women.

Stress relief programs have not been shown to promote ulcer healing, but they may have other health benefits.

Melatonin is a hormone found in the brain that is normally associated with sleep. Researchers have observed that the GI tract is rich in melatonin, and that the hormone may have properties that help prevent ulcers, reduce acid secretion, and improve blood flow. It is not known whether this would benefit people with peptic ulcers, but it appears to warrant some research. In the U.S., melatonin is classified as a dietary supplement and not a drug, so its quality and effectiveness are uncontrolled. The U.S. is the only developed nation that does not regulate this agent.

Resources

http://digestive.niddk.nih.gov -- National Digestive Diseases Information Clearinghouse
www.gastro.org -- American Gastroenterological Association
www.acg.gi.org -- American College of Gastroenterology

References

deBortoli M, Leonardi G, Ciancia E, et al. Helicobacter pylori eradication: a randomized prospective study of triple therapy versus triple therapy plus lactoferrin and probiotics. Am J. Gastroenterol. 2007;102(5):951-956.

Guyton JR, Bays HE. Safety considerations with niacin therapy. Am J Cardiol. 2007;99(6A):22C-31C.

Hainaux B, Agneessens E, Bertinotti R, et al. Accuracy of MDCT in predicting site of gastrointestinal tract perforation. Am J Roentgenol. 2006;187(5):1179-1183.

Hallas J, Dall M, Andries A, et al. Use of single and combined antithrombotic therapy and risk of serious upper gastrointestinal bleeding: population based case-control study. BMS. 2006;333(7571):726. Epub 2006 Sept 19.

Hobsley M, Tovey F, Horton J. Precise role of H. pylori in duodenal ulceration. World J Gastroenterol. 2006;12(40):6413-6419.

Goer A, Gothe H, Schiffhorst G, Sterzel A, Grass U, Haussler B. Comparison of the effects of diclofenac or other non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) and dicolfenac or other NSAIDs in combination with proton pump inhibitors (PPI) on hospitalization due to peptic ulcer disease. Pharmacoepidemiol Drug Saf. 2007 Feb 26 [Epub ahead of print].

Jansson EA, Petersson J, Reinders C, et al. Protection from nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory (NSAID)-induced gastric ulcers by dietary nitrate. Free Radic Biol Med. 2007;41(4):510-518.

Keefer L, Stepanski EJ, Ranjbaran Z, Benson LM, Keshavarzian A. An initial report of sleep disturbance in inactive inflammatory bowel disease. J Clin Sleep Med. 2006;2(4):409-416.

Kim JI, Cheung DY, Cho SH, et al. Oral proton pump inhibitors are as effective as endoscopic treatment for bleeding peptic ulcer: a prospective, randomized, controlled trial. Dig Dis Sci. 2007 May 19 [Epub ahead of print].

Luo J, Nordenvall C, Nyren O, Adami HO, Permert J, Ye W. The risk of pancreatic cancer in patients with gastric or duodenal ulcer disease. Int J Cancer. 2007;120(2):368-372.

Malfertheiner P, Megraud F, O'Morain C, et al. Current concepts in the management of Helicobacter pylori infection: the Maastrict III Consensus Report. Gut. 2007;56(6):772-781.

Miki K, Urita Y, Ishikawa F, et al. Effect of Bifidobacterium bifidum fermented milk on Helicobacter pylori and serum pepsinogen levels in humans. J Dairy Sci. 2007;90(6):2630-2640.

Moberly JB, Harris SI, Diff DS, et al. A randomized, double-blind, one-week study comparing the effects of a novel COX-2 inhibitor and naproxen on the gastric mucosa. Dig Dis Sci. 2007;52(2):442-450.

Moore ML. Misoprostol-is more research needed? J Perinat Educ. 2002;11(3):43-47.

Murthy S, Keyvani L, Leeson S, Targownik LE. Intravenous versus high-dose oral proton pump inhibitor therapy after endoscopic hemostasis of high-risk lesions in patients with acute nonvariceal upper gastrointestinal bleeding. Dig Dis Sci. 2007;63(11):773-775.

Pietroiusti A, Forlini A, Magrini A, et al. Shift work increases the frequency of duodenal ulcer in H. pylori infected workers. Occup Environ Med. 2006;63(11):773-775.

Pilotto A, Franceschi M, Leandro G, et al. Clinical features of reflux esophagitis in older people: a study of 840 consecutive patients. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2006;54(10):1537-1542.

Romero C, Medina E, Vargas J, Brenes M, De Castro A. In vitro activity of olive oil polyphenols against Helicobacter pylori. J Agric Food Chem. 2007;55(3):680-688.

Saif MW, Elfiky A, Salem RR. Gastrointestinal perforation due to bevacizumab in colorectal cancer. Ann Surg Oncol. 2007;14(6):1860-1869.

Simon-Rudler M, Massard J, Bernard-Chabert B, et al. Continuous infusion of high-dose omeprazole is more effective than standard-dose omeprazole in patients with high-risk peptic ulcer bleeding: a retrospective study. Aliment Pharmacol Ther. 2007;25(:949-954.

Take S, Mizuno M, Ishiki K, et al. Baseline gastric mucosal atrophy is a risk factor associated with the development of gastric cancer after Helicobacter pylori eradication therapy in patients with peptic ulcer disease. J Gastroenterol. 2007;42(suppl 17):21-27.

Ushida Y, Shimokawa Y, Toida T, Matsui H, Takase M. Bovine alpha-lacalbumin stimulates mucus metabolism in gastric mucosa. J Dairy Sci. 2007;90(2):541-546.

Vaira D, Zullo A, Vakil N, et al. Sequential therapy versus standard triple-drug therapy for Helicobacter pylori eradication: a randomized trial. Ann Intern Med. 2007;146(:556-563.

Verhamme K, Mosis G, Dieleman J, Stricker B, Sturkenboom M. Spironolactone and risk of upper gastrointestinal events: population-based case-control study. BMJ. 2006;333(7563):330. Epub 2006 Jul 13.

Yeomans ND, Svedberg LD, Naesdal J. Is ranitidine therapy sufficient for healing peptic ulcers associated with non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug use? Int J Clin Pract. 2006;60(11):1401-407.

Zagari RM, Bianchi-Porro G, Fiocca R, Gasbarrini G, Roda E, Bazzoli F. Comparison of 1 and 2 weeks of omeprazole, amoxicillin and clarithromycin treatment for Helicobacter pylori eradication: the HYPER study. Gut. 2007;56(4):475-479.

Review Date:
6/22/2007
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Systemic lupus erythematosus

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:17 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
Causes
Risk Factors
Symptoms
Complications
Diagnosis
Treatment
Treatment for Cutaneous and...
Treatment for Severe SLE...
Lifestyle Changes
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Systematic Lupus Erythematosus (SLE)

SLE is an autoimmune disease that causes a chronic inflammatory condition. The inflammation triggered by SLE affects many organs in the body, including skin, joints, kidneys, lung, and nervous system. Women, especially African-American and Asian women, are at highest risk for developing SLE.

Symptoms and Diagnosis

Not all patients with SLE experience the same symptoms. The most common symptoms are joint pain, skin rash, and fever. Symptoms can develop slowly or appear suddenly. Many patients with SLE have “flares,” in which symptoms suddenly worsen and then disappear for long periods of time. Diagnosing SLE is complicated because symptoms vary widely and can resemble other conditions. A doctor will base an SLE diagnosis on certain specific criteria including symptom history and the results of blood tests for antinuclear antibodies.

Treatment

No drug can cure SLE, but many different drugs can help control symptoms and relieve discomfort. The choice of drugs depends on the severity of the condition as well as other factors. Patients with mild SLE may be helped by nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) while patients with more severe SLE may require corticosteroids or immunosuppressants. Researchers are working to develop new drugs and treatments for SLE.

Living with SLE

Patients can make lifestyle changes to help cope with SLE. These include:

Avoid excessive sunlight exposure, and wear sunscreen (ultraviolet light is the one of the main triggers of flares).
Get plenty of rest (fatigue is another common SLE symptom).
Engage in regular light-to-moderate exercise to help fight fatigue and heart disease, and to keep joints flexible.

Introduction

Systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) is a chronic, often life-long, autoimmune disease. It can be mild to severe, and affects mostly women. SLE may affect various parts of the body, but it most often manifests in the skin, joints, blood, and kidneys. SLE was first described in 1828. Its very name helps define the disease:

Systemic is used because the disease can affect organs and tissue throughout the body.
Lupus is Latin for wolf. It refers to the rash that extends across the bridge of the nose and upper cheekbones and was thought to resemble a wolf bite.
Erythematosus is from the Greek word for red and refers to the color of the rash.

Lupus has many different symptoms. Common ones include:

Fatigue
Joint pain or swelling
Skin rashes

Causes

Systemic lupus erythematosus is a complex disorder that occurs as a consequence of a number of independent processes and factors.

Environmental factors, such as viruses, exposure to chemicals, or sunlight trigger inflammatory or immune activity. This immune activation may begin as an appropriate response to an unwanted "invader." But, because of a combination of genetic factors, an individual with lupus develops an ongoing immune response that does not shut itself off appropriately. This leads to waxing and waning flares of inflammation that can involve various organs of the body, depending on specific features of this self-perpetuating immune response in individual patients.

The exact combination of genes that predispose individuals to SLE may differ somewhat from patient to patient, but probably share certain common features which tend to impair the ability of the body to get rid of immune-triggering particles and which tend to prolong or increase the degree of immune responsiveness to these triggers.

A major characteristic of lupus is that it is an autoimmune response in which immune factors, called autoantibodies, attack the person's own cells. Some autoantibodies are normal in a well-balanced immune system, and serve various roles to help the body dispose of wastes, protect from infectious invaders, and to keep blood vessels clear. In healthy people, autoantibodies tend to be well-regulated and well "masked," or covered up, until needed. Therefore, it is probably the high activity and high detectability of autoantibodies that makes lupus unique, not the fact that they exist.

The Normal Immune System Response. The inflammatory process is a byproduct of the activity of the body's immune system, which fights infection and heals wounds and injuries:

When an injury or an infection occurs, white blood cells are mobilized to rid the body of any foreign proteins, such as a virus.
The masses of blood cells that gather at the injured or infected site produce factors to fight any infections.
In the process, the surrounding area becomes inflamed and some healthy tissue is injured. The immune system is then called upon to repair wounds by clotting any bleeding blood vessels and initiating fiber-like patches to the tissue.
Under normal conditions, the immune system has special factors that control and limit this inflammatory process.

The Infection Fighters. B cells and T cells are two important components of the immune system that play a role in the inflammation associated with lupus. Both B cells and T cells belong to a family of immune cells called lymphocytes. Lymphocytes help fight infection.

B cells and T cells are involved in the immune system's response to infection. Antigens are foreign bodies (such as bacteria and viruses) that stimulate the immune system to produce autoantibodies. When a T cell recognizes an antigen it will produce chemicals (cytokines) that cause B cells to multiply and release many immune proteins (antibodies). These antibodies circulate widely in the bloodstream, recognizing the foreign particles and triggering inflammation in order to rid the body of the invasion.

An antigen is a substance that can provoke an immune response. Typically antigens are substances not usually found in the body.

For reasons that are still not completely understood, both the T cells and B cells become overactive in lupus patients. In lupus, a complex interaction between activated immune cells and an impaired antigen-elimination process leads to a greater than normal range of what the antibodies recognize. Eventually, antibodies are made that recognize more of the body's own tissues in a stronger or more persistent manner than is healthy, and inflammatory responses are mounted in these tissues.

Autoantibodies. In the majority of patients with SLE, antinuclear antibodies (ANA) are detectable. Such autoantibodies may be present in individuals up to 7 years prior to their developing symptoms of lupus. Some subtypes of ANA are found in lupus patients and only rarely in people without lupus. These include:

Anti-ds DNA. An autoantibody called anti-double stranded DNA (anti-ds DNA) may play an important role in some lupus patients.
Anti-Sm antibodies. This antibody is found most often in lupus patients of African descent and is almost never detected in people without lupus.
Anti-Ro (SSA) and Anti-La (SSB)
Antiphospholipid antibodies

Cytokines. Most immune cells secrete or stimulate the production of powerful immune factors called cytokines. In small amounts, cytokines are indispensable for maintaining the balance of the body during immune responses, including:

Infections
Injuries
Tissue repair
Blood clotting
Clearing of debris from inflamed blood vessels
Other aspects of healing.

If overproduced, however, they can cause serious damage, including dangerous levels of inflammation and cellular injury. Specific cytokines called interferons and interleukins play a critical role in SLE by regulating the secretion of autoantibodies by B cells.

Complement. Another immune factor of high interest in SLE is the complement system. This is comprised of more than 30 proteins and is important for defending and regulating the immune response. Inherited deficiencies in certain complement components (C1q, C1r, C1s, C4, and C2) have long been associated with SLE.

Researchers estimated that 20 - 100 different genetic factors may be involved in the alterations of the immune system set point that could make a person susceptible to SLE.

Research published in 2003 identified a particular set of genes, now commonly called the "interferon signature," that is activated by interferon in patients with severe lupus. This discovery may help doctors identify patients at particular risk for severe disease before they develop symptoms.
A genetic risk factor for lupus in African-American women has been identified.
Other research has identified defects in genes that regulate apoptosis, the natural process by which cells self-destruct.
An abnormal gene identified in some patients with SLE promotes the build-up of immune complexes that can cause kidney damage. HLA (human leukocyte antigen) is a protein that presents antigens to T cells by holding them up from the surface of macrophages or other antigen-presenting cells. Among the types of HLA associated with lupus are HLA-DR2, -DR3, -A1, -B8, and DMA-0104.

In genetically susceptible people, there are various external factors that can provoke an immune response. Possible SLE triggers include colds, fatigue, stress, chemicals, sunlight, and certain drugs.

Viruses. Blood tests reveal that patients with SLE are more likely to have been exposed to certain viruses than the general population. These viruses include the Epstein-Barr virus (the cause of mononucleosis), cytomegalovirus, and parvovirus-B1.

Results from a 2005 study, conducted by researchers at the National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences, suggested a strong association between Epstein-Barr virus (EBV) and increased risk of lupus, particularly for African-Americans. The association was not as strong for whites, but increased with age (patients over 50 years of age had four times higher risk).

The researchers also observed that a genetic variation in CTLA-4, a protein that helps regulate T cell immune system response, appeared to modify the risk of lupus associated with EBV-IgA antibodies. Therefore, an individual’s CTLA-4 genotype could determine the immune system’s responsiveness in fighting repeat episodes of EBV infection.

Click the icon to see an image of mononucleosis.

Some research suggests that different viruses may imprint specific types of SLE. For instance cytomegalovirus may affect blood vessels and cause problems such as Raynaud's phenomenon or blood abnormalities, but may not affect the kidney as much. These are speculations, however, and not a proven association.

Sunlight. Ultraviolet (UV) rays found in sunlight are important SLE triggers. When they bombard the skin, they can alter the structure of DNA in cells below the surface. The immune system may perceive these altered skin cells as foreign and trigger an autoimmune response against them. UV light is categorized as UVB or UVA depending on the length of the wave.

UVB are short waves (280 - 320 nm). The shorter the wavelengths, the more damage they do.
UVA are longer waves (320 - 400 nm). Some research suggests that UVA wavelengths in the longest range, known as UVA1 (340 - 400 nm), may actually repair DNA and normalize immune responses.

Chemicals. Clusters of SLE cases have occurred in populations with high exposure to certain chemicals. Chlorinated pesticides and crystalline silica are two suspects. A number of other chemicals are under investigation. However, it is very difficult to determine a causal role for any specific chemicals. (Silicone breast implants have been under intense scrutiny as a possible trigger of autoimmune diseases, including SLE. The weight of evidence to date, however, finds no support for this concern.) Some drugs have been associated with a temporary lupus syndrome (drug-induced lupus), which resolves when these drugs are stopped.

Hormones. Cytokines, major immune factors that are active in SLE, are directly affected by sex hormones. In general, estrogen enhances antibody production, and testosterone reduces antibody production, although their exact role in SLE may be more complicated than that since there are various ways in which each hormone might influence various immune cells. Women with SLE may have lower levels of several active male hormones (androgens), and some men who are affected by SLE may also have abnormal androgen levels.

Premature menopause, and its accompanying symptoms (such as hot flashes), is common in women with SLE. Hormone replacement therapy (HRT), which is used to relieve these symptoms, increases the risk for blood clots and heart problems. It is not clear whether HRT triggers SLE flares. Women should discuss with their doctors whether HRT is an appropriate and safe choice. Guidelines recommend that women who take HRT use the lowest possible dose for the shortest possible time. Women with SLE who have active disease, antiphospholipid antibodies, or a history of blood clots or heart disease should not use HRT.

Oral Contraceptives. Female patients with lupus used to be cautioned against taking oral contraceptives (OCs) due to the possibility that estrogen could trigger lupus flare-ups. However, recent evidence indicates that OCs are safe, at least for women with inactive or stable lupus. Women who have been newly diagnosed with lupus should avoid OCs. Lupus can cause complications in its early stages. For this reason, women should wait until the disease reaches a stable state before taking OCs. In addition, women who have a history of, or who are at high risk for, blood clots (particularly women with antiphospholipid syndrome) should not use OCs. The estrogen in OCs increases the risk for blood clots.

Risk Factors

The number of people diagnosed with lupus has more than tripled over the past four decades. Some experts believe this may simply indicate a greater degree of doctor training in recognizing the syndrome.

About 90% of lupus patients are women, most diagnosed when they are in their childbearing ages. Hormones may be an explanation. After menopause, women are only 2.5 times as likely as men to contract SLE. Flares also become somewhat less common after menopause in women who have chronic SLE.

African-Americans are three to four times more likely to develop the disease than Caucasians and to have severe complications. Hispanics and Asians are also more susceptible to the disease.

A family history plays a strong role in SLE. A brother or sister of a patient with the disorder has 20 times the risk as someone without an immediate family member with SLE.

The disease is rare in childhood. When it does occur, it is often associated with thrombotic thrombocytopenia purpura, a condition resulting from abnormally low levels of blood platelets. SLE in children may also be caused by certain medications, including minocycline and zafirlukast.

Rheumatoid Arthritis. Studies have investigated the relationship among hormones, SLE, and rheumatoid arthritis, another autoimmune disease. Higher levels of estrogen are associated with SLE, while lower levels are associated with rheumatoid arthritis. Some research suggests that some patients, in fact, progress from one disease to the other, and that such transitions occur during major hormonal shifts, such as the onset of menopause or pregnancy.

Rheumatoid arthritis is a systemic autoimmune disease that initially attacks the lining, or synovium, of the joints.

Many prescription drugs can cause lupus-like skin symptoms. In one study, the most common drugs causing these symptoms were high blood pressure (hypertension) medications, including hydrochlorothiazide, angiotensin-converting-enzyme inhibitors, and calcium-channel blockers. About 40 different drugs have been linked to lupus onset. Anyone diagnosed with cutaneous lupus erythematosus should be sure to tell their doctors all the medications (including herbs and supplements) that they are taking.

Smoking. Smoking may be a risk factor for triggering SLE and can increase the risk for skin and kidney problems in women who have the disease.

Symptoms

SLE symptoms may develop slowly over months or years, or they may appear suddenly. Symptoms tend to be worse during winter months, perhaps because prolonged exposure to sunlight in the summer causes a gradual build-up of factors that trigger symptoms months later.

The most common symptom is joint pain, which occurs in about 90% of patients with SLE. Characteristics of this symptom vary widely:

It is often accompanied by swelling and redness.
It can last from hours to months.
It may be mild or severe.
It can occur in one joint, move from one to another, or flare erratically.
Pain often occurs in the morning and improves during the day, only to return later when the patient tires.
The joints most affected are fingers, wrists, elbows, knees, and ankles. (Joints in the spine and neck are not affected.)

Children may experience these symptoms as growing pains, and, in all patients, they may be the only symptoms for many years.

Fever occurs in 90% of patients with SLE and is usually caused by the inflammatory process of the disease, not by infection. It is low-grade except during an acute lupus crisis.

Three-quarters of patients with SLE have skin inflammation and skin lesions (ulcers, rashes, or other injured areas). About half of these lesions are photosensitive; that is, they are aggravated by ultraviolet (UV) radiation from sunlight, even from light coming through a window. (UV radiation may even trigger systemic flares in patients with SLE.)

A number of different skin conditions have been described in patients with SLE.

Discoid Lupus Erythematosus. About 20% of patients have discoid lesions. In such cases, the condition is often known as discoid lupus erythematosus (DLE). Patients with this condition may have the following skin abnormalities:

Discoid means coin-shaped, so these lesions are round and raised. They are also scaly. Untreated, the margins gradually extend outward as the center dries out and shrivels, causing severe scarring. If discoid lesions appear on the scalp, they can plug hair follicles and cause irreversible hair loss. Discoid lesions can also appear on the upper body.

Lupus, discoid -- view of lesions on the chest: This close-up picture of the neck clearly shows the typical rounded appearance of discoid lupus. The whitish appearance is caused by scaling. The two dark spots are biopsy sites and are not part of the disease.

A butterfly-shaped rash across the face may accompany this condition. This rash causes little scarring, although spidery, branching lines of swollen capillaries (the tiniest blood vessels) may appear.

Click the icon to see an image of systemic lupus erythematosus.

Most patients with this condition have only a limited skin disorder. In only about 10% of cases does discoid lupus develop into full-blown SLE.

Subacute Cutaneous Lupus Erythematosus. Subacute cutaneous lupus erythematosus (SCLE) can cause skin lesions on parts of the body that are exposed to sunlight. These lesions do not cause scarring.

Vasculitis. Patients with SLE sometimes develop inflammation in the blood vessels (vasculitis) that may have the following effects on the skin:

Red welts may form across large areas of the body.
Sometimes deep red bumps may appear, particularly on the leg, where they may ulcerate.
In some people, reddish-purple lesions appear on the pads of fingers and toes or near the nails of fingers and toes.
Lesions caused by vasculitis may ulcerate or blister if they erupt on mucous membranes in the mouth, nose, or vagina and can be painful if they occur on the throat.
Vasulitis can attack blood vessels in almost any other organ, including the brain, the heart, and the gastrointestinal tract.

Click the icon to see an image of vasculitis.

Other symptoms include:

Fatigue
Loss of appetite, nausea, and weight loss
Chest pain
Bruising
Menstrual irregularities
Thought and concentration disturbances
Personality changes
Sleep disorders, such as restless legs syndrome and sleep apnea
Dryness of the eyes and mouth
Brittle hair or hair loss

Hair loss or breakage may also occur in about half of patients with SLE during severe flares or after pregnancy or severe illness. In such cases, hair grows back.

Raynaud's phenomenon is a condition in which cold or stress can cause spasms in impaired blood vessels, resulting in pain in fingers and toes. It occurs as part of the inflammatory response in blood vessels, which can narrow them and reduce circulation. In extreme cases, gangrene can result.

Click the icon to see an image of Raynaud's phenomenon.

A number of conditions may resemble SLE:

Scleroderma: Hardening of the skin caused by overproduction of collagen
Multiple sclerosis: Fatigue, heaviness or clumsiness in the arms and legs
Rheumatoid arthritis: Inflammation of the lining of the joints
Sjögren syndrome: Characterized by dry eyes and dry mouth
Mixed connective tissue disorder: Similar to SLE, but milder
Myositis: Inflammation and degeneration of muscle tissues
Rosacea: Flushed face with pus-filled blisters
Seborrheic dermatitis: Sores on lips and nose
Lichen planus: Swollen rash that itches, typically on scalp, arms, legs, or in the mouth
Dermatomyositis: Bluish-red skin eruptions on face and upper body
Lyme disease: Bulls-eye rash, joint inflammation, and flu-like symptoms

Complications

Systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) is one of the most serious rheumatic diseases. According to a 2002 government study, the annual number of deaths has risen from 879 - 1,406 since 1979. About a third of these deaths occur in people aged 15 - 44 years, mostly women. Such numbers may be underestimates, since SLE can affect so many organs that a cause of death in some people with SLE may not be directly attributed to the condition. A primary cause of death among patients with lupus is atherosclerosis, a disease of the coronary blood vessels resulting from accelerated buildup of plaque.

SLE is unpredictable and varies greatly form one individual to the next. Severity also appears to differ among ethnic groups and countries. In European and North American patients with SLE for example, overall 5-year survival rates are 93 - 95%, while in Asia or Africa they are considerable lower (60 - 70%). Other research indicates that African-American and Hispanic American patients suffer greater organ damage than Caucasian patients. Genetic factors appear to have some influence on specific effects of SLE on organ damage among ethnic groups. However, the poorer outlook among minority groups and in underdeveloped nations is probably due to less access to good health care.

Mild SLE. About 20 - 30% of cases are mild. For many of these patients, the only symptoms may be the skin rashes of discoid lupus erythematosus (DLE) or subacute cutaneous lupus erythematosus (SCLE) with or without joint aches. The number and intensity of symptoms in mild cases often decrease over time, as does the likelihood of major organ involvement. These skin conditions, however, are not absolute insurance against more severe disease, and patients with mild SLE should be tested for organ involvement.

Widespread SLE. Most commonly, SLE is a chronic, life-long disease, alternating between periods of symptom relapse, (called flares), and remission. The disease may begin in any of the various systems of the body and progress unpredictably to others. The following are typical patterns:

Symptom relapses, or flares, occur on the average of two or three times a year.
Between flares, most patients with SLE function at about 90% of normal capacity.

The degree of severity depends on different factors:

Severity of the inflammatory response
Frequency of episodes
The degree of organ or system involvement

Vital organs or systems, such as lungs, kidneys, nervous system, joints skin, and others are affected in 50 - 75% of patients with SLE. Infections followed by kidney failure are the chief causes of death in patients with SLE.

Because of more effective and aggressive treatment, the prognosis for SLE has improved markedly over the past two decades. Long-term progress of the disease is affected greatly by treatment in the initial acute phase of the disease, so a speedy and accurate diagnosis is all-important. The 10-year survival rate with treatment is now 85 - 95%, and many people have a normal life span. SLE that develops later in life is generally less serious than SLE that strikes in childhood.

Almost 85% of patients with SLE experience problems associated with abnormalities in the blood.

Anemia. About half of patients with SLE are anemic. Causes include:

Iron deficiencies resulting from excessive menstruation
Iron deficiencies from gastro-intestinal bleeding caused by some of the treatments
A specific anemia called hemolytic anemia, which destroys red blood cells
Anemia of chronic disease

Hemolytic anemia can occur with very high levels of the anticardiolipin antibody. It can be chronic or develop suddenly and be severely (acute).

Antiphospholipid Syndrome. Between 34 - 42% of patients with SLE have antiphospholipid syndrome (APS). This is a specific set of conditions related to the presence of autoantibodies called lupus anticoagulant and anticardiolipin. These autoantibodies react against fat molecules called phospholipids, and so are called antiphospholipids. Their actions have complex effects that include causing narrowing and abnormalities of blood vessels.

Patients who have APS have a very incidence of blood clots, which most often occur in the deep veins in the legs (32%). Blood clotting, in turn, puts patients at higher risk for stroke (13%) and pulmonary embolism (clots in the lungs) (9%).

This picture shows a red and swollen thigh and leg caused by a blood clot (thrombus) in the deep veins in the groin (iliofemoral veins). Such a clot prevents normal return of blood from the leg to the heart.

About 22% of patients have thrombocytopenia -- a reduction in blood platelets that can cause bleeding.
The effects on blood vessels have also been associated with confusion, headaches, and seizures. Leg ulcers can also develop.
Patients with APS who become pregnant have a high incidence of pregnancy loss, especially in the late term.

Not all patients with APS carry both of the autoantibodies, and they can also wax and wane and so have varying effects. APS also occurs without lupus in about half of patients with the syndrome.

Thrombocytopenia. In thrombocytopenia, antibodies attack blood platelets. In such cases, blood clotting is impaired, which causes bruising and bleeding from the skin, nose, gums, or intestines. (This condition can also occur in APS, but it is not considered to be one of the standard features of the syndrome.)

Neutropenia. Neutropenia is a drop in the number of white blood cells. Patients with SLE often neutropenia, but the condition is usually harmless unless the reductions are so severe that they leave the patient vulnerable to infections.

Acute Lupus Hemophagocyte Syndrome. A rare blood complication of SLE that occurs primarily in Asians is called acute lupus hemophagocytic syndrome. It is generally of short duration and characterized by fever and a sudden drop in blood cells and platelets.

Lymphomas. Patients with SLE and other autoimmune disorders have a greater risk for developing lymph system cancers such as Hodgkin’s disease and non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma (NHL). A 2005 study reported that patients with SLE were over seven times more likely to develop NHL than healthy patients.

Heart disease is a primary cause of death in lupus patients. The immune response in SLE can cause inflammation and other damaging effects that can cause significant injury to the arteries and tissues associated with the circulation and the heart. In addition, SLE treatments (particularly corticosteroids) affect cholesterol, weight, and other factors that can also affect the heart. For decades, experts questioned the extent to which the drugs used to treat SLE contributed to the high rate of atherosclerosis in such patients. Numerous studies now suggest that something about the disease process itself, possibly the chronic inflammation of the blood vessels, probably lies at the root of this dangerous problem. In any event, patients with SLE, have a higher chance for the following conditions, which put them at risk for heart attack or stroke:

Atherosclerosis, or plaque buildup in the arteries
Increased stiffness in the arteries
Unhealthy cholesterol and lipid (fatty molecules) levels
High blood pressure, most likely because of kidney injury and corticosteroid treatments
Congestive heart failure
Pericarditis, an inflammation of the tissue surrounding the heart (occurs in about 30% of patients)
Myocarditis, an inflammation of the heart muscle itself (rare)

Click the icon to see an image of pericarditis.

Abnormalities in the valves of the heart (rare)
Blood clots

The risk for cardiovascular disease, heart attack, and stroke is much higher than average in younger women with SLE. The risks decline as such women age.

SLE affects the lungs in about 60% of patients:

Recurrent inflammation of the membrane lining the lung (pleurisy) is the most common problem.
In some cases, fluid accumulates, a condition called pleural effusion, and can cause stabbing localized pain that worsens when coughing, sneezing, laughing, or taking a deep breath.
Inflammation of the lung itself in SLE is called lupus pneumonitis. It can be caused by infections or by the SLE inflammatory process. Symptoms are the same in both cases: fever, chest pain, labored breathing, and coughing. Rarely, lupus pneumonitis becomes chronic and causes scarring in the lungs, which reduces their ability to deliver oxygen to the blood.
A very serious and also rare condition called pulmonary hypertension occurs when high pressure develops in the vessels supplying blood to the lungs.

Click the icon to see an image of primary pulmonary hypertension.

The kidneys are a crucial battleground in SLE because it is here that the debris left over from the immune attacks is most likely to be deposited. About 50% of patients with SLE exhibit inflammation of the kidneys (called lupus nephritis).This condition occurs in different forms and can vary widely in severity.

Click the icon to see an image of the kidney.

Proliferative nephritis is a serious variant of lupus nephritis. It occurs when the inflammatory process causes widespread damage and scarring in the blood vessels of the kidneys, which filters waste products, water, and salts out of the blood. The condition is associated with high blood pressure and kidney deterioration.
Membranous lupus nephritis is another variant that is often associated with a good outlook. In some cases, however, if the kidney is persistently exposed to high protein levels, the disorder can progress to fatal end-stage kidney (renal) disease.

Serious complications occur eventually in about 30% of patients. If kidney injury develops, it almost always occurs within 10 years of the onset of SLE, rarely after that.

Nearly all patients with SLE report some symptoms relating to problems that occur in the central nervous system (CNS), which includes the spinal cord and the brain. Most of these symptoms are minor and some, such as headache, may be related to depression rather than the disease itself. CNS involvement is more likely to occur in the first year, usually during flare-ups in other organs. Symptoms vary widely and may be indistinguishable from psychiatric or neurologic disorders or from the side effects of some medications used for SLE. Central nervous system symptoms are usually mild, but there is little effective treatment available for them. CNS symptoms get worse as the disease progresses.

The most serious CNS disorder is inflammation of the blood vessels in the brain, which occurs in 10% of patients with SLE. Fever, seizures, psychosis, and even coma can occur. Other CNS side effects include:

Irritability
Emotional disorders (anxiety, depression)
Mild impairment of concentration and memory
Migraine and tension headaches
Problems with the reflex systems, sensation, vision, hearing, and motor control

Infections are a common complication and a major cause of death in all stages of SLE. The immune system is indeed overactive in SLE, but it is also abnormal and reduces the ability to fight infections. Patients are not only prone to the ordinary streptococcal and staphylococcal infections, but they are also susceptible to fungal and parasitic infections (called opportunistic infections), which are common in people with weakened immune systems. They also face an increased risk for herpes, salmonella, and yeast infections. Corticosteroid and immunosuppressants, treatments used for SLE, also increase the risk for infections, thereby compounding the problem.

About 45% of patients with SLE suffer gastrointestinal problems, including nausea, weight loss, mild abdominal pain, and diarrhea. Severe inflammation of the intestinal tract occurs in less than 5% of patients and causes acute cramping, vomiting, diarrhea, and, rarely, intestinal perforation, which can be life-threatening. Fluid retention and swelling can cause intestinal obstruction, which is much less serious but causes the same type of severe pain. Inflammation of the pancreas can be caused by the disease and by corticosteroid therapy.

Arthritis caused by SLE almost never leads to destruction or deformity of joints. The inflammatory process can, however, damage muscles and cause weakness. Patients with SLE also commonly experience reductions in bone mass density (osteoporosis) and have a higher risk for fractures, whether or not they are taking corticosteroids (which can increase the risk for osteoporosis). Women who have SLE should have regular bone mineral density scans to monitor bone health.

Click the icon to see an image of osteoporosis.

Inflamed blood vessels in the eye can reduce blood supply to the retina, resulting in degeneration of nerve cells and a risk of hemorrhage in the retina. The most common symptoms are cotton-wool-like spots on the retina. In about 5% of patients sudden temporary blindness may occur.

In one study, 40% of patients with SLE quit work within 4 years of diagnosis, and many had to modify their work conditions. Significant factors that predicted job loss included high physical demands from the work itself, a more severe condition at the time of diagnosis, and lower educational levels. People with lower income jobs were at particular risk for leaving them.

Women with lupus who conceive face high-risk pregnancies. It is important for women to understand the potential complications and plan accordingly. The most important advice is to avoid becoming pregnant when lupus is active.

Research suggests that the following factors predict a successful pregnancy:

Disease state at time of conception. Experts strongly recommend that women wait to conceive until their disease state has been inactive for at least 6 months.
Kidney (renal) function. Women should make sure that their kidney function is evaluated prior to conception. Poor kidney function can worsen high blood pressure and cause excess protein in the urine. These complications increase the risk for preeclampsia and miscarriage.
Lupus-related antibodies. Antiphospholipid and anticardiolipin antibodies can increase the risks for preeclampsia, miscarriage, and stillbirths. Anti-SSA and anti-SSB antibodies can increase the risk for neonatal lupus erythematosus, a condition that can cause skin rash and liver and heart damage to the newborn baby. Levels of these antibodies should be tested at the start of pregnancy. Certain medications (aspirin, heparin) and tests (fetal heart monitoring) may be needed to ensure a safe pregnancy.
Medication use during pregnancy. Women with active disease may need to take low-dose corticosteroids, but women with inactive disease should avoid these drugs. Steroids appear to pose a low risk for birth defects, but can increase a pregnant woman’s risks for gestational diabetes, high blood pressure, infection, and osteoporosis. For patients who need immunosuppressive therapy, azathioprine (Imuran) is an option. Methotrexate (Rheumatrex) and cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan) should not be taken during pregnancy.

Pregnancy Risks

Women with lupus are 20 times more likely to die during pregnancy than women without the disease. The risk for maternal death is due to the following serious conditions that can develop during pregnancy:

Miscarriages. About 25% of lupus pregnancies result in miscarriage. The risk is highest for patients with antiphospholipid antibodies, active kidney disease, or high blood pressure.
Blood clots. Women with lupus have a 6 times greater risk for developing deep vein thrombosis (blood clots) than women without the disease.
Clotting complications. Low blood platelet count and anemia are also risks. Women with lupus are 3 times more likely to need a transfusion during pregnancy than women without lupus.
Infections. Blood infections (sepsis), pneumonia, and urinary tract infections are more common in pregnant women with lupus.
Preeclampsia. Women with lupus are three times more likely than healthy women to develop preeclampsia (pregnancy-related high blood pressure), which can be potentially life threatening.

Birth Complications

Pre-term birth. Women with lupus are 2.5 times more likely to have pre-term labor than women without lupus. Pre-term labor increases the risk for giving birth to low-weight babies.
Stillbirths. A 2005 study reported that the risk of still births was 10 times greater for women who had not yet been diagnosed with lupus, and 4 times greater for women with diagnosed lupus, compared with healthy women. This suggests that lupus may have a pre-disease state.
Caesarean section. Thirty-seven percent of women with lupus require a C-section compared with 22% of women without the disease.

Despite these obstacles, many women with lupus have healthy pregnancies and deliver healthy babies. To increase the odds of a successful pregnancy, it is important for women to plan carefully before becoming pregnant. Be sure to find knowledgeable doctors with whom you can communicate and trust. Experts recommend that pregnant women with lupus assemble an interdisciplinary health care team that includes a rheumatologist, high-risk obstetrician, and (for patients with kidney disease) a nephrologist.

Diagnosis

No single test can confirm or rule out SLE. A number of tests are required before SLE can be diagnosed definitively. The first symptoms of SLE can resemble one of many syndromes or disorders, including rheumatoid arthritis, Still's disease, rheumatic fever, Lyme disease, multiple sclerosis, thrombotic thrombocytopenia purpura, cryoglobulinemia, Weber-Christian disease, viral infections, vasculitis, psychosis, and other conditions. Other autoimmune disorders, such as Sjögren syndrome or scleroderma, may even be present at the same time as SLE.

1. Characteristic rash across the cheek

2. Discoid lesion rash

3. Photosensitivity

4. Oral ulcers

5. Arthritis

6. Inflammation of membranes in the lungs, the heart, or the abdomen

7. Evidence of kidney disease

8. Evidence of severe neurologic disease

9. Blood disorders, including low red and white blood cell and platelet counts

10. Immunologic abnormalities

11. Positive antinuclear antibody (ANA)

Note: A patient must experienced four of the criteria before a doctor can classify the condition as SLE. These criteria, proposed by the American College of Rheumatology, are not to be relied upon solely for diagnosis, however.

Methods for measuring the antibodies involved with SLE vary, and the range of results can be bewildering. Repeat tests may be needed.

Antinuclear Antibodies (ANAs). A primary test for SLE checks for antinuclear antibodies (ANA), which attack the cell nucleus.

High levels of ANA are found in more than 98% of patients with SLE. A number of other conditions, however, also cause high levels of ANA, so a positive test is not a definite diagnosis for SLE:

Antinuclear antibodies may be strongly present in other autoimmune diseases (such as scleroderma, Sjögren syndrome, or rheumatoid arthritis).
They also may be weakly present in about 20 - 40% of healthy women.
Some drugs can also produce positive antibody tests, including hydralazine, procainamide, isoniazid, and chlorpromazine.

A negative ANA test makes a diagnosis of SLE unlikely but not impossible. High or low concentrations of ANA also do not necessarily indicate the severity of the disease, since antibodies tend to come and go in patients with SLE.

In general, the ANA test is considered a screening test:

If SLE symptoms are present and the ANA test is positive, other tests for SLE will be administered.
If SLE symptoms are not present and the test is positive, the doctor will look for other causes, or the results will be ignored if the patient is feeling healthy.

ANA Subtypes. In some cases, doctors may test for specific ANA subtypes.

Anti-double stranded DNA (Anti-ds DNA) is usually found only in patients with SLE. It may play an important role in injury to blood vessels found in SLE, and high levels often indicate kidney involvement. Anti-ds DNA levels tend to fluctuate over time and may even disappear.
Anti-Sm antibodies are also usually found only with SLE. They are more constant and are more likely to be detected in African-American patients. Although the antibody is not usually seen in lupus patients, its confirmed presence almost always indicates SLE.
When the ANA is negative but the diagnosis is still strongly suspected, a test for anti-Ro (also called anti-SSA) and anti-La (also called anti-SSB) antibodies may identify patients with a rare condition called ANA negative, Ro lupus. These autoantibodies may be involved in the sun-sensitive rashes experienced by patients with SLE and are also found in association with neonatal lupus syndrome, in which a pregnant mother's antibodies cross the placenta and cause inflammation in the developing child's skin or heart.

Antibodies to SR Proteins. An advance in diagnosing SLE has been the detection of antibodies to molecules called SR proteins, which are carried by most patients. The test accurately detects lupus in 50 - 70% of patients who test positive for these antibodies.

Antiphospholipid Antibodies. In patients with SLE in whom blood abnormalities are suspected, tests may be able to detect the presence of the two major antiphospholipid antibodies:

A quarter to a half of patients with SLE may have these antibodies. They attack blood-clotting regulator proteins that stick to phospholipids, fatty compounds found in cell membranes throughout the body. Antiphospholipid antibodies increase the risks for blood clots and may be responsible for narrowing of (and irregularities in) blood vessels. Antiphospholipid antibodies are linked with miscarriages and other pregnancy complications, strokes, heart attacks and blood clots in almost any part of the body, including kidneys, legs, lungs, and eyes.
The test for the lupus anticoagulant antibody measures the time it takes blood to clot. A longer than normal blood clotting time indicates a higher chance for clotting in the body and, therefore, the presence of lupus anticoagulant.
An ELISA test (enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay) is performed to detect the anticardiolipin antibody.

As with the ANA, these antibodies also have a tendency to appear and disappear in a single patient. Patients who have these autoantibodies as well as blood clotting problems or frequent miscarriage are diagnosed with antiphospholipid syndrome (APS), which often occurs in SLE but can also develop independently.

Complement. Blood tests of patients with SLE often show low levels of serum complement, a protein in the blood that aids the body's infection fighters. Individual proteins are termed by the letter "C" followed by a number. Common complement tests measure C3, C4, C1q, and CH50. There is some evidence that complete deficiencies of C1q may be a key factor in the inability of the immune system to contain the autoimmunity process. Complement levels are especially low if there is kidney involvement or other disease activity.

LE Cell Tests. The first blood test ever used for SLE called LE (lupus erythematosus) cell test is positive in only about half of patients with SLE and is no longer used that often.

Blood Count. White and red blood cell and platelet counts are usually lower than normal and, depending on severity, are used to determine complications, such as anemia or infection.

Click the icon to see an image of the formed elements of blood.

If a skin rash is present, the doctor may take a biopsy (a tissue sample) from the margin of a skin lesion. A test known as a lupus band detects antibodies known as immunoglobulin G (IgG), which are located just below the outer layer of the tissue sample. They are present in about 80% of patients with active SLE and in 30 - 40% of those with inactive disease. The biopsy will not differentiate between systemic and discoid lupus, but it can rule out other diseases. Tests for other antibodies will rule out or confirm discoid lupus and subacute cutaneous lupus.

Kidney Damage and Lupus Nephritis. Kidney damage in patients already diagnosed with SLE may be detected from the following tests:

Blood tests that measure creatinine, a protein metabolized in muscles and excreted in the urine. High levels suggest kidney damage, although it can also be present with normal creative levels.
Tests for detecting anti-ds DNA antibodies and complement. High levels of anti-ds DNA and low levels of complement C3 suggest kidney damage. (It should be noted, however, that some patients with severe kidney damage show low levels of anti-ds DNA.) Testing for anti-C1q antibodies now appears to be an even more reliable indicator of lupus nephritis.
Urine analysis. Urine analyses should be performed at 4- to 6-month intervals to check for signs of kidney involvement.
A kidney biopsy. This may be performed to determine if lupus nephritis is present when less invasive tests indicate kidney involvement. It is not absolutely accurate but it helps determine treatment. Electron microscopy (very high-powered electronic microscopes) may be especially important in obtaining critical information on the degree of kidney damage.

Lung and Heart Involvement. A chest x-ray may be performed to check lung and heart function. An electrocardiogram and an echocardiogram are administered if heart disease is suspected.

Click the icon to see an image of an electrocardiogram.

Central Nervous System Complications. SLE occurring in the central nervous system (CNS) can be difficult to diagnose because its symptoms are easily confused with other psychiatric and neurologic conditions.

Tests of the cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) for elevated levels of autoantibodies are the most reliable ways to detect CNS complications caused by a faulty immune system.
Additional tests, including electroencephalograms (EEGs), magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), computed tomography (CT), or x-rays may be useful when blood vessel blockage in the brain is suspected.
If the doctor suspects that CNS symptoms are caused by infection, especially for patients who are receiving immunosuppressant therapy, a lumbar puncture should be performed.

Osteoporosis. To detect early osteoporosis in patients with SLE whose disease has lasted more than 3.5 years, experts recommend an imaging test called dual energy x-ray absorptiometry (DEXA) to measure bone mineral density.

Treatment

No treatment cures systemic lupus erythematosus, but many therapies can suppress symptoms and relieve discomfort. Treatment of SLE varies depending on the extent and severity of the disease.

Only three drugs are FDA-approved for the treatment of lupus:

Prednisone
Aspirin
Hydroxychloroquine

However, none of these drugs are the current standard of care. In everyday practice, numerous other drugs are commonly used. Researchers are conducting numerous clinical studies and drug investigations. Genetic research in lupus is progressing very rapidly, and hopefully new drugs will be approved in the future. There are also different drugs available to treat some of the conditions associated with lupus.

Less intensive treatments may be effective for symptoms of mild lupus. They include:

Creams and sunblocks for rashes
Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs for fever, arthritis, and headache
Antimalarial drugs for pleurisy, mild kidney involvement, and inflammation of the tissue surrounding the heart

More aggressive treatment is needed if there is serious disease progression, as evidenced by:

Hemolytic anemia
Low platelet count with an accompanying rash (thrombocytopenia purpura)
Major involvement in the lungs or heart
Significant kidney damage
Acute inflammation of the small blood vessels in the extremities or gastrointestinal tract
Severe central nervous system symptoms

The primary approach to treating severe SLE is to suppress the immune factors, most often first with corticosteroids and other immunosuppressant drugs. Investigational drugs and procedures are also showing promise.

The major complications of the disease must be treated as separate problems, keeping in mind the specific aspects of SLE. They are discussed elsewhere in this report.

Treatment for Cutaneous and Mild SLE

Creams. Steroid creams are often used for skin lesions. However, many patients with discoid lupus do not respond to steroids, particularly if they have eruptions that are caused by sun sensitivity. A cream derived from vitamin A (Tegison) may help some lesions that do not clear up with steroid creams.

Sun Protection. Sun protection is essential. Patients should always use sunblock creams (not just sunscreens) and always wear hats and clothing made of tightly woven fabrics.

Common NSAIDs. NSAIDs block prostaglandins, the substances that dilate blood vessels and cause inflammation and pain. There are dozens of NSAIDs.

Over-the-counter NSAIDs include aspirin, ibuprofen (Motrin, Advil), naproxen (Aleve), ketoprofen (Actron, Orudis KT).
Prescription NSAIDs include ibuprofen (Motrin), naproxen (Naprosyn, Anaprox), diclofenac (Voltaren), tolmetin (Tolectin), ketoprofen (Orudis, Oruvail), dexibuprofen (Seractil).

For people with lupus, NSAIDs may help relieve:

Joint pain and swelling
Muscle pain

Side Effects. Regular, long-term use of NSAIDs can cause ulcers and gastrointestinal bleeding, which can lead to anemia. To avoid these problems, it’s best to take NSAIDs with food or immediately after a meal. Long-term use of NSAIDs (with the exception of aspirin) can also increase the risk for heart attack and stroke.

Other NSAID side effects may include:

Upset stomach
Dyspepsia (burning, bloated feeling in pit of stomach)
Drowsiness
Skin bruising
High blood pressure
Fluid retention
Headache
Rash
Reduced kidney function

Patients who have kidney problems associated with lupus (lupus nephritis) should be especially cautious about using NSAIDs. Experts recommend that patients with lupus who take NSAIDs on a regular basis should have their liver and kidney function tested every 3 - 4 months.

An ulcer is a crater-like lesion on the skin or mucous membrane caused by an inflammatory, infectious, or malignant condition. Patients can take certain medicines to suppress the acid in the stomach causing the erosion of the stomach lining. Endoscopic therapy can be used to stop bleeding from the ulcer.

Long-term use of nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) is the second most common cause of ulcers. Ulcers caused by nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) are more likely to bleed than those caused by the bacteria Helicobacter pylori.

Those at high risk for bleeding include people over age 60, anyone with a history of ulcers or gastrointestinal bleeding, patients with serious heart conditions, people who abuse alcohol, and those who take medications such as anticoagulants (blood thinners) and corticosteroids.

Proton-pump inhibitor (PPI) drugs may help prevent and heal ulcers caused by NSAIDs. PPIs include omeprazole (Prilosec), esomeprazole (Nexium), and lansoprazole (Prevacid).

A doctor may prescribe antimalarial drugs for discoid lupus (skin sores) or mild lupus when skin problems and joint pains are the predominant symptoms:

Hydroxychloroquine (Plaquenil) is the most common antimalarial drug used for lupus. This drug is effective as maintenance therapy to reduce flares in patients with mild or inactive disease. Hydroxychloroquine may help protect against blood clots in people with antiphospholipid syndrome, high cholesterol levels, and bone loss.
Other antimalarial drugs include chloroquine (Aralen) or quinacrine (Atabrine).

Treatment may start initially with high doses in order to accumulate high levels of the drug in the bloodstream. It is not known exactly why antimalarials work. Some researchers believe they inhibit the immune response, and others think they interfere specifically with inflammation.

A 2006 study suggested that anti-malarial drugs work best in patients who have genetic predispositions to certain types of immune-fighting proteins. The study found that patients who had genetic variations causing abnormally high levels of tumor necrosis alpha (TNF-alpha) and abnormally low levels of interleukin-10 (IL-10) responded best to these drugs.

Side Effects. Side effects of antimalarials may include:

Skin rash
Change in skin color (yellow in the case of quinacrine)
Gastrointestinal problems
Headache
Hair loss
Muscle aches
Eye damage

The most serious is damage to the retina, although this is very uncommon at low doses. Eye damage after taking hydroxychloroquine is reversible when caught in time and treated, but it is not reversible if the damage develops after taking chloroquine. An eye exam is advisable about every 6 months.

Antimalarials may also be used in combination with other anti-SLE drugs, including immunosuppressants and corticosteroids. It should be noted that smoking significantly reduces the effectiveness of antimalarial drugs.

Treatment for Severe SLE

Severe SLE is treated with corticosteroids, also called steroids, which suppress the inflammatory process. Steroids can help relieve many of the complications and symptoms, including anemia and kidney involvement.

Oral prednisone (Deltasone, Orasone) is usually prescribed. Other drugs include methylprednisolone (Medrol, Solumedrol), hydrocortisone, and dexamethasone (Decadron).

Some people need to take oral prednisone for only a short time; others may require it for a long duration. An intravenous administration of methylprednisolone using "pulse" therapy for 3 days is proving useful for flare-ups in the joints. Combinations with other drugs, particularly immunosuppressants, may be beneficial.

Regimens vary widely, depending on the severity and location of the disease. Most patients with SLE can eventually function without prednisone, although some may have to choose between the long-term toxicity of corticosteroids and the complications of active disease.

Side Effects of Long-Term Oral Corticosteroids. Unfortunately, serious and even life-threatening complications have been associated with long-term steroid use. The bone-thinning condition osteoporosis is a common and particularly severe long-term side effect of prolonged steroid use. Medications that can prevent osteoporosis include calcium supplements, parathyroid hormone, alendronate etidronate, risedronate, or hormone replacement therapy in post-menopausal women. Vitamin C and E may help reduce the risk of cataracts.

Other side effects associated with prolonged use of oral steroids include:

Cataracts
Glaucoma
Diabetes
Fluid retention
Susceptibility to infections
Weight gain
High blood pressure
Acne
Excess hair growth
Wasting of the muscles
Menstrual irregularities
Irritability
Insomnia
Psychosis

Withdrawal from Long-Term Use of Oral Corticosteroids. Long-term use of oral steroid medications suppresses secretion of natural steroid hormones by the adrenal glands. After withdrawal from these drugs, this so-called adrenal suppression persists and it can take the body a while (sometimes up to a year) to regain its ability to produce natural steroids again. A few cases of severe adrenal insufficiency have occurred when patients switched from oral to inhaled steroids, which, in rare cases, has resulted in death.

No one should stop taking any steroids without consulting a doctor first, and if steroids are withdrawn, regular follow-up monitoring is necessary. Patients should discuss with their doctors measures for preventing adrenal insufficiency during withdrawal, particularly during stressful times, when the risk increases.

Drugs known as immunosuppressants are often used, either alone or with corticosteroids for very active SLE, particularly when kidney or neurologic involvement or acute blood vessel inflammation is present. These drugs suppress the immune system by damaging cells that grow rapidly, including those that produce antibodies. About a third of patients take immunosuppressants at some point in the course of the disease.

Specific Immunosuppressants. The most common immunosuppressants are:

Cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan) used to be considered the gold standard of treatment for lupus kidney disease (lupus nephritis). Cyclophosphamide is given intravenously and is sometimes used in combination with corticosteroids or other drugs. It has been used for lupus since the 1970s. Side effects are very severe and include nausea, vomiting, hair loss, infertility, and infections.
Mycophenolate mofetil (CellCept) is now becoming the new standard. Many recent studies have shown that CellCept works better than cyclophosphamide and causes far fewer severe side effects (diarrhea is the main side effect). Unlike cyclophosphamide, it is taken by mouth. Most doctors now recommend CellCept as a first-line treatment for newly diagnosed patients with mild or moderate lupus kidney disease. It may not be appropriate for patients with kidney failure or rapidly progressing kidney disease.
Azathioprine (Imuran) has the lowest toxicity, but is less effective than other immunosuppressants.
Cyclosporine (Sandimmune) has been used for years, mostly for SLE associated with kidney involvement. High blood pressure is common, however, with this drug.

The most frequent side effects of immunosuppressants include:

Stomach and intestinal problems
Skin rash
Mouth sores
Hair loss

Serious side effects of immunosuppressants include:

Low blood cell counts
Anemia
Menstrual irregularity
Early menopause
Ovarian failure
Infertility
Herpes zoster (shingles)
Liver and bladder toxicity
Increased risk of cancer

In general, immunosuppressants should not be used alone unless corticosteroids are ineffective or inappropriate. Grapefruit juice has an enzyme that may enhance the effects of some immunosuppressants.

Monoclonal Antibodies (MAbs). A MAb is a laboratory-made protein that targets specific immune cells, such as B cells. B cell over-activation has been identified as a key component of the lupus disease process. Promising MAbs in development for SLE treatment include:

Epratuzumab is being investigated for treatment of moderate-to-severe lupus. It is currently in Phase III trials.
Belimumab (Lymphostat-B) is also in Phase III trials.
Rituximab (Rituxan), a lymphoma cancer and rheumatoid arthritis drug, has shown good results in early trials in improving lupus symptoms. Researchers think it may affect how T cells and B cells interact. However, in December 2006 the FDA warned of several cases of progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy (PML) in patients with lupus who took this drug. PML is a life-threatening brain infection. Some patients developed PML as late as 12 months after their last dose of rituximab. Two patients with lupus died from PML.

Intravenous Immunoglobulins. Intravenous immunoglobulins (IVIG) are sometimes used for patients who have not responded to other SLE treatments. Immunoglobulins are antibodies produced by immune system B-lymphocyte cells. IVIG is a blood product that contains these antibodies.

Dehydroepiandrosterone (DHEA). Dehydroepiandrosterone (DHEA) is a natural steroid hormone that is produced by the adrenal glands and converted into estrogen and androgen. The synthetic equivalent of DHEA, prasterone (Prestara), is being investigated as a potential treatment for SLE. Several clinical trials have indicated promising, although mixed, results for prasterone’s effect on preventing bone mineral density loss in women who take prednisone. Prasterone is still in the drug development stage and it is not clear when, or if, it will be commercially available.

Autologous Stem Cell Transplantation. Some patients with severe lupus have achieved at least short-term remission after undergoing autologous transplantation of stem cells and high-dose drug therapy to suppress the damaging immune factors. Stem cells are the early forms for all blood cells in the body. An autologous transplant is one in which marrow or blood cells used are the patient's own. (The advantage to an autologous transplant is that the patient's own cells are not at risk for rejection by the immune system.)

The procedure first removes the cells from the patient, who then receives high-dose immunotherapy. The stem cells are then reintroduced. Early results of small studies are encouraging, especially for treatment of antiphospholipid syndrome. Evidence suggests that these re-introduced stem cells do not repeat the original autoimmune errors. A 2006 study in the Journal of the American Medical Association indicated that autologous stem cell transplantation can help boost the immune system and lead to remission. Patients in the study had severe lupus that was resistant to standard treatments. Results were long-lasting. Researchers calculated that patients had a 50% chance of remaining disease-free after 5 years.

UVA-1 Phototherapy. A promising treatment uses ultraviolet A-1 (UVA-1) radiation, long UVA wave lengths that do not promote sunburn and may actually block inflammatory immune factors. Small studies have suggested that UVA-1 phototherapy may have some benefits for lowering disease activity in SLE.

Plasmapheresis. Plasmapheresis is a process in which the fluid part of the blood, called plasma, is removed from blood cells. The procedure involves first taking blood from the patient. The plasma, which contains the inflammatory antibodies and other immunologically active substances, is discarded and replaced with other fluids. The blood is then returned. Plasmapheresis is not useful for routine management of patients but may have some benefits for patients who do not respond to standard treatments or in specific cases, such as lupus patients with hemolytic anemia.


Infections, Inflammation, or Hypertension in the Lungs	Preventive Measures. Immunizations with inactive viruses and preventive antibiotics should be considered for patients with SLE who are at high risk for infection. Treating Infections. Lung infections need to be treated aggressively with antibiotics. However, antibiotic drugs such as penicillin or the sulfa drugs may cause sensitivity rashes that can be confused with SLE rash. Treating Lung Inflammation. While inflammation of the lung (pneumonitis) resembles pneumonia, it is not an infection but is a result of the autoimmune process. This condition needs to be treated with corticosteroids or immunosuppressants, but only if the doctor is sure infection is not present. Treating Pulmonary Hypertension. Pulmonary hypertension is very serious. Drugs known as prostacylins -- which include epoprostenol, iloprost, and treprostinil -- are standard drugs. Bosentan (Tracleer) is the first oral drug approved for pulmonary hypertension. An inhaled iloprost formulation (Ventavis) was approved in 2004. Sildenafil (Viagra, Revatio) may also be used for this condition. Lung transplantation may be required.
Bleeding and Clotting Disorders	Antiphospholipid Syndrome and Clotting Disorders. Hydroxychloroquine or aspirin may help prevent blood clots in women with antiphospholipid syndrome (APS). (Aspirin does not appear to be protective in men who carry the autoantibodies responsible for APS.) In patients who have experienced blood clots, treatment with the anticoagulant warfarin (Coumadin) is advisable. This blood-thinning drug may be needed lifelong. Scientists are investigating other treatment options, including autologous stem cell transplantation. The procedure has shown promise in studies for treating lupus-associated APS, but it is still experimental. Excess Bleeding from Thrombocytopenia (Drop in Blood Platelets). Treatments that may be effective for thrombocytopenia include combinations of a corticosteroid and either danazol (a male hormone) or the antimalarial hydroxychloroquine. Immunosuppressants or intravenous immunoglobulin IgG may be helpful in some patients. Surgical removal of the spleen may be advisable if bleeding disorders are a serious problem, but this option should be considered carefully, because the spleen provides one line of defense against infection. (Abnormal spleen function, in any case, appears to be fairly common in SLE.)
Kidney Disease	Drugs. Mycophenolate mofetil (CellCept), a newer drug, can help treat kidney disease associated with SLE and has fewer side effects than other immunosuppressants. It is taken by mouth. Recent studies suggest that it works better than cyclophosphamide. CellCept may be best for patients with mild-to-moderate lupus kidney disease and may not be appropriate for patients with advanced kidney disease. Intravenous cyclophosphamide is the most effective drug at this time for proliferative lupus nephritis, and, in combination with a steroid, has been shown to control advanced kidney disease in 60 - 90% of patients. It has severe side effects, including nausea, vomiting, hair loss, and infertility. Steroids are also useful for treating active kidney disease and for managing milder forms of nephritis. Procedures. Kidney transplant or dialysis should be considered for patients with SLE with severe kidney damage. For unknown reasons, SLE does not generally recur in the transplanted kidneys. Studies are conflicting, however, over whether SLE transplant patients have higher organ-rejection rates than other kidney-transplant recipients. Both transplantation and dialysis have potentially serious complications. Plasmapheresis. It is not clear if plasmapheresis is beneficial for SLE kidney disease.
Osteoporosis	Treatments for osteoporosis include calcium, vitamin D, bisphosphonates, parathyroid hormone, and selective estrogen-receptor modulators (SERMs). [For more information, see In-Depth Report #18: Osteoporosis.]
Heart Disease	The need for aggressive treatment of high blood pressure often accompanies kidney disease. SLE is also accompanied by high cholesterol levels, which requires diet changes and drug therapies. [For more information, see In-Depth Reports #3: Coronary artery disease; #14: High blood pressure; #23: Cholesterol; and #43: Heart healthy diet.]

The spleen is an organ that helps produce and maintain red blood cells. It also aids the body's immune system by producing white blood cells that destroy harmful substances in the body. Removal of the spleen makes a person more susceptible to infection.

Click the icon to see an illustrated series detailing kidney transplant.

Lifestyle Changes

People with SLE should try to maintain a healthy and active lifestyle. Light-to-moderate exercise, interspersed with rest periods, is good for the heart, helps fight depression and fatigue, and can help keep joints flexible.

Patients should minimize their exposure to crowds or people with contagious illnesses. Careful hygiene, including dental hygiene, is also important.

It is very important that patients with SLE avoid excessive exposure to sunlight. Simple preventive measures include avoiding overexposure to ultraviolet rays and wearing protective clothing and sunblocks. There is some concern that allergy shots may cause flare ups in certain cases. Patients who may benefit from them should discuss risks and benefits with an SLE specialist. In general, patients with SLE should use only hypoallergenic cosmetics or hair products.

Chronic stress has profound physical effects and influences the progression of SLE. Getting adequate rest of at least 8 hours and possibly napping during the day may be helpful. Maintaining social relationships and healthy activities may also help prevent the depression and anxiety associated with the disease.

Resources

www.lupus.org -- Lupus Foundation of America
www.lupusny.org -- SLE Foundation of America
www.niams.nih.gov -- National Institute of Arthritis and Musculoskeletal and Skin Diseases
www.rheumatology.org -- American College of Rheumatology
www.lupusresearchinstitute.org -- Lupus Research Institute

References

Bernatsky S, Ramsey-Goldman R, Isenberg D, Rahman A, Dooley MA, Sibley J, et al. Hodgkin's lymphoma in systemic lupus erythematosus. Rheumatology (Oxford). 2007 May;46(5):830-2. Epub 2007 Jan 25.

Crosbie D, Black C, McIntyre L, Royle PL, Thomas S. Dehydroepiandrosterone for systemic lupus erythematosus. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2007 Oct 17;(4):CD005114.

D'Cruz DP, Khamashta MA, Hughes GR. Systemic lupus erythematosus. Lancet. 2007 Feb 17;369(9561):587-96.

Dörner T, Kaufmann J, Wegener WA, Teoh N, Goldenberg DM, Burmester GR. Initial clinical trial of epratuzumab (humanized anti-CD22 antibody) for immunotherapy of systemic lupus erythematosus. Arthritis Res Ther. 2006;8(3):R74. Epub 2006 Apr 21.

Gompel A, Piette JC. Systemic lupus erythematosus and hormone replacement therapy. Menopause Int. 2007 Jun;13(2):65-70.

Harel-Meir M, Sherer Y, Shoenfeld Y. Tobacco smoking and autoimmune rheumatic diseases. Nat Clin Pract Rheumatol. 2007 Dec;3(12):707-15.

Khamashta MA. Systemic lupus erythematosus and pregnancy. Best Pract Res Clin Rheumatol. 2006 Aug;20(4):685-94.

Klareskog L, Padyukov L, Alfredsson L. Smoking as a trigger for inflammatory rheumatic diseases. Curr Opin Rheumatol. 2007 Jan;19(1):49-54.

Kocis P. Prasterone. Am J Health Syst Pharm. 2006 Nov 15;63(22):2201-10. Lane NE. Therapy Insight: osteoporosis and osteonecrosis in systemic lupus erythematosus. Nat Clin Pract Rheumatol. 2006 Oct;2(10):562-9.

Mackillop LH, Germain SJ, Nelson-Piercy C. Systemic lupus erythematosus. BMJ. 2007 Nov 3;335(7626):933-6.

Mease PJ, Ginzler EM, Gluck OS, Schiff M, Goldman A, Greenwald M, et al. Effects of prasterone on bone mineral density in women with systemic lupus erythematosus receiving chronic glucocorticoid therapy. J Rheumatol. 2005 Apr;32(4):616-21.

Sabahi R, Anolik JH. B-cell-targeted therapy for systemic lupus erythematosus. Drugs. 2006;66(15):1933-48.

Sánchez-Guerrero J, González-Pérez M, Durand-Carbajal M, Lara-Reyes P, Jiménez-Santana L, Romero-Díaz J, et al. Menopause hormonal therapy in women with systemic lupus erythematosus. Arthritis Rheum. 2007 Sep;56(9):3070-9.

Vigna-Perez M, Hernández-Castro B, Paredes-Saharopulos O, Portales-Pérez D, Baranda L, Abud-Mendoza C, et al. Clinical and immunological effects of Rituximab in patients with lupus nephritis refractory to conventional therapy: a pilot study. Arthritis Res Ther. 2006;8(3):R83. Epub 2006 May 5.

Walsh M, James M, Jayne D, Tonelli M, Manns BJ, Hemmelgarn BR. Mycophenolate mofetil for induction therapy of lupus nephritis: a systematic review and meta-analysis. Clin J Am Soc Nephrol. 2007 Sep;2(5):968-75. Epub 2007 Aug 8.

Walsh M, Jayne D. Rituximab in the treatment of anti-neutrophil cytoplasm antibody associated vasculitis and systemic lupus erythematosus: past, present and future. Kidney Int. 2007 Sep;72(6):676-82. Epub 2007 Jul 4.

Review Date:
1/21/2008
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Editor-in-Chief, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital. Also reviewed by David Zieve, MD, MHA, Medical Director, A.D.A.M., Inc.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Weight control and diet

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:34:58 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
Biological and Medical Caus...
Cultural and Emotional Caus...
Risk Factors
Complications
Weight Loss and Maintenance...
Weight Management
Medications
Other Treatments
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Cancer and Weight Control:

Cancer prevention guidelines from the American Cancer Society stress the importance of maintaining a healthy weight throughout life. A healthy weight is even more important than eating specific healthy foods, when it comes to cancer prevention.

Drug Warning:

The US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is warning consumers not to buy a product known as the "Brazilian diet pill." This product is labeled as a dietary supplement, but contains several chemicals found in powerful prescription drugs. The products are also known as Emagrece Sim and Herbathin dietary supplements.

New Over-the-Counter Medication:

In February 2007, the FDA approved the first over-the-counter (OTC) weight-loss drug. Orlistat, previously available only by prescription as Xenical, will be available OTC at half its prescription strength. It will be sold under the name alli. Those eager to use the new pill should consider its cost and modest benefits compared with its side effects, most commonly oily diarrhea. This pill, which prevents fat absorption from food, also increases the risk of not absorbing important nutrients from food while using it. The FDA recommends taking a daily multivitamin supplement when using alli.

Research News:

A small study in Norway found that a diet low in fat and high in carbohydrates ("carbs") increases symptoms of psychological distress, such as depression and anger. The study compared three different diets with varying amounts of fat and carbohydrates.
A study released in March 2007 found that obesity in young girls results in early puberty -- as early as age 9.

Effects of Obesity on the Body:

Obesity is associated with certain problems related to infertility, such as uterine fibroids or menstrual irregularities. In men, obesity can contribute to reduced testosterone levels.
People who are obese are at higher risk for carpal tunnel syndrome and other problems involving nerves in their wrists and hands.
The Pickwickian syndrome, named for an overweight character in a Dickens novel, occurs in severe obesity when lack of oxygen produces intense and chronic sleepiness and, eventually, heart failure.

Introduction

A stable weight depends on a good balance between the energy you get from food and the energy you use. You use energy during the day in three ways:

As energy expended during rest (basal metabolism)
As energy used to break down food (thermogenesis)
As energy used during physical activity

Basal metabolism accounts for about two-thirds of spent energy. Your body generally uses this energy to keep your body temperature steady and keep the muscles of your heart and intestine working. Thermogenesis accounts for about 10% of spent energy.

When a person consumes more calories than the energy they use, the body stores the extra calories in fat cells. Fat cells function as energy reservoirs. They enlarge or shrink depending on how people use energy. If people do not balance energy input and output by eating right and exercising, fat can build up. This can lead to weight gain.

When energy input is equal to energy output, there is no expansion of fat cells (lipocytes) to accommodate excess. It is only when more calories are taken in than used that the extra fat is stored in the lipocytes and the person begins to accumulate fat.

Obesity is determined by measuring body fat, not just body weight. People might be over the weight limit for normal standards, but if they are very muscular with low body fat, they are not obese. Others might be normal or underweight, but still have excessive body fat. The following measurements and factors are used to determine whether or not a person is overweight to a degree that threatens their health:

Body mass index (BMI) (a measure of body fat)
Waist circumference (size around the waist)
Waist-hip ratio
Skin fold measurement (anthropometry)
The presence or absence of other disease risk factors (e.g., smoking, high blood pressure, unhealthy cholesterol levels, diabetes, relatives with heart disease)

A person's disease risk factors plus BMI may be the most important components in determining health risks with weight.

The Body Mass Index (BMI). The current standard measurement for obesity is the body mass index (BMI). In general, a BMI of 25 - 29.9 means you are overweight. Obesity is a BMI of 30 and above. Obesity is then classified into three categories:

Class 1: BMI of 30 - 34.9
Class II: BMI 35 - 39.9
Class III: BMI of 40 and greater

These guidelines are very important for people at risk for diabetes, heart disease, or certain cancers. It is also used to determine treatment approaches such as when surgery may be appropriate. The higher the BMI, the greater the risk for significant health problems.

Calculating Body Mass Index (BMI). One's body mass index (BMI) is calculated by multiplying a person's weight in pounds by 703, dividing by the height in inches, and then dividing that number by the height in inches. The steps are as follows:

Multiply one's weight in pounds by 703
Divide that answer by height in inches
Divide that answer again by height in inches

For example, a woman who weighs 150 pounds and is five feet eight inches (or 68 inches) tall has a BMI of 22.8.

Waist Circumference and Waist-Hip Ratio. The extent of abdominal fat can also be used in assessing risk of disease. Some studies suggest that:

Women whose waistlines are over 31.5 inches and men whose waists measure over 37 inches should watch their weight.
A waist size greater than 35 inches in women and 40 inches in men is associated with a higher risk for heart disease, diabetes, and impaired functioning.

Evidence strongly suggests that more body fat around the abdomen and hips (the apple-shape) is a more consistent predictor of heart problems and health risks than BMI.

The distribution of fat can be evaluated by dividing waist size by hip size. For example, a woman with a 30-inch waist and 40-inch hip circumference would have a ratio of 0.75; one with a 41-inch waist and 39-inch hips would have a ratio of 1.05. The lower the ratio the better. The risk of heart disease rises sharply for women with ratios above 0.8 and for men with ratios above 1.0.

Click the icon to see a depiction of the waist-to-hip ratio.

Anthropometry. Anthropometry is the measurement of skin fold thickness in different areas, particularly around the triceps, shoulder blades, and hips. This measurement is useful in determining how much weight is due to muscle or fat.

Biological and Medical Causes

Obesity results when a person consumes more calories than they need for the energy they use. Several different factors may influence weight gain.

About 90% of people who lose weight through dieting gain every pound back regardless of their weight-loss method.

Some evidence suggests that every person has an inherited weight. This range varies by only about 10% either up or down from some set point. For instance, a man whose "genetically-determined" weight is 200 pounds would tend to swing from 180 - 220 pounds. He would be unlikely to lose or gain more than this.

Genetic factors may play some part in 70 - 80% of obesity cases.

Appetite is determined by processes that occur both in the brain and gastrointestinal tract. Eating patterns are controlled by areas in the hypothalamus and pituitary glands (in the brain). The body produces a number of molecules that increases or decreases appetite. In some cases, the following factors may produce imbalances in this process:

Insulin. Insulin is a hormone that helps change blood sugar (glucose) into energy. During digestion, carbohydrates from our diet break down into different types of sugar molecules (including glucose). Proteins from our diet break down into smaller molecules called amino acids. Immediately after eating, blood glucose levels rise. This triggers the release of insulin, which pours into the bloodstream. Insulin pushes the glucose and amino acids into cells and muscles. Insulin and other hormones determine which nutrients will be burned for energy or stored for future use. The inability to use insulin efficiently (insulin resistance) has been associated with both obesity and diabetes.
Leptin. Leptin is a hormone that is released by fat cells. A number of scientists think this hormone may also be released by cells in the stomach. Leptin appears to play an important role in insulin resistance and fat storage in the body, but its role in obesity is unclear. The most likely scenario is that leptin levels rise as the cells store more fat. This increase in leptin levels decreases appetite. Falling levels of leptin make you feel hungry. In people who have genetically lower levels of leptin, however, the brain may be tricked into thinking that it is always starving because there is no leptin to decrease appetite. This can lead to weight gain.
Resistin. Resistin is a hormone produced by fat cells. It makes the body resistant to insulin activity. Some experts believe it may help explain the role of obesity in diabetes type 2.
Intestinal Chemicals. Ghrelin is a chemical produced in the stomach. It appears to be important in triggering the desire to eat. Peptide YY3–36 (PYY) is a substance secreted in the intestines after a meal. The level of PYY is proportionate to the number of calories a person eats. PYY tells the brain that you feel full. Deficiencies in ghrelin and PYY may contribute to some cases of obesity. Researchers are hoping that blocking ghrelin or infusing PYY may be possible treatments for obesity.
Other Chemicals. Many brain chemicals are being studied for their role in appetite stimulation and weight gain. Among them are neuropeptide Y, melanocortins, agouti-related protein, and melanocyte stimulating hormone. Pain-relieving chemicals called endorphins may be critical in reducing appetite and regulating energy use. Cholecystokinin, a hormone released in the upper intestine that stimulates digestive juices, may work to control meal size.

Insulin is a hormone produced by the pancreas that is necessary for cells to be able to use blood sugar.

Genetics may directly contribute to severe obesity in people with family histories of the problem. Genetic factors such as slow metabolisms may also make people more likely to be overweight. At least seven genetic mutations have been associated with specific and uncommon cases of severe obesity. Some are outlined below.

HOB1 (human obesity 1) is a gene that is linked to a high BMI in women.
Leptin gene variants have been linked to leptin deficiencies and obesity.
Melanocortin-4 receptor is a gene that helps turn off the urge to eat. It may not work properly in those with a family history of obesity.
Researchers have also identified a mutation in a gene for a protein called proopiomelanocortin, which results in a syndrome of obesity, red hair, and deficiencies in stress hormones.
A protein called agouti-related protein increases hunger. About 5% of severely obese people have mutations that over-respond to agouti-related protein.

Genetics also determine the number of fat cells a person has. Some people are simply born with more. It should be noted that even when genetic factors are present, a person can still control their diet.

The Thrifty Gene. Some experts think the existence of a so-called "thrifty" gene regulates changes in hormone levels, to accommodate seasonal changes. Theoretically, it works in the following manner:

In certain populations, hormones are released during seasons when food supplies have traditionally been low. This leads to insulin resistance and increased fat storage.
The process is reversed in seasons when food is readily available.
Because modern industrialization has made high carbohydrate and fatty foods available all year long, the gene no longer serves a useful function. Fat, originally stored for famine situations, is not used.

This theory could explain why the previously nomadic Native American tribes who now have Western dietary habits have such high rates of Type 2 diabetes and obesity. In the past, the traditional low-fat, high-fiber foods tribe members ate may have protected them from obesity and type 2 diabetes. Today, these tribes' diet consists of more Western foods, which are higher in fat. Furthermore, these foods are readily available year-round, and many members of the tribe are sedentary. The result is a very high incidence of Type 2 diabetes and obesity. Although genetic abnormalities may make it harder or easier to lose weight, the occurrence of obesity has dramatically increased over the past two decades, and genes cannot have changed within that short amount of time. Our ability to use the food that we eat evolved so that our body could conserve energy and store fat during times of famine. Most cases of obesity now occur in people with normal body function who live in industrialized nations, where there is more than enough food.

A number of medical conditions may contribute to being overweight, but rarely are they a primary cause of obesity.

Hypothyroidism is sometimes associated with weight gain. But, patients with an underactive thyroid generally show only a moderate weight increase of five to 10 pounds.
Very rare genetic disorders, including Froehlich's syndrome in boys, Laurence-Moon-Biedl, and the Prader-Willi syndromes, cause obesity.
Abnormalities or injury to the hypothalamus gland can cause hypothalamic obesity.
Cushing's disease is a rare condition caused by high levels of steroid hormones. It results in obesity, a moon-shaped face, and muscle wasting.
Obesity is also linked to polycystic ovarian syndrome, a hormonal disorder in women.

Click the icon to see an image of polycystic ovaries.

Some prescription medications contribute to weight gain, usually by increasing appetite. Such drugs include the following:

Corticosteroids
Female hormone treatments, including some oral birth control pills (effect is usually temporary), and certain progestins (such as Megestrol) used to treat cancer
Antidepressants and anti-psychotic drugs, including lithium and valproate
Insulin and insulin-stimulating drugs used to treat diabetes often lead to weight gain, a particularly unfortunate conflict of interest for obese individuals with type 2 diabetes

You should not stop taking any medications without your doctor's knowledge.

Cultural and Emotional Causes

Enough food is produced in the US to supply 3,800 calories every day to each man, woman, and child in the country, far more than the average person needs to sustain life. In a 2002 study, participants carefully recorded everything they ate and drank, and all activities and psychological factors surrounding the eating events. The people who gained weight ate more and their portions were larger than those who did not. This may be an obvious conclusion, but the public press often plays up biologic factors involved with obesity and overlooks the simple notion that Americans eat too much and exercise too little.

Obesity is dramatically increasing not only in American children and adults, but also in every country that has adopted similar cultural habits. The World Health Organization now considers obesity to be a global epidemic and a public health problem as more nations become "Westernized." In spite of the proven health risks of obesity, the government, insurance companies, and the medical profession do not spend nearly enough money to balance the commercial and cultural pressures that are producing millions of overweight people.

In 2007, the Robert Wood Johnson Foundation sounded a positive note with the announcement of a $500 million initiative, aimed at “reversing the childhood obesity epidemic by 2015.” The money will be used for research, education, and activities that promote healthy eating among America’s children.

Perhaps the primary reason for the dramatic rise in obesity is the sedentary (inactive) lives led by most Americans, including children and young people. In a 2003 study comparing modern life to the past, researchers found that labor saving devices had reduced a person's energy use by 111 calories a day -- adding up to an extra 11 pounds a year. Half the difference in energy use was due to less walking. At the same time, according to the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, between 1970 and 2000 the typical American man increased his caloric intake by 168 calories a day (good for 17 pounds a year) while the average woman added 335 calories a day.

Regular television watching has been singled as the most hazardous pastime. According to a major 2003 study, for every 2 hours a person spends in front of the TV each day, the risk for obesity increases by 23% and for type 2 diabetes by 14%. In the study, TV watching produced the lowest metabolic rates compared to sewing, playing board games, reading, writing, and driving a car. Just the act of watching TV encourages unhealthy snacks and eating patterns. In addition, the advertising on the television complicates the problem by promoting fast foods, cereal, and snack products that are high in salt, fats, and carbohydrates. Even worse, much of these advertisements are directed at children -- the most vulnerable group.

People are not only eating more food than they did 20 years ago, they are also replacing home cooking with packaged foods, fast food, and dining out. This behavior, according to studies, places people at higher risk for obesity. Fast foods may be more harmful than restaurant cooking. These foods tend to be served in larger portions. They generally contain more calories and unhealthy fats, and less nutritious ingredients, than homemade or restaurant meals. Snack foods and sweet beverages, including juice and soft drinks, are specific problems that add to the increasing rates of obesity. Frequent small, healthy meals (instead of two or three large daily meals) have been associated with lower weights.

People react differently to stress. Some overeat and gain weight and others stop eating and lose weight. People who gain weight in response to stress often overeat foods high in sugar, fats, and salt. A 2003 study on rats suggested that stress hormones increase the pleasure of eating such so-called "comfort foods." Furthermore, the study supported previous research showing that stress-related eating was connected to the unhealthy accumulation of abdominal fat.

Risk Factors

Where you live plays a role in your risk for obesity. Simply living in the United States makes a person more susceptible to obesity. The prevalence of obesity in America has risen dramatically over the past few years and continues to increase.

According to the latest figures available, 32.2% of American adults (aged 20 and older) are obese (BMI over 30) -- up from about 23% in the early 1990s.
The number of Americans aged 20 - 74 who were overweight also increased -- from about 44.8% in 1960 to 65.2% in 2002.
The rate of extreme obesity (BMI > 40) increased from 0.8% in 1960 to 4.9% in 2002.
Obesity has increased in every state, in both men and women, across all age groups, and in every ethnic group, although some groups may face slightly higher risks than others.

Fat tends to settle in certain regions, depending on gender. Women gain fat predominantly in the stomach, hips and thighs, while men tend to gain fat in the belly and waist.

Risk by Age. People of any age are at risk for obesity. More children and adolescents are overweight in America than ever before. Gaining some weight is inevitable with age and adding about 10 pounds to a normal base weight over time is not harmful. The current weight gain in American adults over 50, however, is significant. By age 55, the average American has added nearly 40 pounds of fat during the course of adulthood. This condition is made worse by the fact that muscle and bone mass decrease with age.

Risk by Gender. In men, BMI tends to increase until age 50 and then it levels off. In women, weight tends to increase until age 70 before it plateaus. A 2000 study found that there are three high-risk periods for weight gain in women.

The first is at the onset of menstruation, particularly if it is early. In fact, a study released in March 2007 found that obesity in young girls results in early puberty -- as early as age 9. This, in turn, increases the risk for more weight gain as girls enter puberty.
The second is after pregnancy, with higher risk for women who are already overweight.
Finally, many women gain weight after menopause.

These findings are significant because they may allow women to target high-risk times, and consequently prevent unnecessary weight gain.

Risk by Economic Group. Obesity is more prevalent in lower economic groups. One 2002 study reported that women who reported that they did not have enough food were more likely to be overweight than those who said they had sufficient food. Researchers discovered that the low-income women tended to have fewer fruits and vegetables but were actually taking in more calories a day than higher-income women. However, obesity is increasing in young adults with college education as well as in other groups.

Ethnic Groups. Among ethnic groups in general, African-American women are more overweight than Caucasian women but African-American men are less obese than Caucasian men. (Currently, 80% of African-American women are overweight.) Hispanic men and women tend to weigh more than Caucasians.

US Regions. Regionally, the prevalence of obesity is lowest in the Western states and highest in the South.

A number of dietary habits put people at risk for becoming overweight:

Night-Eating Syndrome. Night-eating syndrome is defined as having no appetite in the morning, insomnia, and consuming more than half of daily food intake after 6:00 PM. It is associated with obesity and is difficult to treat. Stress reduction and relaxation techniques may be helpful.
Binge Eating and Eating Disorders. About 30% of people who are obese are binge eaters who typically consume 5,000 - 15,000 calories in one sitting. To be diagnosed as a binge eater, a person has to binge at least twice a week for 6 months. Many experts believe that binge-eating carbohydrates causes an increase in a natural opiate leading to dependence on carbohydrates. Therefore, this condition should be treated as an addiction. Other eating disorders are bulimia and anorexia. Bulimia is binge eating followed by purging in order to lose weight. Anorexia nervosa is a mental illness in which the person refuses to maintain weight at the normal level. The patient with anorexia has a terrible fear of getting fat, and an abnormal perception of what his or her body looks like. Both conditions pose risks for serious medical problems, and anorexia nervosa can be life-threatening. A combined approach using behavioral therapy and antidepressants may help these individuals. [See In-Depth Report #49: Eating disorders.]
Restrained Eating. Some people, mostly middle-aged women who have normal weight, have a pattern referred to as restrained eating. This pattern requires a high level of conscious control and usually maintains a lower weight. However, such restraint places these individuals at higher risk for loss of control and subsequent overeating.
Infrequent Eating. There is some evidence to suggest that eating small frequent meals uses more calories than infrequent large meals. It should be strongly noted, however, that packaged snack foods add calories and some do not produce a feeling of being full, so that people simply eat more than they should.

Anyone with Sedentary Lifestyles. Office workers, drivers, and anyone whose lifestyle involves sitting for long periods are at higher risk for obesity.

Ex-Smokers. The trend toward weight increase has followed the trend for quitting smoking. Nicotine increases the metabolic rate, and quitting, even without eating more, can cause weight gain, which may be considerable. It is important to note that weight control is not a valid reason to smoke. People in previous centuries did not smoke cigarettes, nor were they usually obese.

Shift-Workers. A recent study found that individuals who work late shifts (between 4 p.m. and 8 a.m.) tend to eat more and take longer naps than day workers and are more likely to gain excess weight.

People with Disabilities. Obesity rates are higher than average in people with physical or mental disabilities. Those with disabilities in the lower part of the body, such as the legs, are at highest risk.

Overweight in children and adolescents is rising at an alarming rate. In 2004, 19% of young children aged 6 - 11 were overweight, an increase of 8% from 1994. Among children aged 25, 13.9% were overweight in 2004, up from 7.2% 10 years earlier.

Definition of Overweight in Children

Children and adolescents are considered to be overweight if their BMI is above 95% of the children in their age and sex categories. Ethnic variations, timing of growth spurts, and higher normal fat levels around puberty can affect these measurements.

Causes and Risk Factors for Overweight in Children

Lifestyle Factors. Without educational or parental guidance, children are extremely vulnerable to the intense cultural pressures that are largely responsible for the obesity epidemic. The following are some specific problems created by the culture:

Excessive television watching plays a critical role in obesity in children. Not only is it a sedentary activity, but television also offers innumerable temptations with its advertisements for fast foods, sugar cereals, and unhealthy snacks. In one study obesity rates were lowest in children who watched television 1 hour or less a day and highest in those who watched 4 or more hours.
Sugar, particularly from soda, other sweetened beverages, and fruit juice, may be the major contributor to childhood obesity. One study reported that drinking soda regularly increases a child's risk for obesity by 60%. The average American adolescent consumes 15 - 20 extra teaspoons of sugar a day just from soda and sugary drinks. (Juice, while better than soda, is still filled with sugar.)
Less physical exercise and greater sedentary activities play another significant role in obesity in children. A high level of physical activity -- not just using up energy -- is important for weight control in young people. Unfortunately, according to one study, the annual distance walked by children has fallen by nearly 30% since 1972, partially because more parents are driving their children to school out of fear of abduction, molestation, and traffic accidents. Schools are also offering fewer opportunities for daily physical activities than in the past.

Neither the media nor the educational system has strong well-financed programs that encourage healthy alternatives, including exercise and healthy foods.

Family History. Parental obesity more than doubles the risk that a young child, whether thin or overweight, will become obese as an adult. In older children and teenagers, obesity in parents starts to count less as a predictor for body weight than their own weight. The risk for obesity may be due to environmental or genetic factors, or both.

Ethnic and Socioeconomic Factors. As in adult populations, children from lower socioeconomic groups and minority populations are at higher risk for obesity. For example, among young Mexican Americans and African-Americans, there has been an increase in overweight prevalence of about 13% to over 23%.

Factors Surrounding Birth. The following factors surrounding birth are associated with a child's weight:

Low birth weight is a risk factor for later obesity and diabetes. One theory is that humans have a "thrifty gene" that produces metabolic changes in infants with low birth weight. Such changes affect insulin and fat accumulation, in order to produce a "catch-up" weight in these young children as quickly as possible. This rapid weight gain in infancy increases the risk for obesity in children and young adults.
In a study of African-American children, having an overweight pregnant mother increased the risk for later weight gain, but low birth weight did not.

Although some small studies have reported protection against obesity from breastfeeding, evidence is weak. In a 2003 study, for example, children who were breast fed for 3 - 5 months had a lower risk for obesity, but prolonged breastfeeding had no effect. Nevertheless, given the healthful effects of breast feeding and the possibility that it may have even a slight impact on childhood obesity, it is highly recommended.

Biological Effect of Childhood Overweight on Adult Weight

Achieving a healthy weight becomes more difficult as children get older. The odds of obesity persisting into adulthood ranges from 20% in 4 year olds to 80% in teenagers. One reason for the persistence is biological. The fat cells change in number or mass depending on a person's age:

Fat cells themselves multiply during two growth periods: early childhood and adolescence. Overeating during those times increases the number of fat cells. Some people are also just born with more fat cells.
After adolescence, fat cells tend to increase in mass rather than quantity, so that adults who overeat and gain weight tend to have larger fat cells, not more of them. This growth in mass may be responsible for the greater risk of persistent obesity among teenagers compared to small children who are overweight. Losing weight after adolescence reduces the size of the fat cells but not their number, so weight loss becomes much more difficult.

Health Consequences of Childhood Overweight

Children and adolescents who are overweight have poorer health than other children. Studies are reporting unhealthy cholesterol levels and high blood pressure in overweight children and adolescents. Of great concern is the dramatic increase in type 2 diabetes in young people, which is largely due to the increase in overweight children. Overweight in children is also linked to asthma, gallbladder problems, sleep apnea, and liver abnormalities. Overweight girls are more likely to enter puberty early, according to a new study, and subsequently be at higher risk for breast cancer.

It is not clear yet how many of these childhood problems persist in people who achieve normal weight as adults. Staying overweight into adulthood certainly carries health risks.

Managing Overweight Children

Childhood obesity is best treated by a non-drug, multidisciplinary approach including diet, behavior modification, and exercise. Evidence suggests that reducing calories by only 200 - 260 per day would prevent weight gain in most overweight children. Here some tips for children who are overweight:

Limit (or avoid, if possible) take out, fast foods, high-sugar snacks, commercial packaged snacks, soda, and sugar-sweetened beverages (including too much juice).
Let children snack but make sure the snacks are healthy. Eating small frequent healthy meals (instead of two or three large ones) has been associated with being thinner and having a better cholesterol profile.
Let children choose their own food portions. One study indicated that children naturally ate 25% less when they chose their own portion size. When they were given larger portions their bite sizes were larger and they ate more.
Do not criticize a child for being overweight. It does not help and such attitudes could put children at risk for eating disorders, which are equal or even greater dangers to their health.
Limit television, video games, and computer use to a few hours a week. This can contribute significantly to weight control, regardless of diet and physical activity.
For young children, try the traffic-light diet. Food is designated with stoplight colors depending on their high caloric content: Green for go (low calories); yellow for "eat with caution" (medium calories); red for "stop" (high calories).
Try a low glycemic index diet. This may be as beneficial, and possibly more, than a standard reduced-fat diet in overweight children. Such a diet focuses on certain carbohydrates (for example, dried beans and soy), which raise blood sugar more slowly than other types of carbohydrates. This diet is sometimes used in diabetes, and as a dietary approach in overweight adults. [See In-Depth Report #42: Diabetes diet.]

Click the icon to see an image about TV watching.

Click the icon to see an image of childhood overweight.

Complications

General Adverse Effects of Obesity. Obesity, defined as a BMI of 30 or over, accounts for nearly 300,000 deaths in the U.S. each year. It is associated with more chronic health problems than smoking, heavy drinking, or poverty. Furthermore, given the current increase in obesity, it will surpass smoking as the most important preventable cause of death in America.

Some studies indicate the following health risks by body mass:

The lowest risks for heart disease, diabetes, and some cancers are in people with BMI values of 21 - 25.
The risks increase slightly when BMI values are between 25 - 27.
The risks are significant in BMIs between 27 - 30.
The same risks are dramatic at BMIs over 30.

Anyone with chronic health problems such as heart or lung disease, stroke, or arthritis, should be concerned about extra weight. This same concern also applies to people with known risk factors for such conditions.

Metabolic Changes. As fat stores increase, the fat cells themselves enlarge and produce chemicals that increase the risk for several diseases. Such diseases may include diabetes, high blood pressure, gallbladder disease, and some cancers.
Increased Mass. The increased body weight itself causes problems that result in injury and diseases, including osteoarthritis and sleep apnea.
Harmful Fat Cell Types. Weight concentrated around the abdomen and in the upper part of the body (the apple shape) poses a higher health risk than fat that settles around the hips and flank (the pear shape). Fat cells in the upper part of the body appear to have different qualities from those found in the lower parts. In fact, studies suggest a higher risk for diabetes in people with the "apple shape" and lower risk in those who are "pear shaped."

Weight gain in the area of and above the waist (apple type) is more dangerous than weight gained around the hips and flank area (pear type). Fat cells in the upper body have different qualities than those found in hips and thighs.

General Adverse Effects of Being Overweight (Not Obese). It is still not clear if being overweight (a BMI of 25 - 29.9) hurts healthy people with no risk factors for serious illnesses.

According to one 2001 study, just being overweight increased the risk for developing diabetes, gallstones, hypertension, heart disease, stroke, and colon cancer. The risk rose according to how much the individuals were overweight. In any case, adults who are overweight in middle age face a poor quality of life as they age, with the quality declining the greater the weight. One study suggested, however, that being over 65 and overweight (but not obese) is not associated with higher mortality rates.

Some experts argue, in fact, that in anyone who is not severely obese, it is the unhealthy diet and sedentary lifestyle that causes harm -- not weight per se. In support of this argument, a British study found that overweight fit individuals had half the death rate of unfit trim individuals.

Being somewhat overweight may also have some benefits under specific circumstances:

In older women, some excess fat may produce extra estrogen that helps slow down bone loss, and insulates bones from fall-related injuries. It should be strongly noted, however, that when older overweight women lose weight they report less pain, improved vitality, and improved physical function. The same positive effect of overweight does not appear to hold in older men.
Conditioned athletes may have high BMIs because of very dense muscle tissue. Being fit in general may protect many overweight people.
Some evidence suggests that Caucasians have the lowest mortality with BMIs of 24.3 - 24.7 while African-Americans are better off in the range of 26.8 - 27.1.
Children may have higher normal fat levels during growth spurts and around puberty.

Individuals with a BMI of at least 30 have a 10 - 50% increased rate of death from all causes, compared with individuals with a BMI of 20 - 25. Mortality rates from many causes are higher in obese people, but heart disease is the primary cause of death. People who are obese have almost three times the risk for heart disease as people with normal weights. Being physically unfit adds to the risk.

Weight concentrated around the abdomen and in the upper part of the body (apple shape) is particularly associated with insulin resistance and diabetes, heart disease, high blood pressure, stroke, and unhealthy cholesterol levels. Fat that settles in a pear shape around the hips and lower body appears to have a lower association with these conditions.

Obesity poses many dangers to the heart and circulatory system.

Damage in the Blood Vessels. As people age, changes in body fat (particularly increasing abdominal fat) seem to cause stiffness in the aorta, the major blood vessel leading from the heart. Studies are finding higher levels of a factor called C-reactive protein (CRP) in people with obesity and abdominal fat. CRP is now considered to be a marker for inflammation and damage in the arteries. (Losing weight reduces CRP levels.)

High Blood Pressure. High blood pressure is the health problem most commonly associated with obesity, and the greater the weight, the greater the risk. High blood pressure carries serious risks of stroke, heart attack, and heart failure. The link between obesity and high blood pressure is complex, and may be a combination of genetic, population, and biological factors. Many studies have reported that modest weight loss is beneficial for reducing existing high blood pressure. [See In-Depth Report #14: High blood pressure.]

Heart Failure. An important 2002 study reported that obesity might account for 11% of heart failure cases in men and 14% in women. This link existed independently of other risk factors, such as high blood pressure, sleep apnea, and diabetes, which are also associated with obesity. The biologic mechanisms involved in obesity that lead specifically to heart failure are not clear. [See In-Depth Report #13: Heart failure.]

Unhealthy Cholesterol Levels and Lipid Levels. The effect of obesity on cholesterol levels is complex. Although obesity does not appear to be strongly associated with overall cholesterol levels, among obese individuals triglyceride levels (the major form of fat storage in the body) are usually high, while HDL levels (the "good" cholesterol) tend to be low. Both conditions are risk factors for heart disease. [See In-Depth Report #23: Cholesterol.]

Click the icon to see an image of coronary artery disease.

Stroke. Obesity is also associated with a higher risk for stroke. [See In-Depth Report #45: Stroke.]

Type 2 Diabetes and Insulin Resistance. Most people with type 2 diabetes are obese and, in fact, studies strongly suggest that weight loss may be the key in controlling the current epidemic of type 2 diabetes. The common factor appears to be insulin resistance. Insulin is a critical hormone in the use of sugar. In type 2 diabetes, different factors cause the body to become insulin resistant -- that is, the body can no longer respond properly to insulin. This has the effect of increasing sugar levels in the blood, the hallmark of diabetes. Both obesity and insulin resistance, at different phases, are marked by high levels of certain chemicals. It is not known yet if the higher levels are simply a product of obesity, or play some role in causing diabetes.

Insulin resistance is also associated with high blood pressure and abnormalities in blood clotting. Some research indicates that obesity, in fact, is the one common element linking insulin resistance, diabetes type 2, and high blood pressure. [See In-Depth Report #60: Diabetes - type 2.]

Metabolic Syndrome. Metabolic syndrome (also called syndrome X) is a pre-diabetic condition that is significantly associated with heart disease and higher mortality rates from all causes. The syndrome consists of obesity marked by abdominal fat, unhealthy cholesterol levels, high blood pressure, and insulin resistance. A 2002 study estimated that nearly a quarter of the U.S. population now has this condition. Even worse, according to a 2003 study, nearly a million American teenagers have this syndrome. A combination of weight loss and exercise is an effective treatment for this syndrome.

The American Cancer Society released new cancer prevention guidelines in September 2006. The guidelines stress the importance of keeping a healthy weight throughout life. The Society indicates that healthy weight is even more important than eating specific healthy foods, when it comes to cancer prevention.

Obesity has been associated with a higher risk for cancer in general and specific cancers in particular. Studies have also suggested that restricting calories reduces the risk for cancer. Some experts believe that effective weight control for children and adults could reduce cancer rates by 30 - 40%. One way obesity may increase the risk for cancer is its association with high levels of hormones called growth factors, which can trigger rapid cell production leading to cancer.

Uterine Cancers. The risk of uterine cancer in obese women appears to be two or three times higher than in thinner women.

Prostate Cancer. New studies from 2005 and 2006 report that obesity is associated with an increase in prostate cancer mortality, although not with the risk for less aggressive forms of prostate cancer.

Click the icon to see an image of prostate cancer.

Breast Cancer. Studies are mixed on the association between obesity and breast cancer. A number of studies have linked obesity to breast cancer in postmenopausal women, particularly in women who begin to gain weight after age 18.

Click the icon to see an illustrated series detailing a breast cancer surgery (mastectomy).

Gallbladder Cancer. Obese women are at higher risk for gallbladder cancer.

Gastrointestinal Cancers. A number of cancers in the gastrointestinal tract have been associated with obesity:

Cancer of the esophagus may be due to a higher incidence of gastroesophageal reflux disorder (heartburn) in people who are overweight.
Colon cancer has been linked to increased body mass in both men and women.
Pancreatic cancer and obesity have been weakly linked, with one study reporting a lower risk in overweight people who are physically active.

Click the icon to see an illustrated series detailing a colon cancer surgery.

Muscles and Bones

Obesity places stress on bones and muscles. Studies report that the incidence of osteoarthritis is significantly increased in people who are overweight. People who are obese are also at higher risk for carpal tunnel syndrome and other problems involving nerves in their wrists and hands. It should be noted that some weight may be protective against osteoporosis (loss of bone thickness).

Obesity increases the risk for the following mouth and eye disorders:

Gum disease
Cataracts
Maculopathy, an eye disease related to aging

Infertility. Abnormal amounts of body fat, either 10 - 15% too high or too low, can contribute to infertility in women. Obesity is specially related to certain infertility problems, such as uterine fibroids or menstrual irregularities. In men, obesity can contribute to reduced testosterone levels.

Effect on Pregnancy. Obesity has many dangerous effects on pregnancy. These include high blood pressure, gestational diabetes (diabetes, usually temporary, that occurs during pregnancy), urinary tract infections, blood clots, prolonged labor, and higher fetal death rate in late stages of pregnancy. Obesity is also associated with increased rates of cesarean delivery. Infants of women who are obese are also at higher risk for neural tube birth defects, which affect the brain or spine. Folic acid supplements, ordinarily effective in preventing these conditions, may not be as protective in overweight women.

Obesity is thought to be a risk factor for symptoms of adult-onset asthma. Though there is evidence that obesity causes wheezing and shortness of breath, it does not appear to be strongly associated with the disease mechanisms in the lungs that cause true asthma.

Obesity also puts people at risk for hypoxia, a condition in which there is not enough oxygen to meet the body's needs. Obese people need to work harder to breathe. They tend to have breathing muscles and lungs that do not work as well as those in thinner people.

The Pickwickian syndrome, named for an overweight character in a Dickens novel, occurs in severe obesity when lack of oxygen produces intense and chronic sleepiness and, eventually, heart failure.

Nonalcoholic Fatty Liver Disease. People with obesity, particularly if they also have type 2 diabetes, are at higher risk for a condition called nonalcoholic fatty liver disease, also called nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH). This condition causes liver damage that is similar to liver injury seen in alcoholism. In some cases, it can be very serious and require liver transplantation. It occurs in about half of people with diabetes, and 20 - 50% of obese people, depending on how severe their obesity is. NASH can also occur in overweight children.

Gallstones. The incidence of gallstones is significantly higher in obese women and men. The risk for stone formation is also high if a person loses weight too quickly. In people on ultra-low calorie diets, gallstones may be prevented by taking ursodeoxycholic acid (Actigall).

Click the icon to see an image of gallstones.

People who are obese and nap tend to fall asleep faster and sleep longer during the day. At night, however, it takes them longer to fall asleep, and they sleep less than people with normal weights. In an apparent vicious circle, studies have suggested that obesity not only interferes with sleep but that sleep problems may actually contribute to obesity.

Sleep Apnea. Obesity, particularly the apple shape, is strongly associated with sleep apnea, which occurs when the upper throat relaxes and collapses from time to time during sleep. This collapse temporarily blocks the passage of air. Sleep apnea is increasingly being viewed as a potentially serious health problem, which may lead to complications such as heart disease and stroke. Some studies suggest that among overweight people, those who have sleep apnea have a greater risk of heart disease than those without it. In one study, the more obese a person with sleep apnea was, the higher the pressure on the airway, and therefore the greater the obstruction of the airway. Obstructive sleep apnea may also add to obesity, however, as sleepy people tend to be sedentary. Some studies indicate that treating sleep apnea may help people lose abdominal fat.

Narcolepsy. A small European study found a link between narcolepsy (a sleep disorder characterized by excessive daytime sleepiness with frequent daily sleep attacks) and high BMI.

Depression. A number of studies have reported an association between depression and obesity, particularly in obese women. There may be a number of factors to explain the link. In some cases of atypical depression, people overeat and may gain weight. Overweight people may also become depressed because of social problems and a poor self-image. In these cases, depression usually disappears when people lose weight.

There is evidence, however, that obesity itself may impair levels of tryptophan -- a chemical needed to make serotonin, a brain chemical associated with mental well-being. In one study, even after people lost weight, tryptophan levels were lower than normal.

There does not appear to be any association between depression and obesity in men.

Social Problems. One long-term study reported that overweight young women completed fewer years of school, were 20% less likely to be married, and had 10% higher rates of household poverty than their thinner peer. Obese young men were also less likely to be married, and their incomes were lower than their thinner peers. Nevertheless, studies consistently show that overweight males (both boys and men) are not as severely emotionally affected as females of any age. Women and girls tend to blame themselves for being heavy, while males tend to blame being overweight on outside factors.

Weight Loss and Maintenance

Even modest weight loss can reduce the risk factors for heart disease and diabetes. The simplest (but still difficult) approach to weight loss is reducing calories and exercising at least 150 minutes a week. Behavioral and mental changes in eating habits, physical activity, and attitudes about food and weight are also essential to weight management. For people who are very overweight and cannot lose weight through lifestyle changes, a number of effective weight-loss medications are available. For those with severe obesity, surgical procedures are proving to be very beneficial.

Some Tips for Losing Weight. The following are some general suggestions for dieters:

Start with realistic goals. Diet failure is extremely common, and the odds of significant weight loss are low, particularly in people with the highest weights. People who are able to restrict calories, engage in an exercise program, and get help in making behavioral changes can expect to lose between 5 - 10% of their current body weight. That is generally all that is needed to achieve meaningful health changes. Certainly, the distorted image of a super-thin female shape should not be anyone's goal.
Maintain a regular exercise program, assuming you have no health problems that will stop you. Choose a program that you enjoy. Check with your doctor about any health considerations. [See In-Depth Report #29: Exercise.]
Do not use hunger pangs as cues to eat. A stomach that has been stretched by large meals will continue to signal hunger for large amounts of food until its size reduces over time with smaller meals.
Be honest about how much you eat and start by recording all calories in writing. Studies suggest that when many people report their own calories intake they significantly underestimate their consumption of high-calorie and over-estimate the low-calorie foods. People who do not carefully note everything they eat tend to take in too many calories when they believe they are dieting.
Observe weekend eating. People tend to eat more on the weekends. If it is difficult to monitor all meals during the week, it be may be useful to at least track eating habits during the weekends.
Once the pounds are lost, do your best to keep the healthier weight. Make daily, even hourly, conscious decisions about eating and exercising activities. Such thinking, in many cases, can become automatic and not painful.
Don't give up, even after repeated weight loss failures. Most studies indicate that yo-yo dieting or weight cycling have no bad psychological or physical effects. Repeated dieting also does not harm the body's ability to burn calories efficiently.
Weight loss, in any case, should not be the only or even the primary goal for people concerned about their health. The success of weight loss efforts should be evaluated according to improvements in disease risk factors or symptoms, and by the adoption of healthy lifestyle habits, not just by the number of pounds lost.


Lifestyle	Reduce rate of eating. Keep food records. Eliminate environmental triggers to eating. Identify high-risk situations for overeating. Separate eating from other activities.
Exercise	Face up to emotional barriers to exercise. Understand the link between exercise and weight control. Establish reasonable exercise goals. Develop a plan for regular activity. Add increased activity into daily lifestyle.
Attitudes	Develop reasonable weight-loss goals. Avoid "all or none" thinking. Focus attention away from the scale and toward behavior. Uncouple weight from self-esteem. If you "fall off the wagon," take steps to ensure the situation does not repeat (recover from lapses with constructive action).
Relationships	Understand the key role of social support to health. Identify supportive others. Match personal style to support-seeking activities. Be specific in making support requests. Be assertive but reinforcing in drawing help from others.
Nutrition	Resist the temptation of popular fad diets. Eat with your health in mind; do not concentrate on what should be "off-limits." Eat with moderation in mind. Maximize fiber. Develop a tailored plan.
From Brownell KD. The LEARN Program for Weight Control. 7th ed. Dallas, Tex: American Health Publishing Company; 1998.

Weight Management

There are many approaches to dieting and many claims for great success with various fad diets. To date, although many diets achieve effective immediate weight loss, none has emerged as an effective tool for maintaining healthy weight. The only definite recommendation that can be made about any diet plan is to be sure it includes an exercise program, assuming there are no health problems to forbid it.

The original food pyramid, with four food groups, has been replaced with an updated food guide called "My Pyramid." This illustrates the relative proportions of different foods that make up a nutritious, well-balanced diet and includes exercise.

Calorie restriction has been the cornerstone of obesity treatment. The standard dietary recommendations for losing weight are the following:

As a rough rule of thumb, one pound of fat equals about 3,500 calories. A person could lose a pound a week by reducing daily caloric intake by about 500 calories a day. Naturally, the more severe the daily calorie restriction, the faster the weight loss. Very-low calorie diets have also been associated with better success, but extreme diets can have some serious health consequences.
To determine your daily calories requirements, multiply the number of pounds of ideal weight by 12 - 15 calories. The number of calories per pound depends on gender, age, and activity levels. For instance, a 50-year old woman who wants to maintain a weight of 135 pounds and is mildly active might require only 12 calories per pound (1,620 calories a day). A 25-year old female athlete who wants to maintain the same weight might require 25 calories per pound 2,025 (calories a day).
Fat intake should be no more than 30% of total calories. Most fats should be in the form of monounsaturated fats (such as olive oil). Saturated fats (found in animal products) should be avoided.

Extreme diets of less than 1,100 calories carry health risks. They are also often followed by bingeing or overeating, and a return to the obese state. Such diets often do not have enough vitamins and minerals, which must then be taken as supplements. Most of the initial weight loss is in fluids. Later, fat is lost, but so is muscle, which can account for more than 30% of the weight loss. No one should be on severe diets for longer than 16 weeks, or fast for more than 2 or 3 days. Severe dieting has unpleasant side effects including fatigue, intolerance to cold, hair loss, gallstone formation, and menstrual irregularities. There have been rare reports of death from heart arrhythmias when liquid formulas did not have sufficient nutrients. Pregnant women who excessively diet during the first trimester put their unborn children at risk for birth defects. Of note, those whose diets include a high intake of fluids and much reduced protein and sodium are at risk for hyponatremia, which can cause fatigue, confusion, dizziness, and in extreme cases, coma and death.

This dietary approach requires counting only grams of fat with the goal of achieving 30% or fewer calories from fat. One gram of fat contains nine calories, while one gram of carbohydrates or protein has only four calories. Fat in your diet converts more readily to fat in the body, compared with carbohydrates or proteins. Simply switching to low-fat or skimmed dairy products may be enough for some people.

There are possible drawbacks to this approach:

Some people who reduce their fat intake may not get enough basic nutrients, including vitamins A and E, folic acid, calcium, iron, and zinc. People on low-fat diets should eat a wide variety of foods and take a multivitamin supplement, if appropriate. Calcium deficiencies may be particularly harmful in women at risk for osteoporosis.
Many people start eating foods with too many carbohydrates, believing that they are not adding calories. No one should use a low-fat diet as an excuse for eating too many carbohydrates, particularly starchy foods and sugar. A high-calorie diet from any source will add pounds.
A small study in Norway found that a diet low in fat and high in carbohydrates ("carbs") increases symptoms of psychological distress, such as depression and anger. The study compared three different diets that had varying amounts of fat and carbohydrates in each. The diets contained the same amount of calories, but differed in the percentage and type of fat. People on the low-fat, high-carbohydrate diet reported more anger and depression compared with the other two diets.
Replacing fatty foods, such as cakes, cookies, and chips, with their commercial "low-fat" counterparts does not constitute a low-fat diet. These foods generally contain more sugar and hence calories, not to mention other ingredients, which have virtually no nutritional value. In fact, a 2002 study suggested that increasing sugar may, over time, reduce levels of HDL ("good") cholesterol.
Very low-fat diets may increase the risk for stroke from hemorrhage in the brain.

Some fat in a diet is essential. It should come from plant oils and fish, however, and not from animal products or hardened oils, such as margarine. Trans-fatty acids, found in hardened oils, are actually more of a risk factor for obesity than saturated fats from animal products, although both should be avoided.

Fiber and Complex Carbohydrates. In all cases, complex carbohydrates found in whole grains and vegetables are preferred over those found in starch-heavy foods, such as pastas, white-flour products, and potatoes. Fiber is an important component of many complex carbohydrates. Fiber is almost always found only in plants, particularly vegetables, fruits, whole grains, nuts, and legumes (beans and peas). One exception is chitosan, a dietary fiber made from shellfish skeletons. Fiber cannot be digested but passes through the intestines, drawing water with it, and is eliminated as part of feces content. The following are specific advantages from high-fiber diets (up to 55 grams a day):

Insoluble fiber (found in wheat bran, whole grains, seeds, nuts, and fruit and vegetable peels) has been associated with weight loss. Studies also suggest that diets rich in fiber from whole grains reduce the risk for type 2 diabetes.
Soluble fiber (found in dried beans, oat bran, barley, apples, citrus fruits, and potatoes) has important benefits for the heart, particularly for achieving healthy cholesterol levels and possibly benefiting blood pressure as well. Simply adding breakfast cereal to a diet appears to reduce cholesterol levels. People who increase their levels of soluble fiber should also increase water and fluid intake.

High-protein, low carbohydrate diets, such as the Atkins and South Beach diets, have been touted as effective ways to produce short-term weight loss. Because of their emphasis on fats and proteins, many experts are concerned about long-term health problems. A report in the March 2006 Lancet linked the Atkins diet to life-threatening complications that caused the death of one woman. The 40-year-old woman had a deadly buildup of acids called ketones in her blood, a condition called ketoacidosis. Ketoacidosis can cause coma and death. Ketones are a known by-product of high protein, low carbohydrate diets. At low levels they can cause nausea, lightheadedness, and bad breath.

The long-term effects of these diets are still unknown. For example, the Atkins diet restricts some vegetables and most fruits, which are known to protect against serious diseases such as heart problems and cancer. The diet may also cause too much calcium to build up in the urine. This can increase the risk for kidney stones and osteoporosis. In addition, high-protein intake, particularly from meat, can be harmful in people with kidney problems. Individuals at risk for kidney stones, or those who have other kidney problems, should not go on high-protein diets without talking to their doctor first. Unfortunately, many people with diabetes are at risk of kidney problems, which could reverse any possible benefits a high-protein diet may bring them. Eating a lot of meat has also been associated with certain common cancers, notably prostate and colon cancers. A 2002 study suggested that such diets during pregnancy may increase the risk for high blood pressure in the child.

Still, significant studies say that such diets improve cholesterol and blood sugar levels. Studies in 2002 and 2003 have indicated that these diets lower blood glucose levels, which can be important in people who are diabetic. The diets also reduce triglyceride levels (unhealthy fat molecules) and increases HDL (" good") cholesterol levels. High triglyceride and low HDL levels are important risk factors for heart disease, and are common in people with type 2 diabetes. Studies are mixed on whether this type of diet reduces overall cholesterol or LDL ("bad") cholesterol levels.

Experts that promote the low carbohydrate approach argue that heart problems from obesity are due to insulin disturbances from sugar imbalances. Therefore, they believe that restricting carbohydrates is the best approach for obesity -- especially for overweight people with diabetes. More research is needed, however, to determine the long-term impact of such diets on health.

High-protein, low-carbohydrate diets include Atkins, Protein Power, Sugar Busters, and Dr. Stillman. The Atkins diet is one of the most popular and has a four-phase program:

Induction. For the first 2 weeks, individuals consume no more than 20 grams of carbohydrates a day. The diet consists of pure protein and fats. There is no fruit, bread, grains, starchy vegetables, or dairy products other than cheese, cream, or butter. This phase is not suitable for children, pregnant women, or anyone with kidney disease.
On-going Weight Loss. After the first phase, individuals continue to lose weight while they increase carbohydrate levels by five grams each day.
Premaintenance. When individuals get close to their weight goal, they add another 10 grams of carbohydrates per day as long as they do not begin to gain weight. Weight loss is very slow at this time, but the individual is now getting used to maintenance.
Maintenance. Lifetime maintenance is usually between 40 and 100 grams of carbohydrates a day, depending on steady weight level.

Anyone who chooses this diet should prefer fish or soy products to meat as protein sources. Fish may reduce leptin, a hormone associated with fat storage and heart diseases, and would be the best protein source. People on this diet should also choose monounsaturated fats (as in olive oil) over saturated fats or trans-fatty acids fat. Patients often need supplements, at least a multivitamin and possibly calcium, chromium, omega-3 fatty acids (found in fish oil), and other supplements.

The South Beach and Zone diets encourage healthy fats. They also allow certain carbohydrates. For example the Zone uses healthy carbohydrates (vegetables and dried beans) and unsaturated fats. The South Beach diet uses carbohydrates that have a lower impact on blood sugar levels. This is called a low-glycemic index. Low-glycemic foods include barley, dried bean and peas, milk, strawberries, and apples. High-glycemic foods include refined grains, white bread, white potatoes, and bananas and other tropical fruits. The glycemic index was developed for use in diabetes -- not for weight loss. Nevertheless, there is some evidence that foods with low glycemic indexes may produce a feeling of fullness and so discourage further eating. As with any high-protein diets, people at risk for kidney stones, or those who have other kidney problems, should avoid these plans.

Replacing fats and sugars with substitutes may help many people who have trouble maintaining weight. In fact, in one 2003 study, people with type 2 diabetes used the artificial sweetener sucralose and a beta-glucan fat substitute (derived from oats) as part of a low-calorie diet. At the end of the 4 weeks, they achieved better weight, glucose control, and HDL levels than those on a standard diabetic diet.

Fat Substitutes. Fat substitutes added to commercial foods or used in baking deliver some of the desirable qualities of fat, but do not add as many calories. It should be stressed that eliminating all fats from a diet can be harmful to general health.

Fat substitutes include the following:

Stanols. Stanols are plant compounds used in margarines (Benecol, Take Control). Benecol is derived from pine bark and Take Control from soybeans. Two servings a day of either brand, as part of a low-fat, diet can lower LDL and total cholesterol by impairing its absorption in the intestinal tract. Some studies have reported that the use of stanols can allow lower doses of statins (cholesterol lowering medications). Stanols do not appear to block absorption of fat-soluble nutrients or vitamins, as olestra does.
Olestra (Olean) passes through the body without leaving behind any calories from fat. Studies suggest that it improves cholesterol levels and helps people lose weight when it is used to replace a third of normal dietary fats. (Note that simply adding snacks containing olestra does not appear to have any effect on cholesterol or weight loss.) Early reports of cramps and diarrhea after eating food containing olestra have not proven to be significant. Of greater concern is the fact that even small amounts of olestra deplete the body of certain vitamins and nutrients that may help protect against serious diseases, including cancer. The FDA requires that the missing vitamins be added back to olestra products, but not other nutrients. The side health effects, if any, are unknown.
Beta-glucan is a soluble fiber found in oats and barley. Products using this substance (e.g., Nu-Trim) may reduce cholesterol and have additional health benefits.

A number of other fat-substitutes are also available. Although studies to date are not showing any significant side effects, these products' effect on weight control is uncertain, since many of the products containing them may be high in sugar.

Artificial Sweeteners. Many artificial or low-calories sweeteners are available. A 2002 study confirmed that people who consumed artificial sweeteners and reduced their sugar intake weighed less over time than those who took in similar types and amounts of drinks and food containing sugar. It should be noted that using these artificial sweeteners should not give dieters a license to increase their fat intake. Studies indicate that consuming some sugar is not a significant contributor to weight gain, as long as the total amount of calories in the diet is under control. There is some public concern about chemicals used to produce many of these sweeteners, and the side effects seen in studies using rats. Natural low-calories sweeteners are available that may be more acceptable to many people.

Saccharin (Sugar Twin, Sweet n' Low, Sucaryl, and Featherweight). Saccharin has been used for years. Some studies found that large amounts of saccharin cause bladder cancer in rats. However, the rats were fed huge amounts that do not apply to human diets. Currently there is no evidence that saccharin causes cancer in humans.
Aspartame (Nutra-Sweet, Equal, NutraTase). Aspartame has come under scrutiny because of rare reports of nervous system disorders, including headaches or dizziness, associated with its use. People with phenylketonuria (PKU), a genetic condition, should not use it. Studies have not reported any serious health dangers, but some people may be sensitive to it.
Sucralose (Splenda). Sucralose has no bitter aftertaste and works well in baking, unlike other artificial sweeteners. It is made from real sugar by replacing part of the sugar with chlorine. Some people are concerned because chlorinated molecules used in major industrial chemicals have been associated with cancer and birth defects. Over 100 studies have been conducted on sucralose over a 20-year period, with no reports of such risks.
Acesulfame-potassium (Sweet One, SwissSweet, Sunette). It has been used in the U.S. since 1988 with no reported side effects.
Neotame (Neotame). Neotame is a synthetic variation of aspartame, but was developed to avoid its side effects. The association with aspartame has raised some concerns. Studies to date have reported no effects that would cause alarm, and it appears to be safe for general consumption.
D-tagatose (Tagatose). This reduced-calorie sweetener is made from lactose, which is the sugar found in dairy products and other foods. It may be especially beneficial for people with type 2 diabetes. It may also have additional benefits that help the intestinal tract.
Alitame (Aclame) is formed from amino acids, the building blocks of proteins. It has the potential to be used in all products that contain sugar, including baked goods.
Stevioside (Stevia). This is a natural sweetener derived from a South American plant. It is available in health food stores. People with diabetes should avoid alcohol-based forms. It has not been carefully tested.

Other sugar substitutes being investigated include glycyrrhizin (derived from licorice) and dihycrochalcone (derived from citrus fruits).

Some studies have reported good success with meal replacement beverages (Slim-Fast, Sweet Success). They contain major nutrients needed for daily requirements. Each serving typically contains between 200 - 250 calories and replaces one meal. (Note: Using them for all meals reduces calories to a severe extent and can be harmful.)

One study reported that most subjects who had undergone a 12-week weight loss program and then used Ultra Slim Fast supplements as directed for maintenance kept off more than half their weight loss after more than 3 years. A quarter of the subjects were still losing weight.

Medical evidence suggests that a diet rich in magnesium could reduce a person's risk of metabolic syndrome, a cluster of problems including obesity, high blood pressure, and high cholesterol. Metabolic syndrome can lead to diabetes and heart disease. A long-term study of thousands of Americans found that the risk for metabolic syndrome decreased in those who consumed the most magnesium from meals. The findings were published in the journal Circulation.

Commercial and Non-Profit Support Programs for Weight Loss. There are many different types of weight-loss program. (This report cannot address all of the many commercial and nonprofit weight-loss programs currently available, nor can it assess their claims.)

Taking off Pounds Sensibly (TOPS), a nonprofit support organization with many local chapters, is one of the least expensive programs, costing $20 a year.

Most of the commercial programs such as Weight Watchers, Jenny Craig, and NutriSystem offer individual or group support, lifestyle changes and packaged meals. These programs tend to be expensive. There are few well-conducted studies on these programs. One 2003 study reported modest weight loss over 2 years with Weight Watchers compared to a self-help program. There were no differences in heart risk factors.

Cognitive Behavioral Approaches. Most support programs use some form of cognitive-behavioral methods to change the daily patterns associated with eating. They are very useful for preventing relapse after initial weight loss. The following is a typical approach:

The patient first records in a diary all activity related to eating patterns, including the times of day, length of meal, emotional states, companions, and, of course, the kind and amounts of food eaten. Most people -- even professional dieticians, according to one study -- tend to underreport their daily calorie intake. However, writing it down is still a good method for increasing a person's awareness of eating patterns. (One patient said that recording circumstances surrounding relapses was a particularly valuable guide for understanding the stresses leading to her own eating behaviors.)
The patient reviews the diary with a therapist or group to set realistic goals and identify patterns that the patient can change. For instance, if food is normally eaten while watching television, then the patient may be advised to eat in another room instead.
Good eating habits are reinforced by rewards. These rewards are other pleasures that substitute the high calorie consumption and sedentary activities.

Behavioral modification has been shown to be helpful particularly for people who have an overly strong response to the taste, smell, and appearance of food. It also may be useful for binge eaters.

Stress-Reduction Techniques. Stress reduction and relaxation techniques may be helpful for some people with obesity, such as those whose weight is related to night-eating syndrome. [See In-Depth Report #31: Stress.]

Changing Sedentary Habits. Making even small changes in physical activity can expend energy. For example, simply getting up to turn the TV on and off instead of using the remote, and standing (instead of sitting) while talking on the phone may help a person lose up to five pounds a year. Other suggestions include cooking one's own food (instead of eating take-out or fast food), walking to as many places as possible, using stairs instead of escalators or elevators, and gardening. Even fidgeting may be helpful in keeping pounds off, and, in one study, chewing gum increased energy expenditure.

No one should rely on such mild activities, however, for serious weight loss. Only high levels of physical activity -- not just using up energy -- help prevent obesity.

Approach to Exercise. Exercise, which replaces fat with muscle, is the critical companion for any weight control program. In a one-year study, women who regularly averaged 3.5 days (176 minutes) of exercise each week lost significantly more weight than women who did not exercise regularly. Women who exercised more than 195 minutes a week lost nearly 7% of their abdominal fat.

People who exercise are more apt to stay on a diet plan. Exercise improves psychological well-being and replaces sedentary habits that usually lead to snacking. Exercise may even act as a mild appetite suppressant. Moreover, exercise improves overall health even with modest weight loss. In support of this, a British study found that overweight fit individuals had half the death rate of unfit trim individuals.

Be aware, however, that the pounds won't melt off magically. Losing significant weight requires both intensive exercise and calorie restriction. In addition, if a person exercises but doesn't diet, any actual pounds lost may be minimal, because denser and heavier muscle mass replaces fat. Nonetheless, regardless of weight loss, a fit body will look more toned and be healthier. In addition, exercise benefits the heart even with modest weight loss.

The following are some suggestions and observations on exercise and weight loss:

The more strenuous the exercise, the better the chances for short-term and long-term success. With intense exercise, the metabolism continues to burn calories before returning to its resting level. This state of elevated metabolism can last for as little as a few minutes after light exercise to as long as several hours after prolonged or heavy exercise.
Of the standard aerobic machines, the treadmill burns the most calories. It may be particularly effective when used in short multiple bouts during the day. In fact, frequent exercise sessions as short as 10 minutes in duration (about four times a day) may be the most successful exercise program for obese people.
Resistance, or strength, training is excellent for replacing fat with muscles. It should be performed two or three times a week.
As people slim down, their initial level of physical activity becomes easier and they burn fewer calories per mile of walking or jogging. The rate of weight loss slows down, sometimes discouragingly so, after an initial dramatic head start using diet and exercise combinations. People should be aware of this phenomenon and keep adding to their daily exercise program.
As people age, they also need to exercise more to keep off the same amount of weight.
Changes in fat and muscle distribution may differ between men and women as they exercise. Men tend to lose abdominal fat (which lowers their risk for heart disease faster than reducing general body fat). Exercise, however, does not appear to have the same effect on weight distribution in women. In one interesting study, women in aerobic and strength training programs lost fat in their arms and trunk, but did not gain muscle tissue in these regions.

Warning Note. Because obesity is one of the risk factors for heart disease and diabetes, anyone who is overweight must discuss their exercise program with a doctor before starting. Sudden demanding exercise, in such cases, can be very dangerous. [See In-Depth Report #29: Exercise.]

Medications

There are several different drugs used for weight loss. Unless specifically instructed by a doctor, people should use non-drug methods for losing weight. Except under rare circumstances, pregnant or nursing women should never take diet medications of any sort, including herbal and over-the-counter remedies.

A 2001 study reported that 7% of American adults use nonprescription weight-loss products. People must be cautious when using any weight-loss medications, including over-the counter diet pills and herbal or so-called natural remedies. Buying unverified products over the Internet can be particularly dangerous.

Green tea. Perhaps the best alternative advice for people who are overweight is to drink tea. Studies have indicated that regular tea drinking is associated with lower weight, particularly in people who drink it for years. Green tea specifically has been associated with increased energy expenditure. One study reported that people who took a green tea extract (Exolise) lost weight and reduced their waist size. Better evidence is needed to confirm the results on this supplement.

Thermogenic Approach to Weight Loss. An approach to weight loss called thermogenic (also hepatothermic) therapy is based on the idea that certain natural compounds have properties that enable the liver to increase energy in the cells and stimulate the metabolism. Theoretically, the result would be fat loss. Among the natural substances used in such products are EPA-rich fish oil, sesamin, hydroxycitrate, pantethine, L-carnitine, pyruvate, aloe vera, aspartate, chromium, coenzyme Q10, green tea polyphenols, aloe vera, DHEA derivatives, cilostazol, diazoxide, and fibrate drugs.

Nearly all the current over-the-counter dietary aids contain some combination of these ingredients. There is no evidence that any of these ingredients can produce weight loss, and some may even have harmful effects.

Chromium is a common ingredient in many diet supplements (e.g., Xenadrine, Dexatrim, Acutrim Natural, Twinlab Diet Fuel). It is claimed to specifically promote fat loss, rather than lean muscle loss. Some evidence suggests that niacin-bound chromium may improve insulin sensitivity. On the negative side, animal studies have suggested that chromium may have damaging effects on genetic materials in cells. This could cause sterility.

Ephedra, Ephedrine, and Ma Huang. The FDA does not allow the sale of drugs that contain ephedrine. In May 2004, the FDA banned the sale of dietary supplements that contain ephedra (also called Ma Huang). Ephedra has been linked to serious side effects, including strokes and heart attacks.

Brazilian Diet Pill. The US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is warning consumers not to buy a product known as the "Brazilian diet pill." This product is labeled as a dietary supplement, but contains several chemicals found in powerful prescription drugs. The products are also known as Emagrece Sim and Herbathin dietary supplements.

Conjugated Linoleic Acid (CLA). Conjugated linoleic acid is found in many dietary products (e.g., Biosculpt Liquid, Body Success, GNC Optibolic Body Answers Dietary Formula). There is no evidence that it produces weight loss. Furthermore, there is some concern that CLA might increase insulin resistance and a dangerous inflammatory response in people with obesity.

Tiratricol. Over-the-counter products containing tiratricol, a thyroid hormone, have been sold for weight loss. Such products may increase the risk for thyroid disorders, heart attack, and stroke.

Laxative Actions in Natural Substances. Many dietary herbal teas contain laxatives, which can cause gastrointestinal distress, and, if overused, may lead to chronic pain, constipation, and dependency. In rare cases, dehydration and death have occurred. Some laxative substances found in teas include senna, aloe, buckthorn, rhubarb root, cascara, and castor oil.

Guar Gum. Some fiber supplements containing guar gum have also caused obstruction of the gastrointestinal tract.

Chitosan. Chitosan, a dietary fiber from shellfish, prevents a small amount of fat from being absorbed in the intestine. Well-conducted studies, however, have not found it to be effective. Products containing it include Cheat & Lean Fat Blocker, Natrol, Chroma Slim, and Enforma. People who are allergic to shellfish should not take these supplements.

Plantain. Dietary remedies that list the ingredient plantain may contain digitalis, a powerful chemical that affects the heart. NOTE: This substance should not be confused with the harmless banana-like plant also called plantain.

Orlistat (Xenical) can help about one-third of obese patients with modest weight loss, and can assist in long-term maintenance of weight loss. It works by slowing the absorption of fat (by about 30%) in the intestine. Studies indicate that between 50 - 80% of patients can achieve weight loss of 5% or greater, depending on other lifestyle changes. However, many people regain a significant portion of this weight back within 2 years. It does not work for all patients, however. In one survey of patients who took it, 10% gained weight or did not lose any, and 43% lost less than 5%. Nevertheless, orlistat may delay or even prevent the onset or progression of diabetes and improve cholesterol levels, regardless of weight loss.

The drug can cause gastrointestinal problems and may interfere with absorption of the fat-soluble vitamins A, D, and E and other important nutrients. The most unpleasant side effect is oily leakage of feces from the anus. Restricting fats can reduce this effect. People with bowel disease should probably avoid it. In spite of these side effects, most patients are able to tolerate this agent.

In February 2007, the FDA approved an over-the-counter (OTC) version of orlistat. It will be sold under the name alli, and will be available at half the prescription strength of Xenical. Those eager to use the new pill should consider its cost and modest benefits compared with its side effects, most commonly oily diarrhea. This pill, which prevents fat absorption from food, also increases the risk of not absorbing important nutrients from food while using it. The FDA recommends taking a daily multivitamin supplement when using alli.

Sibutramine (Meridia) helps balance the brain chemicals serotonin and norepinephrine. This helps increase metabolism, causes a feeling of fullness, and increases energy levels. It may be particularly useful for binge-eaters. Studies indicate that sibutramine is effective in achieving weight loss, although the weight loss slows considerably after the first 3 months. The drug also appears to improve cholesterol and lipid (fat) levels, and may have other effects that benefit the heart.

Side effects of sibutramine are common. They include dry mouth, constipation, and insomnia. In one study, almost half the patients dropped out as a result of these side effects. There have been reports of increases in heart rate and blood pressure while taking this medication, although a 2001 study indicates that blood pressure stabilizes over time.

At this time, people who have a history of high blood pressure, stroke, heart disease, or arrhythmias should not take this drug. People taking decongestants, bronchodilators (such as for asthma), monoamine oxidase inhibitors, or serotonin reuptake inhibitors should also avoid sibutramine.

Phentermine and Other Sympathomimetics. Sympathomimetics are drugs that act like the stress hormone (and chemical messenger) norepinephrine. These medications act as stimulants in the brain. Some are approved for treating obesity, but only for short-term use. They include:

Phentermine (Ionamin, Adipex-P, Fastin)
Benzphetamine (Didrex)
Phendimetrazine (Adipost, Bontril, Melfiat, Plegine, Prelu-2, Statobex)

Phentermine is the most commonly prescribed appetite suppressant, and is less expensive than orlistat or sibutramine. Its effects are not long lasting, however. It can also raise blood pressure. In addition, phentermine is associated with depression, which is already a problem in many cases of obesity. A combination (Phen-Pro) containing phentermine and the antidepressant fluoxetine (Prozac) is being investigated to help reduce this problem. Note: Neither phentermine nor such combinations are associated with the heart problems linked to the previous phentermine combination known as Fen-Phen (phentermine and fenfluramine).

Amphetamines. The amphetamines dextroamphetamine (Dexedrine), methamphetamine (Desoxyn), and phenmetrazine (Pleudin) are powerful stimulants. They were used most often in the past but are no longer prescribed for weight loss. These drugs improve mood and produce some modest weight loss over the short term, but carry serious risks of addiction, agitation, and insomnia.

Rimonabant. Rimonabant (Accompli) belongs to a new class of drugs called selective CB1 blockers. The drug is designed to block receptors in the brain associated with the regulation of eating. Rimonabant also targets receptors in fat tissue. The Rimonabant in Obesity-Lipids (RIO-Lipids) study looked at how rimonabant affected metabolic risk factors in high-risk overweight or obese patients with blood fat disorders. The study involved more than 1,000 participants. The findings, published in the November 2005 New England Journal of Medicine, said that people who took the drug significantly reduced their body weight and size of their waist.

Earlier studies involving the drug reported that obese patients treated with 20 mg of rimonabant lost significantly more weight and inches from their waist than patients who received placebo. The drug also appeared to have beneficial effects on raising HDL ("good") cholesterol levels.

Note: Fake rimonabant has been found for sale on several web sites. Patients should be aware that this drug is still experimental, and rimonabant is not available for sale. Buying and taking counterfeit drugs can have serious health consequences. In addition, an FDA advisory panel in April 2007 rejected the drug, citing fears it may cause psychiatric problems and seizures in some patients.

Axokine. Axokine is a type of drug called a ciliary neurotrophic factor. It signals the brain to suppress one's appetite. It is proving to be effective in achieving weight loss, and also improves cholesterol, lipid, and glucose levels regardless of food intake. It could be particularly helpful for people with type 2 diabetes. Early study results found that severely obese patient who took the drug lost more weight than those who took a dummy pill (placebo). Nearly half (46%) of patients who took the drug lost at least 10 pounds, compared to 5% of those who received the placebo. Study participants tolerated the drug well. There were no reports of serious side effects.

Zonisamide. Zonisamide (Zonegran) is an anti-seizure medication that is also being investigated for weight loss. In one study, patients who took it lost more weight than those on placebo. Zonisamide increases the risk for kidney stones, which can be reduced with increased fluid intake and citrate. It has also been associated with reduced sweating and a sudden rise in body temperature, especially in hot weather. Other side effects include dizziness, forgetfulness, headache, and nausea.

Topiramate. Topiramate (Topamax) is another anti-seizure medication being investigated for weight reduction. Three clinical trials have reported that patients given topiramate lost more weight than those receiving placebo. Weight loss was sustained for up to 1 year. The drug is also being studied for binge-eating disorders associated with obesity.

Other Treatments

Surgical procedures for obesity may be appropriate for some dangerously obese people, and may reduce heart problems and many of the risks associated with obesity. These risks include high blood pressure, sleep apnea, and diabetes. In fact, some evidence suggests that surgery may provide much greater control of weight and diabetes than nonsurgical weight-loss methods. Studies are reporting significant reductions in diabetes, and the need for diabetic medications, after surgery. Other medical conditions that often improve after surgery include heartburn, arthritis, and other joint and circulation problems.

Bariatric surgeries produce weight loss through one of two approaches:

Restrictive Banding Procedures. These procedures restrict the amount of food by closing off parts of the stomach with bands.
Malabsorptive Bypass Procedures. This approach restricts the amount of food and also reduces absorption by using a bypass of parts of the intestine.

The malabsorptive procedures are more successful in achieving weight loss than the banding approach, but they carry a greater risk for nutritional deficiencies.

Most people who have bariatric surgery lose about two-thirds of excess weight within 2 years. In addition, diseases associated with obesity (such as diabetes, high blood pressure, sleep apnea, joint pain, and incontinence) often improve.

Researchers at the Mayo Clinic looked at records from patients who had the surgery between 1990 and 2003. They found that those who had bariatric surgery reduced their risk of cardiovascular events such as a heart attack much more than those who lost weight without surgery. The findings were published in the September 2005 Mayo Clinic Proceedings.

Other studies have shown that even though most patients maintain significant weight loss, the majority regain about to 10% of their weight. Patients must still develop a healthy life style and be calorie conscious after the operation. Follow-up must be life-long.

Any surgical candidate must have failed consistently in losing weight through less invasive methods. Experts recommend bariatric surgery only for the following:

Those whose BMI is above 40 (about 100 pounds overweight)
Those with BMIs of over 35 who have type 2 diabetes or serious obesity-related medical problems
Those with severe obesity that interfered with employment, normal physical activity (e.g., walking), and important relationship

About a third of people who undergo these procedures achieve normal weight, and 80% experience some weigh loss. They are less successful than the bypass procedures, but carry a lower risk of nutritional deficiencies.

Vertical Banded Gastroplasty. Vertical banded gastroplasty (VBG) was the most common restrictive procedure. It involves creating a hole through both stomach walls and sealing the edges with a staple. This narrows the stomach, similar to a funnel, and allows only small amounts of food to pass through.

Laparoscopic Gastric Banding. Laparoscopic gastric banding (the Lap-Band) usually does not require a major incision and avoids some of the major complications of gastric bypass:

It employs an adjustable silicone band that is placed around the upper part of the stomach.
A small balloon-like reservoir attached to the band under the abdominal skin contains saline, which can be added or removed to tighten or loosen the band.
The procedure restricts the amount of food a person can eat and gives the feeling of fullness.

The band is removable, if necessary. Studies to date indicate that the intestinal tract returns to normal afterward. Studies, including those done in the elderly, have reported significant weight loss and improved quality of life with the procedure.

Malabsorptive procedures produce greater weight loss than restrictive procedures. Patients generally achieve about two-thirds of their weight loss within 2 years. Furthermore, in a 2003 study, after standard bypass surgery, 83% of patients with type 2 diabetes experienced normal blood glucose levels and the rest had significant reductions.

Roux-en-Y Gastric Bypass Procedure. This is the most common and successful malabsorptive surgery in the United States. It involves creating a small stomach pouch that serves as a reservoir and restricts food intake. The pouch eventually holds up to 3 ounces of food and has a small outlet that delays emptying and causes a feeling of fullness. Then the surgeon creates a Y-shaped section in the small intestine that attaches to the pouch. This section allows food to bypass the lower stomach and upper part of the intestine. One 2003 study reported that this procedure was associated with significant weight loss, and 80% of patients with type 2 diabetes were able to reduce their medications. A more recent study, published in the March 14, 2006, issue of Archives of Surgery, found that gastric bypass surgery also helps lower the blood pressure of very obese patients.

The procedure produces greater and more sustained weight loss than banding procedures, but it is also more complicated, and carries a higher risk of nutritional deficiencies. Laparoscopy techniques, which are less invasive, are now preferred over open surgery. They achieve equally good results with fewer complications.

Biliopancreatic Diversion. This procedure is more complicated and removes portions of the stomach. The pouch that is created attaches directly to the lower part of the small intestine. It poses a higher risk for nutritional deficiencies than other procedures and is not used as often.

Click the icon to see an image of gastric bypass surgery.

General Side Effects and Complications. Side effects and complications of bariatric procedures are common, and up to 25% of patients require corrective or repeat procedures. After any of these procedures people must chew all their food carefully, and they cannot eat large amounts of food at one time. If patients do not follow these guidelines, they will experience nausea, abdominal distress, or both.

Complications from any bariatric procedure includes the following:

Vomiting: This is the most common complication, and it is most common with banding procedures.
Nutritional deficiencies: There is a strong risk of nutritional deficiencies, particularly with malabsorptive operations. This complication can lead to anemia and increase the risk of bone loss and osteoporosis. Taking enough mineral and vitamin supplements is important after bariatric surgery.
Deep-vein thrombosis: There is a significant risk for deep-vein thrombosis (blood clots in the veins).
Abdominal hernia: This is another common complication. Newer, laparoscopic techniques do not carry this risk, but not all individuals are candidates for this less-invasive approach.
Rapid weight loss after surgery: This complication puts people at high risk for gallstones.
Women who wish to be pregnant should wait until their weight has stabilized. Rapid weight loss and nutritional deficiencies can harm the fetus.

People at highest risk for complications are those with heart or lung problems, severe obesity, and a history of abdominal surgeries. The mortality rate from bariatric surgeries is 0.2%, which is lower than the morality rates from severe obesity itself. Other surgical variations and less invasive techniques using laparoscopy have been developed.

Specific Complications of Restrictive Banding Procedures. Nausea, vomiting, or both occurs in half the patients, and severe heartburn occurs in a third. Device-related complications include band slippage, pouch dilation (widening), or both in nearly a quarter of patients, and obstruction in 12% of patients. Very serious complications are rare, but include blood clots, bleeding, infection, pneumonia, and perforation (tearing) of the stomach.

Specific Complications of Malabsorptive Bypass Procedures. Vomiting often occurs. Nutritional deficiencies occur more often in these procedures. The so-called dumping syndrome is a common unpleasant side effect, which occurs when food waste moves too quickly through the intestine. Symptoms include nausea, weakness, sweating, and faintness (particularly after eating sweets).

Spot Exercising. Anyone seeking to lose weight must expect that the results may not be as cosmetically satisfying as one would wish. Spot exercising (training particular areas of the body) is ineffective in reducing fat in specific locations because exercise draws on fat stores throughout the body. Gimmicky devices such as bust developers, vacuum pants, and exercise belts do absolutely nothing to reduce fat or add bulk in specific locations. Electrical pads wrapped around the waist, arms, or thighs were reported to cause burns and fires.

Cellulite-Removal Creams. Many women try to reduce fat in their thighs (cellulite) with creams that contain aminophylline (Skinny Dip, Thermojetics Body Toning Cream, Smooth Contours). Studies provide no evidence that these creams are effective. Their apparent effect on fat may simply be from narrowing blood vessels and forcing water from the skin, which could be dangerous for people with blood flow problems.

Endermologie. Endermologie uses motorized rollers and regulated suction to smooth out cellulite. In one study, about 28.6% of patients reported improved appearance after using it.

Liposuction. Liposuction eliminates fat in specific areas, such as the abdomen, thighs, buttocks, or knees. Special instruments are inserted through the skin into the pockets and suction is used to move the fat, break it up, and remove it. Small tubes may be used to drain blood and fluid during the first few days. The pain after the operation can be severe and often the skin does not contract, resulting in a flabby look. Complications can include burns from the vibrators, bruising, blood clots, and bleeding. Weight gain generally tends to develop in other locations after the operation. Some doctors are using this procedure in overweight people with diabetes to remove abdominal fat. Although there is no proof that it has an effect on diabetes, some experts believe the procedure deserves attention.

Liposuction is not recommended for major weight loss.

Resources

www.healthierus.gov/dietaryguidelines -- Dietary Guidelines for Americans 2005
www.naaso.org -- North American Association for the Study of Obesity
www.eatright.org -- American Dietetic Association
www.nutrition.gov. -- Nutrition.gov
www.asbs.org -- American Society for Bariatric Surgery
www.cnpp.usda.gov -- Center for Nutrition Policy and Promotion
http://fnic.nal.usda.gov -- Food and Nutrition Information Center
www.americanheart.org -- American Heart Association
www.nationaleatingdisorders.org -- National Eating Disorders Organization
www.aabt.org -- Association for Advancement of Behavior Therapy
www.fda.gov -- Food and Drug Administration
http://win.niddk.nih.gov -- Weight-Control Information Network

References

US Food and Drug Administration FDA Approves Orlistat for Over-the-Counter Use. Rockville, MD: National Press Office; February 7, 2007.

Ogden CL, Carroll MD, Curtin LR, McDowell MA, Tabak CJ, Flegal KM. Prevalence of overweight and obesity in the United States, 1999-2004. Journal of the American Medical Association. 2006; 295:1549-1555.

National Center for Health Statistics. Chartbook on Trends in the Health of Americans. Health, United States, 2005. Hyattsville, MD: Public Health Service. 2005

National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases - Weight-control Information Network. Statistics Related to Overweight and Obesity. Available online.

National Center for Health Statistics. Prevalence of Overweight Among Children and Adolescents: United States, 2003-2004.

Morino M, Toppino M, Bonnet G, Rosa R, et al. Laparoscopic vertical banded gastroplasty for morbid obesity. Assessment of efficacy. Surg Endosc. 2002 Nov;16(11):1566-72.

Brethauer SA, Schauer PR, Chand B. Risks and benefits of bariatric surgery: Current evidence. Cleveland Clinic Journal Of Medicine. 2006 Nov; 73(11): 993-1007.

Rosenthal RJ, Szomstein S, Kennedy CI, et al. Laparoscopic surgery for morbid obesity: 1,001 consecutive bariatric operations performed at The Bariatric Institute, Cleveland Clinic Florida. Obes Surg. 2006 Feb;16(2):119-24.

He K, Liu K, Daviglus ML, et al. Magnesium Intake and Incidence of Metabolic Syndrome Among Young Adults. Circulation. 2006: Published online before print. March 27, 2006.

Chen TY, Smith W, Rosenstock JL, Lessnau KD. A life-threatening complication of Atkins diet. Lancet. 2006 Mar 18;367(9514):958.

Lopez-Jimenez F, Bhatia S, Collazo-Clavell ML, Sarr MG, Somers VK. Safety and efficacy of bariatric surgery in patients with coronary artery disease. Mayo Clin Proc. 2005 Sep;80(9):1157-62.

Sidhaye A, Cheskin LJ. Pharmacologic treatment of obesity. Adv Psychosom Med. 2006;27:42-52.

Fernstrom JD, Courcoulas AP, Houck PR, Fernstrom MH. Long-term changes in blood pressure in extremely obese patients who have undergone bariatric surgery. Arch Surg. 2006 Mar;141(3):276-83.

Despres JP, Golay A, Sjostrom L; Rimonabant in Obesity-Lipids Study Group. Effects of rimonabant on metabolic risk factors in overweight patients with dyslipidemia. N Engl J Med. 2005 Nov 17;353(20):2121-34.

Lanningham-Foster L, Nysse LJ, Levine JA. Labor saved, calories lost: the energetic impact of domestic labor-saving devices. Obes Res. 2003 Oct;11(10):1178-81.

Review Date:
6/14/2007
Reviewed By:
A.D.A.M. Editorial Team: Greg Juhn, M.T.P.W., David R. Eltz, Kelli A. Stacy. Previously reviewed by Harvey Simon, MD, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital (4/30/2007).

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Multiple sclerosis

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:12 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
The Autoimmune Disease Proc...
Symptoms
Causes
Risk Factors
Complications
Diagnosis
Treatment
Drug Treatment
Other Treatments
Treating the Complications...
Lifestyle Changes
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Gender and Multiple Sclerosis (MS)

MS is increasingly affecting women, according to research presented at the 2007 annual conference of the American Academy of Neurology. Researchers found that in the 1940s, women were twice as likely as men to be diagnosed with MS. By 2000, women were about four times more likely than men to develop MS. Experts are uncertain why this ratio is growing.

Family History

If MS runs in your family, there’s a chance you may develop the disease at the same age that other family members did, suggests a 2007 Neurology study. However, family history does not predict disease course or severity.

Vitamin D

Higher blood levels of vitamin D may reduce the risk for MS, at least among Caucasians, indicates a 2007 study in the Journal of the American Medical Association. (The researchers found no protective effect for African-Americans or Hispanics.) However, until further research is conducted, doctors do not recommend taking vitamin D supplements for MS prevention.

Infections and Symptom Relapse

Both viral and bacterial systemic infections can trigger relapses, according to a study in Neurology. Researchers found that relapses and new brain lesions appeared within 2 weeks after an infection.

Drug Research

Natalizumab (Tysabri) may help reduce vision loss in patients with relapse-remitting MS, indicates a 2007 Neurology study. In 2006, the FDA enforced safety restrictions on the use of this drug due to cases of progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy (PML), a rare brain disorder. Since the restrictions were put in place, no new cases of PML have been reported.
Glatiramer acetate (Copaxone) shows little benefit for primary progressive MS, according to a 2007 study in Annals of Neurology.
Testosterone gel may help men with relapse-remitting MS, suggests a small study published in 2007 in the Archives of Neurology.

Introduction

Multiple sclerosis (MS) is a disease of the central nervous system (CNS), the nerves that comprise the brain and spinal cord. It has two major features:

Destruction of myelin, a fatty insulation covering the nerve fibers, is the main characteristic of MS. The end results of this process, called demyelination, are multiple patches of hard, scarred tissue called plaques. (Multiple sclerosis is well named. Sclerosis comes from the Greek word skleros, which means hard.)
Destruction of axons, the long filaments that carry electric impulses away from a nerve cell, is also a major factor in the permanent disability that occurs with MS.

Myelin is the layer that forms around nerves. Its purpose is to speed the transmission of impulses along nerve cells.

The symptoms, severity, and course of MS vary widely depending partly on the sites of the plaques and the extent of the demyelination. Experts generally group multiple sclerosis into two major symptom categories:

Relapsing-remitting
Chronic-progressive

Chronic-progressive MS is often subcategorized as primary-progressive, secondary-progressive, and progressive-relapsing.

Recent evidence suggests that the disease process starts long before symptoms begin. By the time symptoms appear, there are often already signs of brain and spinal cord atrophy. The cause of MS is unknown, and it cannot be prevented or cured. It is not fatal, however, and great progress is being made in treating it and identifying underlying mechanisms that trigger this disease.

Relapsing-remitting multiple sclerosis generally occurs in younger people and is the most common form of MS. It generally follows this course:

Most patients first experience a single attack of symptoms called a clinical isolated syndrome, which typically occurs between the ages of 20 - 40 years. Once a second attack occurs, the patient is considered to have relapsing-remitting multiple sclerosis.
The characteristic feature of relapsing-remitting MS is the attack (also referred to as relapse, flare-up, or exacerbation), which is a bout of specifically MS symptoms (facial pain, Lhermitte’s sign, or bladder instability) that lasts at least 24 hours and typically several days. Such attacks are fairly mild in about half of patients with this form of MS.
The disease then goes into remission (when symptoms improve or disappear), usually for about 4 - 8 weeks. To be considered in remission, attacks need to be separated by at least 30 days. Remission periods may be spontaneous or induced by immunosuppressive drugs. A person with multiple sclerosis in remission may have subtle attacks and not realize it. For example, hands may be a little numb for a few days, or there may be slight awkwardness in gait or coordination.
Remissions are almost always followed by relapses, in which symptoms flare-up or the patient experiences a period of deteriorating ability.

About 20% of patients with relapsing-remitting MS experience little or no progression after a first attack for long periods of time, although by 25 years most patients have converted to a progressive phase.

The term chronic-progressive multiple sclerosis is used to describe cases in which symptoms continue to worsen slowly without remission. About 20% of multiple sclerosis patients (usually those whose first symptoms occur after age 45) have the chronic-progressive form without first developing relapsing-remitting MS. Chronic-progressive MS generally follows a downhill course, but its severity varies widely. Three variants are commonly used to define this patient group:

Secondary-Progressive MS (SPMS). SPMS is the natural evolution of relapsing-remitting MS and develops in about half of patients during the first 10 years and nearly all of them within 25 years. It follows a progressive course of nerve and muscle deterioration with occasional acute flare-ups, remissions, and plateaus.
Primary-Progressive MS (PPMS). PPMS progresses continuously and gradually from the first onset of symptoms and has no remissions. It occasionally levels off, and minor improvement is even possible. This occurs in about 10% of patients, who tend to be older than average at the time of diagnosis.
Progressive-Relapsing MS (PRMS). PRMS is progressive from the start with acute symptom flare-ups, but may have some relapses with continued deterioration between them. It occurs in less than 5% of patients.

Because the natural courses of primary-progressive and progressive-relapsing MS are similar, some experts believe this distinction is unnecessary.

Click the icon to see an image depicting multiple sclerosis.

The Autoimmune Disease Process

Multiple sclerosis is referred to as an autoimmune disease. The general theory for the development of MS is that a genetically damaged immune system is unable to distinguish between virus proteins and the body’s own myelin and so produces antibodies that attack. In other words, the body becomes allergic to itself, a condition known as autoimmunity.

Autoimmunity may develop when the body's immune system is damaged by genetic or environmental factors or both, causing it to attack its own tissues. In the case of MS, the immune system attacks the tissues that make up myelin:

Myelin is made from layers of cell membranes that are produced in the brain and spinal cord by specialized cells called oligodendrocytes. The destruction of this myelin sheath during the disease process is the hallmark for multiple sclerosis.
The myelin coat is distributed in segments along the axons, the long filaments that carry electric impulses away from a nerve cell.
The segments are separated from each other by tiny clusters called nodes of Ranvier, which house channels for sodium ions. These sodium ions are important for boosting the electrical charge required to pass signals from one nerve to another.
As the myelin insulation is destroyed, signals transmitted from nerve cell to nerve cell throughout the central nervous system are disrupted.
Experts once believed that axons themselves were spared during the disease process. Research, however, has shown that many are severed in MS and, in fact, axon destruction appears to start at an early stage in the disease and may be a major cause of its irreversibility.

The body often makes corrective actions to offset the effects of the nerve cell destruction:

For example, researchers have observed an increase in the density of the sodium channels, which carry electric charges. By increasing their numbers, the nerve cells can continue to communicate, in spite of the loss of myelin.
The nerves also retain some capacity to remyelinate (to restore the insulating myelin).

Such processes are probably responsible for the remissions that most patients experience. Unfortunately, the disease process nearly always eventually outpaces these corrective actions.

The Normal Immune Response.

The most important critical immune factors in the disease process are white blood cells called lymphocytes, which consist of T cells and B cells. These cells are the warriors in the immune defense system.
Receptors on T cells acquire the ability to recognize specific molecules called antigens. Antigens are typically proteins from infecting organisms, such as bacteria or viruses, and perceived as a threat to the body.
Once the antigen is identified, specific T cells, called helper T cells, trigger the B cells to release antibodies. These molecules are designed to attach to and destroy the targeted antigen.

Autoimmunity.

Multiple sclerosis, and probably all autoimmune diseases, involves an error in the education of T cells, which makes them unable to distinguish self from non-self.
In multiple sclerosis, the miseducated T cells mistake molecules in the body's own myelin as a foreign antigen. Such targets are referred to as self-antigens.
In response to detection of these self-antigens, the T cells set off the usual cascading immune events, including the release of B lymphocytes, to rid the body of the perceived threat.
The B lymphocytes fire off antibodies as usual, but in this case they are referred to as autoantibodies, because they are attacking antigens that belong to the body's own self.
In MS, the immune system is tricked into targeting self-antigens that are myelin proteins, the fatty insulation covering the nerve fibers. Another autoantibody target may be the oligodendrocytes themselves -- the specialized cells that make up myelin.
To make matters worse, the process perpetuates through a cascading series of events in which the B cells and T cells continue to interact, creating numerous different self-antigens. The attacks continue and, in the process, the original self-antigen is unrecognizable.

Cytokines and the Inflammatory Response. The inflammatory response is the product of an overactive immune system and is a major destructive force in an autoimmune disease.

Once the lymphocytes have launched a response to an antigen, they also release masses of other white blood cells to gather at the injured or infected site.
The major players in this response are white blood cells called leukocytes. Researchers are particularly interested in leukocytes called cytokines. These are small powerful proteins that, in tiny amounts, are indispensable for healing. When they are overproduced, however, which occurs in MS, they play a major role in the destructive process.
Their intensive convergence on the affected area causes it to become inflamed and injurious to the very cells they are designed to protect. Under normal conditions, this inflammatory process is controlled and self-limiting, but in people with autoimmune diseases such as multiple sclerosis, the process persists and damage occurs in the surrounding tissues.

Important cytokines in MS appear to be tumor necrosis factors, interleukin-12, and interferon-gamma. Other cytokines, including interleukin-10 and transforming growth factor beta, may play a protective role and help block inflammatory activity.

The inflammatory response may trigger the disease, but afterward a progressive course takes over that does not appear to be related to inflammation. Experts have found that destruction of axons, the long filaments that carry electric impulses away from a nerve cell, is a major feature of multiple sclerosis. In fact, it may be the major cause of permanent disability that occurs with this disease. Microscopic studies reveal that axons are injured early on as "bystanders" while myelin is being peeled off. As the disease progresses, these weakened and exposed axons degenerate further. Most of the damage occurs early in the disease process and decreases over time, although some destruction can still be observed years and decades afterward. Such evidence is having significant effect on approaches to treatment and research.

Symptoms

Most patients first experience multiple sclerosis as a single attack of symptoms called a clinical isolated syndrome, which typically occurs between the ages of 20 - 40 years. Once a second attack occurs, the patient is considered to have relapsing-remitting multiple sclerosis. Much less commonly, the disease is progressive from the start and symptoms are more or less continuous.

Early symptoms may include the following:

Optic neuritis and other problems in the eye. Optic neuritis, which is inflammation of the nerves in the eye, affects over 50% of patients and is the first symptom in about 16% of patients. Symptoms include unclear or doubled vision, usually in one eye. Some people see a shimmering effect. Patients may also experience pain or involuntary jerking or movement of the eye (called nystagmus). In 20% of people with this condition, MS develops within 2 years after the onset. In 45 - 80%, MS develops within 15 years. About 17% of people eventually experience impaired eye movement.
Fatigue. Fatigue is typically worse in the afternoon and may be accompanied by an increase in body temperature. At the onset, this occurs in about 20% of patients, but as the disease progresses, this is a significant symptom in nearly all patients.
Changes in sensations in the arms and legs. Patients can experience heaviness, weakness, or clumsiness in the limbs. Tingling or loss of sensations can also occur, most commonly in the legs. The first symptoms for patients with primary progressive MS often develop slowly in the upper legs.
Muscle weakness in the legs and poor coordination.
Lhermitte’s sign. This is an electrical sensation that runs down the back and into the legs, which is produced by bending the neck forward.
Spasticity. Spasticity is the inability to control muscle tone and leads to spasms and stiffness. It is very common in MS.
Disturbances in the bladder.

In addition to the persistence of early symptoms, some patients experience the following symptoms as the disease progresses:

Imbalance and dizziness.
Tremors.
Facial pain.
Spasm-related symptoms. They include burning, itching, aching, quivering sensations. They usually occur in the extremities and last seconds to minutes.
Speech difficulties.
Difficulty swallowing.
Symptoms in the gastrointestinal, urinary, and genital tracts. Possible sexual dysfunction and loss of bowel and bladder control in severe cases.
Emotional mood swings. Depression is very common. About 10% of patients suffer from psychosis (manic depression and paranoia). About 5% of patients with severe MS experience uncontrolled and extreme mood swings called the laughing/weeping syndrome.
Problems in concentration and memory.
Hearing loss.

Infections. Viral infections have long been known to worsen MS symptoms. An important 2006 study indicated that bacterial infections can also trigger MS relapses. In the study, relapses appeared within 2 weeks of a viral or bacterial infection.

Heat. Heat, whether generated by ambient temperature, infection, or physical activity, worsens MS symptoms in about 60% of patients.

Stress. There is a strong correlation between severe stress and exacerbation of MS symptoms. For example, in one study, 85% of instances of MS exacerbations were associated with stressful events that occurred within an average of 14 days before the episode. Stress is not a cause of MS, however.

Trauma. Some experts believe that injury (trauma) to the head, neck, or upper back may trigger new or recurrent symptoms by disrupting the blood-brain barrier and allowing immunological attacks on the brain. This is a highly controversial theory, however, with very little supporting evidence.

Causes

The cause, or causes, of multiple sclerosis remains a mystery. Genetic factors certainly play a role in MS. No single gene, however, is likely to be responsible for causing MS. Rather, the current theory is that the disease occurs in people with a genetic susceptibility who are exposed to some environmental assault (a virus or a toxin) that disrupts the blood-brain barrier. Immune factors converge in the nerve cells and trigger inflammation and an autoimmune attack (a self-attack) on myelin and axons. Still, a number of disease patterns have been observed in patients, and some experts believe that MS may prove to be not a single disorder, but may represent several diseases with different causes.

Some research suggests that all autoimmune diseases are basically due to the same genetic error. A 2001 study found, for example, that the T cell immune factors in type 1 diabetes target the same self-antigens as in multiple sclerosis (MS). Many questions are unanswered, however. It is not known why the diseases develop in different locations to cause separate disorders. Nor, why some autoimmune events occur in everyone but not everyone develops an autoimmune disease.

Genetic factors probably play some role in making a person susceptible to the disease process leading to multiple sclerosis. In particular, abnormalities in the human leukocyte antigen (HLA) region located on chromosome 6 appear to be more prevalent among people with MS. Researchers theorize, however, that a combination of genes (not a single gene) is implicated in the development of MS, and the risk for someone inheriting all of these genetic factors is less than 5%. Advanced techniques called microarray technologies are now making it possible to scan hundreds of genes and identify those most likely to be contributors to MS. Genetic research may also pave the way for the development of new drugs to treat this disease. For example, researchers have recently identified the Olig1 gene as a key regulator in repairing damaged myelin-producing cells.

Infectious organisms, most likely viruses, are the top suspects for triggering the autoimmune response in people genetically susceptible to MS. There are a number of reasons for this belief:

The geographical distribution of the disease. The number of MS cases increases the further one gets from the equator in either direction.
Multiple sclerosis clusters. Four separate clusters of multiple sclerosis outbreaks occurred between 1943 - 1989 in the Faroe Islands, located between Iceland and Scandinavia. During World War II, this region was occupied by British troops. The incidence of MS increased each year for 20 years after the war, leading some researchers to think that the troops might have brought with them some disease-causing organism. In fact, one theory suggests that these findings offer evidence that MS is a sexually transmitted infection that occurs during adolescence. For example, the disease clusters observed in the Faroe Islands could be related to high sexual activity between the troops and local young women. A high incidence of MS is found in countries with a high degree of sexual permissiveness. MS is very rare in traditional cultures, but increases in people from these regions when they immigrate to industrialized Western nations.
Viral similarity to myelin. Some viruses are strikingly similar to the myelin protein and may therefore cause confusion in the immune system, causing the T cells to continue to attack their own protein rather than the viral antigen. More than one antigen may be involved; some may trigger the disease, and others may keep the process going.

Infectious Organisms Under Suspicion. Although many infectious microorganisms have been investigated, no one organism has emerged as a proven trigger. It is possible that different patients may be affected by different organisms, and that infections cause some, but not all, cases of MS. Organisms that are at the top of the suspect list are those that can affect the central nervous system. The following are three primary suspects:

HHV-6. Herpesvirus 6 (a form of herpesvirus that causes roseola, a benign disease in children) is also known to cause encephalitis (brain inflammation) in patients with impaired immune systems. A number of studies have reported higher than normal rates of HHV-6 infection in patients, and some experts believe that may be important in MS. Other experts argue, however, that nearly everyone harbors this virus and there is still no evidence of a causal relationship. Other herpes viruses can also infect brain cells. They include herpes simplex 1 and 2 (the causes of oral and genital herpes), varicella-zoster virus (the cause of chicken pox and shingles), and cytomegalovirus.
Epstein-Barr virus (EBV). Evidence suggests an association between EBV, the cause of mononucleosis, and MS. EBV is an extremely common virus and another member of the herpes virus family. Nearly all people have been exposed to EBV. However, researchers have discovered that people who are especially sensitive to the virus and have unusually high levels of EBV antibodies may have a greater risk of developing MS. Scientists are still uncertain if EBV is a cause of MS. EBV has also been linked to other autoimmune diseases such as lupus.
Chlamydia Pneumoniae. This atypical bacterium has been associated with persistent inflammation. A few studies have reported significantly higher rates of previous Chlamydia infection in patients with MS than in individuals without MS. An important group of 2000 studies reported no connection at all between Chlamydia and MS, and any experts now believe there is no strong evidence linking the microbe to MS. It is still possible, however, that the infection, which can cause widespread inflammation, plays a role early in the course of the disease in some individuals.

Other viruses that have been investigated include measles virus, adenovirus, and the retroviruses (HIV, HTLV-I, and HTLV-II), but none have emerged as having any importance.

Note on Vaccinations: Concerns about a link between the hepatitis B vaccine and MS led France to halt a major vaccination program in 1998. Subsequent research investigating whether the hepatitis B vaccine is indeed associated with an increased risk of MS has yielded mixed results. It appears that the vaccine would be, at most, a contributing -- but not the sole -- factor in MS development. At present, the evidence has not warranted any change in American immunization policies. Research has ruled out a link between any other vaccinations, such as or influenza or tetanus, and relapses of MS.

Risk Factors

An estimated 400,000 Americans and 2.5 million people worldwide suffer from MS.

Age. Onset occurs between the ages of 20 - 40 years in 70% of patients with the average age being 30 and the peak incidence occurring in the mid-twenties. The disease can still occur in both younger and older individuals. It rarely develops before age 15 or after age 60, however.

Gender. MS is more common among women than men. The gender gap is strongest among people who develop MS at a younger age. According to research presented at the 2007 American Academy of Neurology annual conference, the ratio between women to men has been growing. Researchers found that in the 1940s, the ratio of women to men with MS was 2 to 1. By 2000, the ratio had grown to 4 to 1. However, some research indicates that men may be more disabled by the disease than women.

Ethnicity. Multiple sclerosis occurs worldwide but is most common in Caucasian people of northern European origin, especially those of Scottish descent. It is extremely rare among Asians, Africans, and Native Americans. Specific groups (gypsies, Eskimos, Bantus) have never reported a case. While the risk of MS for African-Americans is around half of that for Caucasians, a recent study suggested that African-Americans are more likely to develop a more aggressive form of the disease and to suffer impaired mobility.

Geography. The risk for MS is higher in different regions of the world. In general, MS is more prevalent in temperate regions than in the tropics. Specifically, prevalence is highest in northern and central Europe (except northern Scandinavia), Italy, southern Australia, and northern regions of North America. Middle-risk areas include southern Europe (except Italy), southern US, northern Australia, and northern Scandinavia. Low-risk areas include parts of Africa and Asia, the Caribbean, Mexico, and possibly northern South America. It is unclear whether this pattern is attributable to environmental factors, genetics, or both.

Family History. A family history of the disease also puts people at risk for MS, although the risk for someone inheriting all the genetic factors contributing to MS is only about 2 - 4%. A 2007 study indicated that family members who have MS tend to develop the disease at around the same age. However, family history does not predict whether one family member will experience the same disease severity as another family member.

Cow's Milk During Early Infancy. Breast milk contains factors that may help regulate the immune response, and there is some evidence that infants fed only on cow's milk may have a higher risk for either diabetes type 1 (another type of autoimmune disease) or multiple sclerosis later in life. Studies on national differences in diabetes suggest that the risk may vary with different milk proteins, suggesting that not all cow's milk is the same and that some proteins carry higher risks than others.

The Hygiene Theory: Early Infections as Protection Against Allergies and Autoimmune Diseases. Over the past decades, there has been a dramatic increase in asthma, allergies, and autoimmune diseases, such as multiple sclerosis, Crohn's disease, and type 1 diabetes. One theory blames this rise on the reductions in childhood infections that have occurred with modern hygiene and antibiotic use. Studies supporting this have observed a higher incidence of allergies and autoimmune diseases, including MS, among populations with good hygiene and in animals that have been raised in a germ-free environment. The basic theory rests on the idea that early infections stimulate production of specific immune factors that protect against allergies and autoimmune diseases. The exact mechanisms of these effects are as yet unknown.

Vitamin D. Higher blood levels of vitamin D have been associated with a lower risk for MS, at least among Caucasians. (Studies have not shown that vitamin D has a protective effect for other racial groups.) However, there is not yet enough evidence to indicate that taking vitamin D supplements can help prevent MS.

Exposure to Sunlight. In a 2003 study, higher exposure to sunlight during childhood and early adolescence was associated with a lower risk for MS, perhaps because UV radiation produces higher levels of vitamin D, which has been associated with protection against MS. The effect of sunlight during winter seemed to be more protective than summer light. Unfortunately, higher exposure to sunlight also coincides with a higher risk for skin cancer, which is far more common than MS.

Estrogen and Oral Contraceptives. Higher estrogen levels may temporarily lower the risk of developing multiple sclerosis. Studies indicate that oral contraceptives (which contain estrogen) and pregnancy delay the onset of multiple sclerosis. The risk for a first clinical attack increases, however, in the 6 months after a woman gives birth.

Complications

Multiple sclerosis is not a fatal disease. Some data suggest that it shortens the average life span by only about 6 or 7 years. Still, in about half of MS cases, patients die of complications of the disease, and the disease has significant negative emotional and physical consequences. Suicide rates among patients with MS are higher than average.

The severity of the disease varies widely from patient to patient and is unpredictable. About 20% of patients remain asymptomatic or become only mildly symptomatic after an initial clinical event. Another 20% experience a rapidly progressive condition. Most patients, however, will experience some degree of progression.

Women tend to have a better outlook than men. Factors the determine a higher risk for a severe condition include:

Age over 40 years at the time of onset of symptoms
Initial symptoms that affect motor control, mental functioning, or urinary control, or initial symptoms affect multiple regions
Attacks in the first years that are frequent or interval between the first two attacks is short
Incomplete remissions
Rapid progression to disability
MS that is progressive from the beginning or becomes progressive shortly after the onset

Doctors and researchers often use a scale called the Kurtzke Disability Status Scale to assess and predict future disability. The system uses a score of 1 to 10 to rate the degree of walking disability. Experts have used the scale to attempt to predict average times for progression from one stage to the next depending on whether patients have relapsing-remitting or chronic progressive MS.


Score	Disability Description	Relapsing-Remitting MS: Average time until onset of symptoms*	Chronic Progressive MS: Average time until onset of symptoms*
1	No disability and minimal neurologic symptoms.	11.4 years from Score 1 to Score 4	0 years from Score 1 to Score 4
2	Minimal disability in one or two functional areas. Slight weakness or stiffness, mild walking impairment or visual disturbances
3	Moderate disability in one functional area, such as vision or the urinary tract, and possibly more than one minimal disability in several others. Either a part of one of the limbs or a whole side can be partially paralyzed. May stagger at times.
4	Disability is relatively severe but there is full ability to walk without aid. Patients are self-sufficient and can be active 12 hours a day and carry on normal activities. Can walk without aid or rest for 300 to 500 meters.
5	Disability is severe enough to impair or even preclude a full day's activities. Able to walk unaided and without rest for 100 to 200 meters.	23.1 years from Score 1 to Score 6	7.1 years from Score 1 to Score 6
6	Can walk unaided for about 100 meters only with assistance or devices, such as two canes, crutches, or braces.	23.1 years from Score 1 to Score 6	7.1 years from Score 1 to Score 6
7	Mostly restricted to wheelchair, although can manage the wheelchair and leave it unassisted. Can walk with aids no further than about five meters.	33.1 years from Score 1 to Score 7	13.4 years form Score 1 to Score 7
8	Mostly restricted to wheelchair or even bed, but still has effective use of arms remains and able to perform many self-care functions.	(Data not available)	(Data not available)
9	Bedridden. Patient can communicate or eat.
10	Fatality occurs from complications.
* Data taken from Relapses and Progression of Disability in Multiple Sclerosis, The New England Journal of Medicine, November 16, 2000, Vol. 343, No. 20

Because the effects of nerve injury are widespread, complications can be very severe and affect all parts of the body. Although not all patients experience all of the following problems, any of them can negatively impair quality of life.

Fatigue. Fatigue is one of the most common and debilitating MS symptoms and affects at least two-thirds of patients with MS. Fatigue specifically attributed to MS and not to other causes is defined as abnormal fatigue that lasts at least half of the time or more than 6 weeks. It causes a general lack of energy that significantly limits daily functioning regardless of any neurologic symptoms or specific muscle weaknesses. Up to 40% of patients describe fatigue as the most disabling MS symptom, which is higher than weakness, spasticity, motor control, or bowel or urinary problems. Many conditions that are common in MS (sleep disorders, depression, hypersensitivity to sensation, hypothyroidism, medications, heat) may contribute to fatigue. None fully explain the consistent presence or severity of this problem in MS. Researchers using imaging techniques have identified possible changes in part of the brain in MS that may play a role in the fatigue of MS.

Loss of Mobility and Spasticity. Nearly every patient loses some mobility, which may take the form of less or impaired motor control, muscle weakness, impaired balance, and, importantly, spasticity. Spasticity is one of the primary symptoms of MS. It is characterized by weakness, loss of dexterity, and the inability to control specific movements. It is usually more severe in the legs and torso. (Ironically, mild spasticity actually helps improve muscle tone in the legs, which is important in supporting the patient’s weight when walking.) Mobility can be affected by many non-physical factors, including mental well-being, social networks, fatigue, and even the weather.

Pain. About two-thirds of patients experience pain at some point during the course of the disease, and 40% are never pain free. MS causes many pain syndromes; some are acute while others are chronic. Some worsen with age and disease progression. Pain syndromes associated with MS are trigeminal (facial) pain, powerful spasms and cramps, optic neuritis (pain in the eye), pressure pain, stiffened joints, and a variety of sensations, including feelings of itching, burning, and shooting pain.

Bowel Dysfunction. Bowel dysfunction, which can include constipation or fecal incontinence, is a serious problem for many patients. Constipation may be caused by the disorder itself or by medications used to treat spasms or other symptoms.

Sexual Dysfunction. Sexual dysfunction is a common problem, occurring in over 70% of patients. Men are likely to have impotence and women, problems with vaginal lubrication. It appears to be highly associated with urinary dysfunction.

The nerves that branch off the central nervous system (CNS) provide messages to the muscles and organs for normal function. When there is CNS damage, the function of these organs and tissues may be compromised. In multiple sclerosis, the demyelinization of nerve cells may lead to bowel incontinence, bladder problems and sexual dysfunction.

Urinary Dysfunction. Urinary problems from bladder dysfunction occur in two-thirds of patients. Some patients have difficulties in urinating at will, called urinary retention. Often it takes the form of urge incontinence (also called hyperactive or irritable bladder). People with urge incontinence need to urinate frequently or are unable to reach the bathroom before leakage. In such cases, the bladder is overactive. Complications in the urinary tract also produce a high rate of urinary tract infections.

Difficulty Swallowing. A third to a half of patients experience difficulty in chewing or swallowing, problems that may be caused or made worse by many MS medications.

Speech and Hearing Problems. Problems in speech may occur because of difficulty in controlling the quality of the voice and articulating words. (Problems with language itself, however, are very rare in MS.) Hearing problems also occur in MS and may affect speech.

Problems in the Lungs. As the muscles that control breathing weaken, the ability to cough is impaired and the patient is at higher risk for pneumonia and other complications in the lungs.

Osteoporosis. Osteoporosis (loss of bone density) and subsequent fractures are common and under-recognized problems among patients. Osteoporosis is caused and worsened by immobility and by some MS medications. Fractures caused by falls can be far more serious in patients than in the normal population, leading to problems, including deconditioning or even inability to walk, obstruction of the intestines (from pain-relieving medications), and respiratory complications.

Cognitive problems, such as having trouble concentrating and solving problems, affect about half of patients. More people with MS leave work because of such cognitive difficulties than because of physical problems, according to a 2000 study. In about 10% of cases, mental dysfunction may be severe and resemble dementia. The severity of such mental changes appears to be associated with the degree of loss of brain tissue. This offers another argument for early treatment as interferon medications may improve these symptoms.

Between 40 - 60% of patients suffer from depression at some point over the course of the illness, and studies have reported risks for suicide ranging from 3 - 15%. Some evidence suggests that depression in multiple sclerosis is not only due to the social and psychologic impact of MS but also to the disease process itself. Depression may have biologic effects, such as increasing production of inflammatory cytokines, that could exacerbate the disease itself. Doctors should assess patients for depression, even if there are no obvious signs of it. The risk for suicide may be present even in patients who are not obviously depressed. People at highest risk for suicide are those who live alone, those with a history of an emotional disorder (depression, anxiety, alcohol abuse), a family history of mental illness, and people with high social stress.

Diagnosis

Multiple sclerosis is characterized by recurring neurologic episodes that are due to multiple lesions (injured areas) in different locations in the central nervous system. The diagnostic challenges in multiple sclerosis are two-fold:

Making an initial diagnosis as early as possible in order to slow down the disease progression. Most patients first seek medical help after an initial inflammatory event (known as a clinically isolated syndrome) originating from demyelination in the eye, the spinal cord, or the brain. About 30% of these individuals will develop progressive MS within the year. At this time, however, experts cannot predict who among these patients are at highest risk for rapid progression.
Predicting the severity of the disease. Once MS has been diagnosed, the pattern of the disease is uncertain. It can be very benign to rapidly progressive and severe. Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) is able to detect lesions in the brain indicating MS. But, the severity of the disease does not appear related to the number of lesions, the rate of their appearance, or their location. Researchers are hoping to identify some biologic marker, possibly certain antibodies, that will enable doctors to accurately determine the onset and severity of the problem once a diagnosis has been made.

The McDonald Criteria. There is no single test that can accurately diagnose MS, and a number of other conditions may mimic its symptoms. Some doctors use a set of factors, called the McDonald criteria, for diagnosing multiple sclerosis in early stages. The criteria include the presence of specific symptoms, spinal fluid evaluation, and magnetic resonance imaging techniques for detecting lesions within the central nervous system and tracking them over time. The criteria show high reliability in identifying MS in patients with a variety of disease stages or states, including having only one episode, a typical relapsing-remitting course, or a slow insidious progression without clear attacks or remissions. Depending on the MRI and other findings, the patient is then categorized as having MS, possible MS, or no MS.

The symptoms of MS are similar to a number of other diseases, which must be ruled out. These include stroke, alcoholism, emotional disorders, Lyme disease, chronic fatigue syndrome, fibromyalgia, AIDS, and certain other autoimmune disorders (hypothyroidism, scleroderma, Sjögren syndrome, and systemic lupus erythematosus).

Doctors and investigators generally use a test called the Expanded Disability Status Scale (EDSS) to rate the severity of symptoms. It is also used after a diagnosis to gauge the status of the disease, and score the effectiveness of treatments. The scale ranges from 0 to 10 with higher scores indicating more severe symptoms. These are subjective ratings that require doctor observation skills.

Objections to the use of the EDSS are that it assesses only limp and walking problems and does not assess other important complications, including fatigue, sexual function, and mental function.

No reliable single laboratory procedure or test can establish the diagnosis of multiple sclerosis. Several are necessary before a diagnosis can be made.

Analysis of Cerebrospinal Fluid (CFS). Obtaining a sample of spinal fluid requires a lumbar puncture, or spinal tap. Testing spinal fluid is becoming increasingly important for detecting abnormal proteins, tiny fragments of myelin, or specific white blood cells that can help in making a diagnosis. For example, high levels of the immunoglobulin IgG is useful for making a diagnosis and may be a marker for disease progression. (Immunoglobulins are protein chains that are part of the immune system.)

A lumbar puncture, or spinal tap, is a procedure to collect cerebrospinal fluid to check for the presence of disease or injury. A spinal needle is inserted, usually between the 3rd and 4th lumbar vertebrae in the lower spine. Once the needle is properly positioned in the subarachnoid space (the space between the spinal cord and its covering, the meninges), pressures can be measured and fluid can be collected for testing.

Evoked Potential (EP) Test. This is a simple and painless electrical test of nerve function that assesses how long it takes nerve impulses from the eye, ear, or skin to reach the brain.

Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) scans are important diagnostic tools in MS and are used for diagnosing multiple sclerosis, tracking changes over time, and helping to determine treatment effectiveness.

Click the icon to see an image of a brain MRI.

Making a Diagnosis and Tracking the Disease. Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) scans can detect bright patches that indicate injured tissue (lesions) caused by MS. Such lesions may also indicate other conditions, such as infections, migraines, or clots. Importantly, a very sensitive MRI technique using enhancement by a contrast material called gadolinium can indicate recent activity by showing if the blood-brain barrier has been broken down (the first step in the development of MS lesions). Detecting lesions and treating MS early in the disease process may help reduce progression. Many experts therefore now advocate performing a brain MRI as soon as symptoms appear.

Once diagnosed, periodic follow-up MRIs can be used to track the disease and effectiveness of treatments in two ways:

By distinguishing new lesions from old ones
Revealing increasing or decreasing numbers of lesions within the central nervous system over time

Unfortunately, neither the rate nor the number of new or growing lesions necessarily predicts whether symptoms will worsen or if the patient will develop secondary progressive MS.

Measuring Atrophy in Brain and Spinal Cord. As myelin, axons, oligodendrocytes, and neurons are destroyed, the brain begins to shrink. Processing MRI images to determine brain volume may be a useful way to monitor progression and treatment effects. MRI can also detect shrinkage in the spinal cord, which is proving to be a very strong marker of disease progression. A variation of MRI, magnetic resonance spectroscopy (MRS), provides information on the biochemistry of the brain, and may be particularly helpful in detecting this destructive aspect of MS.

Detecting Black Holes.Severe disease progression can be gauged by the presence of so-called "black holes.” These are lesions in the brain that emit very low signals on an MRI scan. Some evidence suggests that they may represent iron deposits in the brain.

Researchers are continuously searching for biologic markers that might help make an accurate diagnosis, predict outcome, or both. Promising markers are antibodies that target two key protein components of myelin: Myelin oligodendrocyte glycoprotein (MOG) and myelin basic protein (MBP). If future studies confirm the predictive value of these antibodies, scientists may be able to develop a blood test for MOG and MBP.

Treatment

Patients diagnosed with multiple sclerosis face great uncertainty, since the course of the illness varies so widely among patients. Experts recommend a multidisciplinary approach to the disease, which might involve a neurologist, a nurse or social worker expert in MS, and possibly a specialist in mental health (since depression is so common and the suicide rate is higher than average).

Evidence now strongly suggests that the most destructive changes from multiple sclerosis in the brain occur very early on in the disease process -- and may cause considerable damage even before symptoms begin.

Many experts are now urging treatment after a first episode of relapsing MS (a clinically isolated syndrome) using medication called disease-modifying drugs. They include three interferons -- IFN1b (Betaseron) and IFN1a (Avonex, Rebif) -- and glatiramer (Copaxone). These drugs are all effective and may help slow down or even prevent progression in some patients. Definitive studies comparing them are ongoing.

The best current approach is to use specific findings from advanced MRI techniques to help determine which patients are at highest risk for progression and would be likely candidates for early treatment with disease modifying drugs.

Interferons and other disease-modifying drugs can have significant side effects and are expensive. Furthermore, a significant number of patients have a mild course that can be managed with less toxic drugs. Nevertheless, strong evidence suggests that delaying treatment in most patients increases the risk for severe disability.

Corticosteroids are the standard drugs for treating an acute relapse and hastening recovery. Typically, intravenous methylprednisolone (IVMP) is given once a day for 3 days. Sometimes this is followed by oral prednisolone for a few days.

Disease Modifying Drugs. Since the introduction of disease modifying drugs -- interferons beta (Betaseron) and alpha (Avonex, Rebif) and glatiramer (Copaxone) -- relapsing-remitting multiple sclerosis is now considered a treatable disease. In patients with very active MS, some experts start with Betaseron or Rebif. For patients with possible or probable MS, they begin with Avonex. This drug is slightly less effective than Rebif and Betaseron but has fewer side effects. Copaxone is also a reasonable choice for early mild MS. It appears to have the fewest side effects, longer relapse-free rates than interferons, and its benefits persist for years.

The newest drug, the monoclonal antibody natalizumab (Tysabri), was approved in November 2004 for treatment of relapsing forms of MS. The FDA withdrew it from the market, however, in February 2005 following reports of serious neurological events. In June 2006, the FDA allowed natalizumab back on the market but with special restrictions (see Drug Treatment section).

Other Approaches. Some research has reported benefits from the use of pulsed administration of intravenous methylprednisolone (IVMP) or intravenous immunoglobulin, although there is not enough evidence for either approach to recommend them as first-line choices. Other drugs showing promise include azathioprine (an immunosuppressant) and laquinimod (an oral immune-modulating drug).

Treating Secondary Progressive Multiple Sclerosis (SPMS). Interferons and other standard treatments for relapsing-remitting MS may be helpful for patients with SPMS who are still experiencing relapses. It is not clear if they help those whose condition has become continuously progressive.

Mitoxantrone (Novantrone) was the first drug approved for SPMS. The drug is an immunosuppressant and is proving to delay relapse and progression. Side effects, however, can be serious in some cases. Some experts recommend using mitoxantrone when evidence suggests progression to SPMS, and continuing the interferons Betaseron or Rebif for maintenance.

Other immunosuppressants, such as cyclophosphamide, methotrexate, and cladribine, may help some patients with SPMS. They can have very toxic side effects, however, and there must be clear treatment indications for patients who take these drugs.

Treating Primary Progressive Multiple Sclerosis. No treatments have been proven yet to slow progressive multiple sclerosis. Studies using interferons and glatiramer are under way.

A number of treatments are available for managing symptoms and complications.

Drug Treatment

Corticosteroids (commonly called steroids) are mainstay treatments for acute relapses patients with relapse-remitting MS. High-dose methylprednisolone given intravenously (IVMP) is typically administered for major relapse, often followed by oral prednisone for a few days. Steroids reduce inflammation in the central nervous system and may help suppress the immune system's attack on myelin and even improve electrical conduction.

Steroids, in general, do not improve the long-term course of the disease and can lose effectiveness if overused. They are not generally used for maintenance therapy. Some research, however, is reporting benefits from the use of pulsed administration of intravenous methylprednisolone. Such an approach typically administers the steroid daily for 5 days every 4 months for 3 years, then every 6 months for 2 years. Some research suggests that this approach might reduce destruction in central nervous system, although more evidence is needed before it can be recommended. They can also have considerable adverse effects when used over time.

Side Effects. Side effects of long-term use of steroids include weight gain and facial fullness, hypertension, diabetes, osteoporosis, cataracts, intestinal bleeding, and increased susceptibility to infections. In addition, side effects of steroids on the central nervous system (sleeplessness, memory loss, anxiety, and depression) can be particular problems for patients. It is extremely important to taper withdrawal very carefully after continuously taking steroids for a prolonged period of time. This gives the body time to recover its own ability to produce natural steroids. A serious condition known as adrenal insufficiency can otherwise develop.

Interferons (so-called because they “interfere” with viral replication) both suppress important inflammatory factors in the immune system and have anti-viral properties. Interferons specifically block immune factors known as class II MHC molecules, which are associated with the attack on myelin and the breach in the blood-brain barrier that allows the destructive T cells to pass through.

Specific Interferons Used for MS. Interferon drugs used for MS are IFN1b (Betaseron) and IFN1a (Avonex, Rebif). They are now the treatments of choice for relapsing-remitting MS. Expert organizations urge that they be used early in the course of the disease and continued indefinitely, unless they produce no benefits or have severe side effects.

Successes and Drawbacks. Interferons can reduce flare-ups overall by 30% and have an even greater effect on reducing major relapses. Disease activity, as measured by MRI scanning, is reduced by over 80%. They appear to be about equal in reducing disability. To date, only Avonex has demonstrated slowing progression of mental impairment. It also appears to be better tolerated than other interferons. Studies on their effects on quality of life are limited. None of the interferons are a cure, in any case, and when the drug is discontinued, disease activity may increase. All of these drugs need to be injected. (Oral forms are under investigation.)

Side Effects and Complications. Side effects include:

Pain at the injection site. Many patients taking Betaseron complain of severe pain at the injection site caused by damaged tissue. Experts recommend taking acetaminophen (Tylenol) before the injection and then every 6 hours after each injection for 24 hours during the first 6 months of treatment.
Skin injury at the injection site. Black dead tissue may form around the site, and many patients taking Betaseron have reported severe skin eruptions. These skin injuries heal after the drug is withdrawn, but scarring can occur. This side effect is least severe with Avonex, followed by Rebif.
Other physical side effects. Both drugs cause flu-like symptoms, nausea, vomiting, headaches, and dizziness. Such side effects usually fade after 2 - 3 months.
Depression. Early studies associated taking interferon with a higher risk for depression during the first 2 - 6 months following initial therapy. More recent studies, however, have reported no greater risk for depression in patients taking any of these drugs. MS itself, in any case, is highly associated with depression.
Thyroid abnormalities. Interferon has been associated with autoimmune thyroiditis, a cause of hypothyroidism. Some experts recommend monitoring for thyroid function, particularly in the first year and in those with a history of thyroid problems. If there is no evidence of the condition during that period, the risk for its occurrence appears to be very low.
Liver damage. Interferon may cause liver damage and, in rare cases, liver failure. Patients should avoid alcohol and have regular liver function tests while taking this drug

Neutralizing Antibodies That Reduce Effectiveness. Over time, people taking interferons develop antibodies to the drugs, some of which can neutralize their effects. The risk for neutralizing antibodies (NAbs) increases with higher doses and greater frequency of use. Interferons injected under the skin (Betaseron, Rebif) are more likely to produce neutralizing antibodies than Avonex, which is injected into a muscle. Patients who experience this, however, often can be effectively treated with an alternative interferon or with glatiramer, which has an extremely low risk, for NAbs. In many cases, after switching drugs, NAb levels decline, and the patient may be able to return to the original interferon.

Glatiramer acetate (Copaxone) is a synthetic molecule that resembles a basic protein found in myelin. It is used as a decoy to trick white blood cells into attacking it instead of myelin. It is approved to help reduce the frequency of relapses in patients with relapse-remitting MS. The best results are in patients in early stages, but the longer patients remain on the drug, the greater the improvement. Benefits have persisted for years. Glatiramer acetate can also help reduce the number of new brain lesions.

Glatiramer acetate is also being studied for its effects in patients with primary progressive MS. A 2007 study indicated that while the drug had little benefit for most patients with this type of MS, it may help slow disease progression and delay disability in men with primary progressive MS.

Side Effects. Side effects occur in about 15% of patients, usually right after the injection. They include pain at the injection site, chest pain, rapid heartbeat, flushing, anxiety, and shortness of breath.

Monoclonal antibodies (MAbs) are drugs that target specific antibodies involved with the immune response. In 2004, natalizumab (Tysabri) became the only MAb approved for treatment of MS. Shortly afterwards, reports emerged of progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy (PML) occurring among patients who took natalizumab for more than 2 years. PML is a rare neurological disease that can affect people with compromised immune systems. Based on these reports, the FDA suspended marketing of natalizumab in February 2005 and recommended that patients discontinue its use.

In June 2006, the FDA allowed natalizumab to return to the market with certain safety restrictions. Doctors can prescribe the drug only to patients who have failed to respond to or who cannot tolerate other MS treatments. Natalizumab can only be taken alone, not in combination with other immune-modifying drugs. Patients who take natalizumab must enroll in a special program called TOUCH, which is run by the drug’s manufacturer. Patients need to get magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) brain scans before they begin taking the drug, and they are evaluated regularly during drug treatment to make sure they are not at risk of developing PML. In the year after these restrictions were implemented, no new cases of PML were reported.

Clinical trials indicate that natalizumab’s benefits may outweigh its risks. Several studies published in 2006 in the New England Journal of Medicine showed that natalizumab, alone or in combination with IFN1a (Avonex) can help prevent disability in patients with multiple sclerosis. Another study suggested that the risk of PML is very low if patients use natalizumab for less than 18 months.

Natalizumab is also being studied for treating complications associated with MS. In a 2007 study, natalizumab helped reduce vision loss in patients with relapsing MS. Vision loss is one of the most common symptoms associated with MS.

Other MAbs under investigation for MS include daclizumab (Zenapax), alemtuzumab (Campath), and rituximab (Rituxan). Results from a 2005 phase II trial for alemtuzumab indicated that the drug helped prevent relapse but also caused serious side effects. Patients who took the drug had a high risk for developing a serious bleeding disorder caused by a low blood platelet count. Daclizumab is currently in phase II trials as is rituximab. Unlike other MAbs, which affect T cells, rituximab targets and depletes B cells. In several studies presented at the 2007 meeting of the American Academy of Neurology, rituximab showed promising results in reducing relapse frequency and number of brain lesions in patients with relapse-remitting MS.

Intravenous immunoglobulin treatments are monthly infusions of natural antibodies. They appear to have some modest benefits for relapsing-remitting MS. Studies suggests that intravenous immunoglobulin reduces relapse rates and occurrences of new lesions and slows disease progression in relapsing-remitting MS. It does not appear to reduce disability. It is extremely expensive and does not appear to have any benefits for patients with secondary progressive MS.

Many drugs being investigated for chronic progressive multiple sclerosis are immunosuppressants, which block certain factors in the immune system that contribute to the inflammatory process. Each of these drugs can produce serious side effects, including susceptibility to infection. Evidence on benefits is uncertain, mainly because of high toxicity or study limitations. Still, some immunosuppressants may help certain patients with severe MS. Among immunosuppressant drugs or procedures that have been investigated with little or no obvious benefits or unacceptably high side effects are total lymphoid irradiation, sulfasalazine, cyclosporine, acyclovir, and oral bovine myelin.

Mitoxantrone. Mitoxantrone (Novantrone) was the first drug approved specifically for secondary progressive MS. Studies suggest that it may help reduce progression and relapse rates. Cumulative doses can have toxic effects on the heart, however, so the drug is only used for a limited period. Mitoxantrone is also being studied in combination with glatiramer acetate. In one preliminary study, initial treatment with mitoxantrone, followed by maintenance treatment with glatirimer acetate, helped reduce relapses for up to 5 years.

Methotrexate. In some patients, low doses of the immunosuppressant methotrexate may slow the course of chronic-progressive MS, particularly in those with secondary progressive MS. To date, studies have found beneficial effects only on the upper body, however. Although this drug, like all immunosuppressants, can have toxic side effects, it may be taken in low doses for MS and so side effects are generally minimal.

Cyclophosphamide. Cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan) blocks cell growth and also suppresses the immune system. Some studies, but not all, have reported benefits for patients with chronic progressive MS. Small studies suggest that monthly intravenous administration or a combination with interferon-beta may help some patients with rapidly deteriorating MS. Cyclophosphamide has many side effects, including hair loss, nausea, vomiting, infertility, lung scarring, and blood abnormalities, and should be used for patients who do not respond to methotrexate.

Azathioprine. Azathioprine (Imuran) is designed to suppress the immune system and reduce the number of cells attacking the CNS myelin. It is used with or without steroids and is sometimes used as an alternative to patients with relapsing-remitting MS who do not respond to either interferon beta or glatiramer acetate. One study reported that 40% of patients had not experienced a relapse after taking the drug for 3 years, although others report only modest benefits. The drug has no effect on progression of disability.

Cladribine. Cladribine (Leustatin) may be effective in delaying progression in patients with chronic progressive MS. It has no significant effect on relapsing-remitting MS.

A number of treatments are under investigation that may prove to be helpful for multiple sclerosis. Those discussed below are only some of them.

Immune-Modulating Drugs. Most MS drugs are injected, but researchers are developing several new drugs that can be taken by mouth. Four of the most promising candidates are cladibrine (Mylinax), fingolimod (FTY720), teriflunomide, and fumarate (BG00012). In late-stage clinical trials, these drugs have shown positive results in the treatment of relapse-remitting MS.

Sex Hormones. Women with MS have a reduced risk of experiencing relapses during pregnancy, probably because of their high levels of the female sex hormones estrogen and progesterone. Because of this association, researchers have investigated whether oral estrogen therapy (estriol) can help prevent relapses. Some small studies have indicated that estriol treatment may help reduce lesions and disease activity, but the overall evidence is still inconclusive. The male sex hormone testosterone is also being studied as a treatment for men with relapse-remitting MS. A small 2007 pilot study suggested that treatment with testosterone gel is safe and may help improve cognitive function, slow brain degeneration, and increase muscle mass.

Cannabinoids. Cannabinoids are compounds in marijuana (cannabis), which may have properties that protect nerve cells. Cannabis has been found to improve pain, mobility, tremor, mood, appetite, fatigue, vision, sexual and urinary function, and memory. In a 2003 study, patients reported less pain and improved mobility (although spasticity itself did not improve). Not all patients respond. The drug may also worsen balance and posture in patients with spasticity. Synthetic versions are being investigated that allow rapid delivery without the unwanted side effects of natural cannabis.

Potassium Channel Blockers. Aminopyridines are potassium-blocking compounds that appear to improve nerve conduction through demyelinated areas. In small, preliminary trials, 4–aminopyridine (also called AP) was associated with mild-to-marked improvement in vision, strength, and coordination and was well tolerated. Beneficial effects, however, lasted only a few hours. A related compound, 3,4–diaminopyridine, or DAP, is being studied for relieving fatigue associated with MS.

Statins. Statins are currently the most important drugs for lowering cholesterol. They are also showing additional possible benefits, including anti-inflammatory and nerve protecting properties, which may help patients with neurologic conditions, including multiple sclerosis.

Plasmapheresis. Plasmapheresis with plasma exchange is a procedure in which blood is removed from the body. Blood cells are separated from plasma (the liquid portion of blood) and mixed with replacement plasma, which is then returned to the body. The replacement plasma is thought to dilute antibodies and other immunologically active substances that may trigger MS. Small studies suggest this procedure may have significant benefits for some patients with severe MS, particularly if they are younger and have an early response to this treatment. Side effects include risk of infection and blood clotting problems.

Stem Cell Transplantation. Investigators are studying the benefits of stem-cell transplantation procedures. Stem cells are produced in the bone marrow and are the early forms for all blood cells in the body (including red, white, and immune cells). Early studies indicate that stem cell transplantation may slow progression, although at this point it is not a cure.

Oligodendrocyte Implants. A newly developed, minimally invasive method to transplant modified oligodendrocyte cells directly into the brain is under investigation. Such cells stimulate nerve and axon growth. If feasible, this approach might be helpful in patients whose MS is not caused by an autoimmune response (where the new cells would be attacked, just as the patient's own cells were).

Other Treatments

Nearly 60% of patients try some form of nontraditional remedies. Research on any benefits is slim, and there may be some danger with many remedies commonly used by patients. The following are a few alternative remedies sometimes used for MS.

Relaxation and Meditation Techniques. Generally harmless, and possibly helpful, nontraditional therapies for MS are relaxation and meditation techniques and Eastern martial art exercises. Such techniques include biofeedback, music therapy, yoga, tai chi, and massage therapy.

Acupuncture. Some patients report benefit from acupuncture, which does carry a very small risk, usually for infection.

Acupuncture, hypnosis, and biofeedback are all alternative ways to control pain. Acupuncture involves the insertion of tiny sterile needles, slightly thicker than a human hair, at specific points on the body.

Electromagnetic Stimulation. A few centers have studied pulses of weak electromagnetic fields applied to the brain. Very small studies have reported improvement in fatigue, tremors, depression, and other symptoms in patients who were severely affected by MS. In one controlled study, this approach relieved symptoms more effectively than placebo. The effect was small however and more research is needed.

Linoleic Acid. Linoleic acid, commonly known as evening primrose oil, is a polyunsaturated fatty acid believed by some people to be helpful because myelin is composed of fatty acids. No study has proven that it is beneficial, but supplements sold in health food stores do not appear to be harmful.

Oral Enzymes. Oral drugs containing various natural enzymes, including bromelain, trypsin, papain, and rutin, have been used overseas to treat arthritic pain. They appear to reduce inflammation and are also being studied in patients with MS. Such enzymes have been marketed alone and in combinations (Wobenzym, Phlogenzym). In one small study, Phlogenzym was associated with a decline in complications and longer remission. They are not painkillers; any benefits derived from them may take several weeks. As with any natural remedy, there are few clinical studies on these products and no U.S. regulation of quality, safety, or effectiveness.

Generally, manufacturers of herbal remedies and dietary supplements do not need FDA approval to sell their products. Just like a drug, herbs and supplements can affect the body's chemistry, and therefore have the potential to produce side effects that may be harmful. There have been a number of reported cases of serious and even lethal side effects from herbal products. Patients should check with their doctor before using any herbal remedies or dietary supplements

The following warnings are of particular importance for people with multiple sclerosis:

Antioxidants. Some patients use antioxidant vitamins or supplements (A, E, C, Q10, pycnogenol, OPC, grape seed extract), since the destruction in the MS disease process may be partly due to oxidation (chemical damage from particles called oxygen-free radicals). Theoretically, however, antioxidants can trigger T cells and macrophages (inflammatory components of the immune system) and, therefore, may pose some danger to patients. Small studies to date have not found any worsening of the disease from taking vitamin supplements, but patients should be cautious. No vitamins studied for MS, including carotenoids, vitamin C, vitamin E, B12 injections or vitamin D, have been proven to be beneficial.

Gingko. Although the risks for gingko appear to be low, there is an increased risk for bleeding at high doses. Ginkgo can also interact with high doses of vitamin E, anti-clotting medications, aspirin, and NSAIDs. Large doses have also been known to cause convulsion. Commercial gingko preparations may contain colchicine, a drug that can be harmful in pregnant women and people with kidney or liver problems.

Bee Venom. For years, anecdotal reports have claimed that bee stings relieve some MS symptoms, although a study on mice indicated that it may worsen MS. Bee venom contains many chemicals, some of which can cause severe and sometimes deadly allergic reactions in some people.

Other Remedies. Herbal or natural remedies that supposedly boost the immune system (echinacea, ginseng, garlic, zinc) may worsen MS. Melatonin has been associated with worsening of some autoimmune diseases. Toxic effects have also been reported with herbal remedies such as borage seed oil, chaparral, and comfrey.

Treating the Complications

Fatigue affects at least two-thirds of patients. It is among the most disabling problems in MS and is difficult to treat. Treating any problem (depression, hypothyroidism) that may be causing fatigue is important. Aerobic exercise programs scheduled early in the day have been helpful for patients who can participate. Preventing overheating can improve fatigue.

Modafinil (Provigil, Alertec) is a promising drug that promotes long-lasting wakefulness and is currently used in narcolepsy. Small studies report that it is effective in reducing fatigue and sleepiness, with lower doses (200 mg) being more effective than higher ones. Studies also suggest that the antiviral drug amantadine (Symmetrel) may be helpful.

Managing pain and spasticity in the lower limbs can be difficult. Although many drugs are used to reduce spasticity and lower-limb pain, most studies investigating these drugs have been poorly designed and no treatment has emerged as a front-runner.

Exercise. Mild spasticity actually helps improve muscle tone in the legs, which is important in supporting the patient’s weight when walking. This benefit can be lost with drug treatment. Mild spasticity, then, should be treated with exercises several times a day that improve range of motion.

Drugs Used for Spasticity.

Baclofen (Lioresal) has long been the drug of choice to alleviate more severe spasticity. It is available both orally and infused through an implanted pump. Distressing side effects include confusion, drowsiness, and a rubbery-like sensation in the legs that makes it hard to stand.
Antiseizure medications, such as gabapentin (Neurontin) or levetiracetam (Keppra), may help reduce spasticity without increasing fatigue or impairing concentration. Studies on gabapentin also suggest that it also have other specific benefits for patients, including reducing facial pain and improving vision.
Tizanidine (Zanaflex) is an oral drug that works after one week. In one study, 75% of patients taking tizanidine reported improvement without the leg-muscle weakness experienced using baclofen. The drug does not appear to be any more effective than baclofen, however. Side effects include dizziness, drowsiness, dry mouth, and fatigue. Liver function must be monitored.
Diazepam (Valium) is also used for spasticity and may be particularly useful for patients who also experience anxiety. Drug dependence is the primary problem with diazepam, as well as dizziness, drowsiness, and confusion. The medication should not be used by people who are seriously depressed.
Botulinum toxin (Dysport) injections are being investigated for spasticity in specific regions such as the hip.
Dantrolene (Dantrium) may be an effective alternative for patients who cannot tolerate diazepam or baclofen. Because dantrolene causes muscle weakness, however, it is best suited for either patients who are wheelchair bound but still suffer from spasticity, or for those whose muscles are still strong so that the drug-induced weakness isn't unduly debilitating. It also causes nausea, vomiting, and anorexia, and with high dosages it can cause dangerous liver damage.

Surgery. In very severe cases where medication and exercise are not helpful, surgery may be considered. In such cases, the surgeon cuts the tendons that are involved with spasticity.

Spinal Injections. In very severe cases, administering phenol using spinal injections in the lower back may reduce pain and spasms for some patients with severe conditions. Most patients are not appropriate candidates for this approach.

Other Treatments. Researchers are also investigating non-drug treatments for spasticity. Repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation (rTMS) is a non-invasive method that uses a magnet placed on the scalp to generate a magnetic field that stimulates the cortex of the brain. In a small 2007 study, rTMS showed promise in improving lower-limb spasticity in patients with relapse-remitting MS.

Urge Incontinence. Urge incontinence (the need to urinary frequently) is common in patients. To help reduce social difficulties, patients should not drink fluids before going to places where restrooms are not easily available. When possible, they should urinate every 3 - 4 hours. A number of medications are available for urge incontinence, including anticholinergic drugs, such as propantheline bromine (Pro-Banthine), tolterodine (Detrol), or oxybutynin (Ditropan). Sacral nerve stimulation (InterStim) sends electrical pulses to help retrain nerves in the pelvic area, and is also proving to be helpful. Botulinum toxin injection into the urinary tract muscles is being investigated and may be helpful for incontinence caused by spasticity. [See In-Depth Report #50: Urinary incontinence.]

Urinary Retention. Urinary retention occurs in some patients. Sometimes urination can be stimulated simply by pressing the bladder area with the fist or hand, by tapping against it, or by straining. Drugs being tried with some success for this problem are desmopressin (DDAVP), ordinarily used for bed wetting in children, and maprotiline (Ludiomill), an antidepressant. If medication is ineffective, a catheter may be needed, either one used intermittently by the patient or placed in the urinary tract. Various new surgical procedures that reconstruct the bladder or divert urine flow may be effective in severe cases of bladder dysfunction. Because urinary symptoms usually remain intermittent for years, treatment approaches for bladder dysfunction should be limited to medications and other reversible therapies, for as long as possible.

Urinary Tract Infections. Urinary tract infection is common in patients, and a urinalysis should be performed with any symptom flare-ups, fever, or change in bladder symptoms. Treatment uses appropriate antibiotic regimens. Some evidence suggests that cranberry juice may help prevent infections. [See In-Depth Report #36: Urinary tract infection.]

In addition to maintaining a high-fiber diet and drinking plenty of fluids, bulk fiber such as psyllium (Metamucil), with or without a stool softener, may be needed. Going to the bathroom the same time every day, particularly after a meal and waiting there for a movement, reduces the risk of losing control later in the day. Exercise helps patients avoid becoming dependent on laxatives, enemas, or colonic irrigation, which can eventually slow down the bowel and cause imbalances in electrolytes. Biofeedback techniques may be helpful in some patients with limited multiple sclerosis.

Major tremors can be very distressing and are particularly hard to treat. Carbamazepine and glutethimide have some possible benefits, but in general drug therapy has been disappointing. Weight applied to the affected limb has been beneficial in about 20% of cases. Surgery is very controversial.

Trigeminal neuralgia is facial pain, usually on one side, that can be very severe and may be triggered by an event as mild as a breeze or teeth brushing. If nonprescription painkillers fail to alleviate facial pain, it can be treated with anticonvulsive medications. Carbamazepine (Tegretol) is currently the drug of choice. Carbamazepine is also effective on other types of MS pain and spasm-related symptoms, including itching and aching. Another antiseizure drug, gabapentin (Neurontin), however, may be particularly effective for MS. This drug also appears to improve blurred vision associated with MS and may help spasticity in general.

Other drugs used for this symptom include phenytoin (Dilantin), diazepam (Valium), or pimozide (Orap), and the antidepressant amitriptyline (Elavil). If severe pain persists and interferes with function, some patients elect to have a section of a nerve surgically removed or blocked. This relieves pain but causes numbness. Before patients commit to such a procedure, they should ask the doctor to temporarily block the nerve with an anesthetic in order to experience the effect of numbness before undergoing irreversible surgery.

A small percentage of patients suffer from pseudobulbar affect (uncontrollable laughing or crying). Neurodex is an investigative drug that is showing promise in controlling these symptoms. The drug combines dextromethorphan (an ingredient contained in many cough suppressants) and the enzyme inhibitor quinidine.

Sildenafil (Viagra) may help improve sexual dysfunction in some patients. Corticosteroids, which are sometimes used for other MS symptoms, also improve sexual function. Other treatments are available that might be very beneficial. Patients should not be shy about discussing sexuality with their doctor. [See In-Depth Report # 15: Erectile dysfunction.]

Techniques for helping patients with swallowing problems include using specific head and tongue positions to assist swallowing, and preparing pureed food. Patients may need to work with otolaryngologists (doctors specializing in ear, nose, and throat disorders) to address swallowing problems. Left untreated, swallowing problems can increase a patient's risk of aspiration pneumonia, malnutrition, dehydration, and other problems.

MS is a strong risk factor for osteoporosis. In addition to calcium and vitamin D supplements, a number of drugs are now available to help prevent bone loss and reduce the risk of fractures due to osteoporosis. [See In-Depth Report #18: Osteoporosis.]

Treating Depression. Treating depression may not only improve mood but may also have direct benefits for patients.

Antidepressants known as tricyclics may have specific benefits for MS in addition to managing severe depression. Amitriptyline (Elavil), for example, may be effective in alleviating the extreme mood swings that frequently occur in patients. This “emotional incontinence,” the inability to control emotions, can distress some patients more than physical symptoms. Other tricyclics include desipramine (Norpramin, Pertofrane) and imipramine (Tofranil), which have additional effects that improve bladder symptoms in some patients. These drugs, however, can have severe side effects.
Newer antidepressant drugs, known as SSRIs (serotonin-reuptake inhibitors), which include fluoxetine (Prozac), sertraline (Zoloft), and paroxetine (Paxil), may be better tolerated. A study on sertraline suggested that it may also reduce the immune system's inflammatory response.

Stress Reduction and Supportive Measures. Stress can worsen symptoms, and may worsen the disease itself. Reducing stress is an important part of general health maintenance. Studies on methods for reducing stress report improved well-being in patients. A sense of control and connection appears to be extremely important for patients. Relaxation or meditation exercises can be beneficial, although cognitive-behavioral methods may be more effective in these patients. [See In-DepthReport # 31: Stress.]

Support for Caregivers. Many patients require long-term physical, financial, and psychological support from family and friends. The physical and mental health of the caregiver are critical. In one study, caregivers reported that among the most distressing aspects were the psychological impact of MS on the patient and the incurability of the disease. Most caregivers identified the best form of support to be practical help, cooking, cleaning, and better availability of medical and financial advice. Therapeutic help for family members may also be helpful.

Interferon, used to treat MS, may improve mental function. Other medications and therapies may also be helpful. For example, drugs called cholinesterase inhibitors, such as donepezil (Aricept), which are used for Alzheimer's disease, may help improve mental functioning. Vocational programs for the patient may also be helpful. Therapeutic programs for both patients and their families can help them better understand and cope with cognitive weaknesses such as concentration and problem solving.

Lifestyle Changes

People with multiple sclerosis should make every effort to preserve their general health. A healthy diet, sufficient rest, establishing priorities to conserve energy, and developing emotional support networks can all be very helpful.

Some dietary suggestions for patients with MS include:

Drink two quarts of water a day and avoid caffeine-containing beverages, which are actually dehydrating. This helps avoid constipation (although may cause difficulties in patients who also have urge incontinence).
Eat a diet rich in fiber, particularly from whole grains (especially bran, oats, or flax), fruits (particularly prunes), and vegetables.
Low-fat diets have not proven to have much effect on MS but are, in any case, generally healthy.
Fish and fish oil. Omega-3 fatty acids, which are found in oily fish, have been associated with protection against inflammation and some reduction in symptoms in people with various autoimmune conditions. Such fatty acids are also available in supplements as docosahexaenoic (DHA) and eicosapentaenoic (EPA) acids. Standards for optimal amounts and forms of omega-3 fatty acids have not yet been established, however. Some experts recommend that people with MS eat three fish meals a week.

Special diets, such as those that are gluten- or yeast-free, have not shown to have any direct effect on the symptoms or course of MS.

Exercise is an important component in managing MS. An active patient with MS is less likely to develop certain complications, such as bladder and bowel dysfunction, osteoporosis, permanent muscle contractions, ulcerations of the skin, or abnormal blood clotting. MS symptoms can temporarily worsen during physical activity, however, so any program must be planned carefully. A health professional should be consulted to determine the best form of physical activity. One study reported that physical rehabilitation for 3 weeks in a hospital setting was significantly more effective in achieving functional independence than home exercise. It is not known if the same benefits can be achieved with a similar program outside the hospital.

Some suggestions include:

Exercise programs must be designed to stimulate working muscles, but at the same time avoid overload and overheating, which can block nerve conduction.
Stretching and range-of-motion exercises are important because they can relieve muscle spasticity.
Pool exercises are particularly helpful. Water supports the body, and cool water dissipates heat.
Specific exercises that strengthen and increase the endurance of muscles that control breathing functions may be helpful. However, it is unclear if such exercises reduce lung complications over the long-term.
Gradually, patients may be able to build up to more complex exercise programs.

Body overheating causes demyelinated nerves to function less efficiently than usual. Although this effect is resolved within a few hours of regaining normal body temperature, active cooling can help reduce fatigue and improve stability. As a result, researchers are studying the effectiveness of cooling suits.

The following measures may be helpful:

Use air conditioners in the summer.
Keep the home slightly cool in winter.
Avoid swimming in heated pools.
A portable helmet that uses cold liquid to cool the head and neck and therefore lower core body temperatures may help MS symptoms during daily activities.

MS symptoms worsen during a cold or the flu, probably because of increased immune system activity. Experts recommend that patients with MS receive a flu shot in the fall. However, experts warn that patients should not take the nasal spray version of the flu vaccine (FluMist Intranasal). Unlike the flu injection vaccine, which uses an inactivated virus, FluMist contains a live virus. Live virus vaccinations may be harmful for people with MS, especially those who take immune-suppressing drugs.

Resources

www.ninds.nih.gov -- National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke
www.aan.com -- American Academy of Neurology
www.msaa.com -- Multiple Sclerosis Association of America
www.nmss.org -- National Multiple Sclerosis Society
www.msfacts.org -- Multiple Sclerosis Foundation
www.www.fda.gov/cder/drug/infopage/natalizumab -- FDA information on natalizumab (Tysabri)
www.myelin.org -- The Myelin Project
www.abledata.com -- National database of assistive devices and rehabilitation equipment

References

Balcer LJ, Galetta SL, Calabresi PA, Confavreux C, Giovannoni G, Havrdova E, et al. Natalizumab reduces visual loss in patients with relapsing multiple sclerosis. Neurology. 2007 Apr 17;68(16):1299-304.

Boggild M. .Rationale and experience with combination therapies in multiple sclerosis. J Neurol. 2006 Nov;253 Suppl 6:vi45-vi51.

Centonze D, Koch G, Versace V, Mori F, Rossi S, Brusa L, et al. Repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation of the motor cortex ameliorates spasticity in multiple sclerosis. Neurology. 2007 Mar 27;68(13):1045-50.

Correale J, Fiol M, Gilmore W. The risk of relapses in multiple sclerosis during systemic infections. Neurology. 2006 Aug 22;67(4):652-9. Epub 2006 Jul 26.

Hensiek AE, Seaman SR, Barcellos LF, Oturai A, Eraksoi M, Cocco E, et al. Familial effects on the clinical course of multiple sclerosis. Neurology. 2007 Jan 30;68(5):376-83.

Kappos L, Antel J, Comi G, Montalban X, O'Connor P, Polman CH, et al. Oral fingolimod (FTY720) for relapsing multiple sclerosis. N Engl J Med. 2006 Sep 14;355(11):1124-40.

Munger KL, Levin LI, Hollis BW, Howard NS, Ascherio A. Serum 25-hydroxyvitamin D levels and risk of multiple sclerosis. JAMA. 2006 Dec 20;296(23):2832-8.

Sicotte NL, Giesser BS, Tandon V, Klutch R, Steiner B, Drain AE, et al. Testosterone treatment in multiple sclerosis: a pilot study. Arch Neurol. 2007 May;64:683-688.

Wolinsky JS, Narayana PA, O'Connor P, Coyle PK, Ford C, Johnson K, et al. Glatiramer acetate in primary progressive multiple sclerosis: results of a multinational, multicenter, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Ann Neurol. 2007 Jan;61(1):14-24.

Review Date:
5/26/2007
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, M.D., Editor-in-Chief, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Hepatitis

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:31 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
Diagnosis
Hepatitis A
Hepatitis B and D
Hepatitis C
Autoimmune Hepatitis
Symptom Management
Outlook
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

Drug Approvals

In 2006, the FDA approved telbivudine (Tyzeka), a new type of nucleoside analog drug, for treatment of chronic hepatitis B. There are now six drugs approved for hepatitis B treatment.
In 2007, the FDA approved HepaGam B, an intravenous immune globulin drug, for preventing hepatitis B recurrence following liver transplantation.

Drug Warning

In 2007, the FDA revised the prescribing label for entecavir (Baraclude), a drug used to treat hepatitis B. The new label advises against using entacavir in patients infected with both hepatitis B and HIV who are not receiving antiretroviral (anti-HIV) therapy.

Hepatitis C May Increase Lymphoma Risk

Hepatitis C infection increases the risk for developing non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma (NHL) by 20 - 30%, according to a 2007 study of male war veterans published in the Journal of the American Medical Association.

Causes of Death in Hepatitis B and C

Liver disease in general, and liver cancer in particular, is the leading cause of death in patients infected with hepatitis B, according to a 2006 study in the Lancet. Hepatitis B is the leading cause of liver cancer.
Patients with hepatitis C are also at high risk for death from liver disease. However, the Lancet study indicated that young women with hepatitis C face an even higher risk of dying from illegal intravenous drug use.

Drug Research

Adefovir (Hepsera) is commonly used to treat hepatitis B, but many patients eventually develop drug resistance. A 2006 study suggested that adefovir works well for about 5 years, with resistance occurring in about 20% of patients.
Combination treatment with pegylated interferon and ribavirin is an effective treatment for hepatitis C, but causes many side effects. Researchers are studying whether some patients may be able to succeed with a shorter course of treatment. Unfortunately, a 2007 New England Journal of Medicine study suggested that 16 weeks of treatment does not work as well as the standard 24-week course.

Introduction

Hepatitis is a disorder in which viruses or other mechanisms produce inflammation in liver cells, resulting in their injury or destruction. The liver is the largest organ in the body, occupying the entire upper right quadrant of the abdomen. It performs over 500 vital functions including:

The liver processes all of the nutrients the body requires, including proteins, glucose, vitamins, and fats.
The liver manufactures bile, the greenish fluid stored in the gallbladder that helps digest fats.
One of the liver's major contributions is to render harmless potentially toxic substances, including alcohol, ammonia, nicotine, drugs, and harmful by-products of digestion.
Old red blood cells are removed from the blood by the liver and spleen, and the iron contained in them is recycled to the bone marrow to make new red blood cells.

The esophagus, stomach, large and small intestine -- aided by the liver, gallbladder, and pancreas -- convert the nutritive components of food into energy and break down the non-nutritive components into waste to be excreted.

Damage to the liver can impair these and many other processes. Hepatitis varies in severity from a self-limited condition with total recovery to a life-threatening or life-long disease. It can occur from many different causes:

In the most common hepatitis cases (viral hepatitis), specific viruses incite the immune system to fight off infections. Specific immune factors become over-produced that cause injury.
Hepatitis can also result from an autoimmune condition, in which abnormal immune factors attack the body's own liver cells.
Inflammation of the liver can also occur from medical problems, drugs, alcoholism, chemicals, and environmental toxins.

No matter what the cause of hepatitis, it can take either an acute (short term) or chronic (long term) form. In some cases, acute hepatitis develops into a chronic condition, but chronic hepatitis can also occur on its own. Although chronic hepatitis is generally the more serious condition, patients having either condition can experience varying degrees of severity.

Acute Hepatitis. Acute hepatitis can begin suddenly or gradually, but it has a limited course and rarely lasts beyond 1 or 2 months. Usually, there is only spotty liver cell damage and evidence of immune system activity. Rarely, acute hepatitis can cause severe, even life-threatening, liver damage.

Chronic Hepatitis. The chronic forms of hepatitis last for prolonged periods. Doctors usually categorize chronic hepatitis by indications of severity:

Chronic persistent hepatitis is usually mild and nonprogressive or slowly progressive, causing limited damage to the liver.
Chronic active hepatitis involves extensive liver damage and cell injury beyond the portal tract.

Click the icon to see an image of aggressive hepatitis.

Most cases of hepatitis are caused by viruses that infect liver cells and begin replicating. They are defined by the letters A through G:

Hepatitis A, B, and C are the most common viral forms of hepatitis. Investigators are still looking for additional viruses that may be implicated in hepatitis unexplained by the current known viruses.
Other hepatitis viruses include hepatitis E and hepatitis G. Like hepatitis A, hepatitis E is caused by contact with contaminated food or water. It is not serious except in pregnant women, when it can be life threatening. Hepatitis G is always chronic and most likely has the same modes of transmission as hepatitis C. It does not appear to have serious effects.

Scientists do not know exactly how these viruses actually cause hepatitis (inflammation in the liver). As the virus reproduces in the liver, several proteins and enzymes, including many that attach to the surface of the viral protein, are also produced. Some of these may be directly responsible for liver damage. Researchers are investigating elevated levels of specific immune factors, including T cell sub-types in the liver of hepatitis C and B patients. T cells are important infection fighters in the immune system that in some cases release powerful inflammatory substances (tumor necrosis factor and interferon gamma) that can cause considerable damage leading to hepatitis B or C.

Autoimmune chronic hepatitis accounts for about 20% of all chronic hepatitis cases. Like other autoimmune disorders, this condition develops because a genetically defective immune system attacks the body's own cells and organs (in this case the liver). The attack is triggered by an environmental factor, probably a virus. Suspects include the measles virus, a hepatitis virus, or the Epstein-Barr virus, which causes mononucleosis. It is also possible that a reaction to a drug or other toxin that affects the liver also triggers an autoimmune response in susceptible individuals. In about 30% of cases, autoimmune hepatitis is associated with other disorders that involve autoimmune attacks on other parts of the body.

Alcohol. About 10 - 35% of heavy drinkers develop alcoholic hepatitis. In the body, alcohol breaks down into various chemicals, some of which are very toxic to the liver. After years of drinking, liver damage can be very severe, leading to cirrhosis in about 10 - 20% of cases. Although heavy drinking itself is the major risk factor for alcoholic hepatitis, genetic factors may play a role in increasing a person's risk for alcoholic hepatitis. Women who abuse alcohol are at higher risk for alcoholic hepatitis and cirrhosis than are men who drink heavily. High-fat diets may also increase the risk in heavy drinkers.

Drugs. Because the liver plays such a major role in metabolizing drugs, hundreds of medications can cause reactions that are similar to those of acute viral hepatitis. Symptoms can appear anywhere from 2 weeks to 6 months after starting drug treatment. In most cases, they disappear when the drug is withdrawn, but in rare circumstances they may progress to serious liver disease. Drugs most noted for liver interactions include halothane, isoniazid, methyldopa, phenytoin, valproic acid, and the sulfonamide drugs. Very high doses of acetaminophen (Tylenol) have been known to cause severe liver damage and even death, particularly when used with alcohol.

Nonalcoholic fatty liver disease (NAFLD) affects between 10 - 24% of the population. It covers several conditions, including nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH). NAFLD has features similar to alcoholic hepatitis, particularly a fatty liver, but it occurs in individuals who drink little or no alcohol. Severe obesity and diabetes are the major risk factors for NAFLD as well as complications from NAFLD. NAFLD is usually benign and very slowly progressive. In certain patients, however, it can lead to cirrhosis, liver failure, or liver cancer. [For more information, see In-Depth Report #75: Cirrhosis.]

Diagnosis

In people suspected of having or carrying viral hepatitis, doctors will measure certain substances in the blood.

Bilirubin. Bilirubin is one of the most important factors indicative of hepatitis. It is a red-yellow pigment that is normally metabolized in the liver and then excreted in the urine. In patients with hepatitis, the liver cannot process bilirubin, and blood levels of this substance rise. (High levels of bilirubin cause the yellowish skin tone, known as jaundice.)
Liver Enzymes (Aminotransferases). Enzymes known as aminotransferases, including aspartate (AST) and alanine (ALT), are released when the liver is damaged. Measurements of these enzymes, particularly ALT, are the least expensive and most noninvasive tests for determining severity of the underlying liver disease and monitoring treatment effectiveness. Enzyme levels vary, however, and are not always an accurate indicator of disease activity. (For example, they are not useful in detecting progression to cirrhosis.)

Blood is drawn from a vein (venipuncture), usually from the inside of the elbow or the back of the hand. A needle is inserted into the vein, and the blood is collected in an air-tight vial or a syringe. Preparation may vary depending on the specific test.

Radioimmunoassays. To identify the particular virus causing hepatitis, blood tests called radioimmunoassays are performed. Typically, radioimmunoassays identify particular antibodies, which are molecules in the immune system that attack specific antigens. (Antigens are any molecules that the body considers threatening or dangerous and which can be targeted by antibodies.) Some of these tests can pinpoint hepatitis antigens directly. These tests, however, have limitations:

There may not be sufficient numbers of antibodies to be detectable by blood tests for up to weeks or months after hepatitis develops. Blood tests that are taken too early may miss these signs of infection.
Antibodies also linger after patients recover, so a positive antibody test can indicate a previous infection but does not necessarily determine if the infection is active.

The assays for individual hepatitis viruses may differ.

Polymerase Chain Reaction. In some cases of hepatitis C, a polymerase chain reaction (PCR), may be performed. PCR is able to make multiple copies of the virus’ genetic material to the point where it is detectable.

A liver biopsy may be performed for acute viral hepatitis caught in a late stage or for severe cases of chronic hepatitis. No laboratory tests for enzyme or viral levels can truly determine the actual damage to the liver. A biopsy helps determine treatment possibilities, the extent of damage, and the long-term outlook.

The biopsy requires abdominal surgery, most often laparoscopy. This procedure takes about an hour. It requires general anesthesia and involves the following steps:

The surgeon makes one or more small incisions (about 0.5 - 1.0 inch) in the abdomen.
Carbon dioxide or nitrous oxide is delivered through the incision to inflate the abdomen so that the involved area is visible.
The surgeon inserts a thin tube, called a laparoscope, which contains a tiny camera. Surgical instruments are also inserted through the incision to remove the liver tissue for biopsy.

Click the icon to see an explanation of liver biopsy.

A less invasive procedure, called a minilaparoscopy, uses a smaller scope and may prove to reduce the time of the procedure.

Patients with cirrhosis are usually screened for liver cancer using tests for a substance called alpha-fetoprotein (AFP) and ultrasound. It is not known, however, if such screening has much impact on survival, since it is not very sensitive and has a high rate of false positives (suggesting the presence of cancer when it is not actually present). Screening is not necessary in patients without cirrhosis.

Hepatitis A

About a third of the U.S. population has antibodies to hepatitis A, indicating previous infection by the virus. The hepatitis A virus infects up to 200,000 Americans every year and causes symptoms in about 134,000 of them. Almost 30% are children under age 15.

Hepatitis A (formerly called infectious hepatitis) is excreted in feces and transmitted by contaminated food and water. Eating shellfish taken from sewage-contaminated water is a common means of contracting hepatitis A. Infected people can transmit it to others if they do not take strict sanitary precautions. Hepatitis A is infectious for 2 - 4 weeks before symptoms develop and for a few days afterward.

People at risk for passing the infection along or being infected include:

International travelers. Hepatitis A is the hepatitis strain people are most likely to encounter in the course of international travel. In fact, in spite of the availability of a vaccine, the increase in travel to underdeveloped countries has kept the incidence of hepatitis A steady in Western nations. The incidence may even be increasing.
Day care employees and children. It is estimated that between 11 - 16% of hepatitis A cases occur among day care employees and children who attend day care. The risk for children attending day care is very low, however, if hygienic precautions are used, particularly when changing babies and handling diapers.
Sexually active homosexual men.
Intravenous drug users.
Health care, food industry, and sewage workers.

A fly may act as a mechanical vector of diseases such as hepatitis A, which means the fly carries the infective organism on its feet or mouth parts and contaminates food or water which a person then consumes. A biological vector actually develops an infective organism in its body and passes it along to its host, usually through its saliva. A fly can be a biological vector, as in the transmission of leishmaniasis by the sandfly.

Symptoms of acute viral hepatitis may begin suddenly or develop gradually. They may be so mild that patients mistake the disease for the flu. They include:

Nearly all patients experience some fatigue and often have mild fever.
Gastrointestinal problems are very common, including nausea, vomiting, a general feeling of discomfort in the abdomen, or a sharper pain that may occur in the upper right area of the abdomen. This pain tends to increase during jerking movements, such as climbing stairs or riding on a bumpy road.
Gastrointestinal problems can also lead to loss of appetite, weight loss, and dehydration.
After about 2 weeks, dark urine and jaundice (a yellowish color in the skin and whites of the eyes) develops in some, but not all, patients. (Children tend not to develop jaundice.)
About half of all patients have light colored stools, muscle pain, drowsiness, irritability, and itching, usually mild.
Diarrhea and joint aches occur in about a quarter of patients.
The liver may be tender and enlarged, and most people have mild anemia.
In about 10% of patients, the spleen is enlarged.

Travelers should take the following precautions:

Get vaccinated against hepatitis A and possibly B if traveling for long periods of time to countries where epidemics occur.
Use only carbonated bottled water for brushing teeth and drinking. (Remember that ice cubes can carry infection.) Boiling water is the best method for eliminating infectious organisms. Bringing the water to a good boil for at least a minute generally renders it safe to drink.
Heated food should be hot to the touch and eaten promptly.
Don’t buy food from street vendors.
Beware of sliced fruit that may have been washed in contaminated water. Travelers themselves should peel all fresh fruits and vegetables.
Avoid dairy products.
Avoid raw or undercooked meat and fish.

Two vaccines (Havrix, Vaqta) are now available, both very safe and effective for preventing hepatitis A (HAV). They can be given along with immune globulin and other vaccines. A combination Hep A - Hep B vaccine (Twinrix) that contains both Havrix and Engerix-B (a hepatitis B vaccine) is also available.

Click the icon to see a discussion of hepatitis A vaccine.

Candidates for HAV Vaccinations. Vaccinations for hepatitis A are recommended for:

Children age 12 - 23 months (the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention recommends that children receive the first dose of the hepatitis A vaccine when they are 12 months old, and a second dose 6 months later). Hepatitis A used to affect mostly children, but now occurs mostly in adults.
Travelers to developing countries. (Travelers should also receive immune globulin if they are visiting high-risk areas within 4 weeks of the vaccination.)
Sexually active homosexual men
Illegal drug users, especially those who inject drugs
Health care workers
People with chronic liver disease
People with hemophilia or other blood-clotting disorders

Side Effects. Although there are few side effects, allergic responses from the vaccination can occur. Hair loss has been reported in very few people after a second administration. There may be pain at the injection site. (Havrix causes more pain at the injection site than Vaqta.)

Symptoms are usually mild, especially in children, and generally appear between 2 - 6 weeks after exposure to the virus. Adult patients are more likely to have fever, jaundice, and itching that can last up to several months.

Hepatitis A is the least serious of the common hepatitis viruses. It does not directly kill liver cells, and there is no risk for a chronic form. Severe (fulminant) hepatitis is the only major concern, but even if it develops, it is almost always less dangerous than with other viral types. Only 1 in a 1,000 patients is at risk for death from this complication. If hepatitis A infection occurs in patients with hepatitis C, however, superinfections can occur, even without cirrhosis, leading to a life-threatening form of fulminant hepatitis. (Infection of patients with hepatitis B who do not have cirrhosis does not appear to be as dangerous.)

Radioimmunoassays are generally used to identify IgM antibodies, first produced to fight hepatitis A. They appear early in the course of the disease and usually can be identified as soon as symptoms appear. IgM antibodies disappear during recovery, but those known as IgG antibodies persist, and their presence can be used to indicate a previous infection.

The primary goals for managing acute viral hepatitis are to provide adequate nutrition, to prevent additional damage to the liver, and to prevent transmission to others.

Precautions for Preventing Transmission of Hepatitis A. Because hepatitis A and hepatitis E are usually passed through contaminated food, people with these viruses should not prepare food for others. Unfortunately, these viruses are most contagious before symptoms appear.

Using hot water when cleaning utensils or clothing is essential. Heating a contaminated article for 1 minute kills the virus. Simple household bleach is effective for disinfecting hard surfaces. Sterilizing is not necessary. Still, even with strong precautions, utensils used by the patient for eating and cooking should be kept separate from those used by others.
Abstain from sexual activity or take strict precautions.
Abstain from alcohol. Moderate drinking after recovery is not harmful for most people.

Hepatitis B and D

Hepatitis B and D were formerly called serum hepatitis. Hepatitis B is mainly transmitted through blood transfusions, contaminated needles, and sexual contact. Blood screening has reduced the risk from transfusions. It can also be passed from cuts, scrapes, and other breaks in the skin. Hepatitis D virus can replicate only by attaching to hepatitis B and therefore cannot exist without the B virus being present.

Risk Factors for Hepatitis B. About 1.2 million Americans are chronically infected with hepatitits B and between 20 - 30% acquired the infection when they were children. Men are at higher risk than women. Among ethnic groups living in the United States, Asians are at highest risk, due to the high rate of hepatitits B in Asian countries. Fortunately, in the US the number of new infections has declined dramatically -- by 67% between 1990 and 2002. In 2003, 7,526 cases were reported compared to over 20,000 in 1990. The greatest decrease has occurred in children. Among young adults and people living in the Northeast, however, the incidence has increased since 1999. This may indicate that sexual activity is an important route for viral transmission and that the protective effect of the vaccine has not yet reached older, high-risk groups. Also, as with hepatitis A, the increase in travelers to underdeveloped nations may be responsible for the steady rate.

Hepatitits B is far more common overseas and about 600,000 people die each year from conditions, such as liver cancer or cirrhosis, that are related to chronic hepatitis B. Nearly 70% of these infections were acquired during infancy or early childhood.

People at risk include:

Drug users who share needles.
Children of infected mothers. Pregnant women with hepatitis B can transmit the virus to their babies. Even if they are not infected at birth, unvaccinated children of infected mothers run a 60% risk of developing hepatitits B before age 5. Children are more likely than adults to become chronic carriers, although between 6 - 12% of children spontaneously recover each year.
People with multiple sex partners or other high-risk sexual behavior.
Hospital workers and others exposed to blood products. Contaminated medical instruments, including fingerstick devices used for more than one individual, have been known to transmit the virus.
Staff members and clients of institutions for the developmentally disabled.
Prisoners.
Immigrants from areas where the disease rate is high. (International travelers who spend long periods in such areas may also be at risk.)

People at highest risk for becoming chronic carriers of the virus include:

Children infected before age 5, including newborns, most of whom become carriers.
Infected people with damaged immune systems, such as AIDS patients.

Risk Factors for Hepatitis D. Hepatitis D occurs only in people with hepatitis B. It is not common in the U.S. and the incidence of this hepatitis is declining rapidly overseas. Experts anticipate that it will be extremely rare in the near future. Those who recover from hepatitis B are immune to further infection from both hepatitis B and D viruses.

The following are some precautions for preventing the transmission of hepatitits B or hepatitits C:

All objects contaminated by blood from patients with hepatitis B or C must be handled with special care. (Restrictions on food preparation are not necessary for these hepatitis viruses.)
Patients with viral hepatitis should abstain from sexual activity or take strict precautions. Infected patients should use condoms and contraceptives that prevent passage of the virus, possibly even in relationships that last for years. Women partners or infected women should abstain from sexual activity during menstruation. Either partner with infections that cause bleeding in the genital or urinary areas should avoid sexual activity until the infection is no longer active.
Couples with an infected partner or people sharing household with an infected person should avoid sharing personal items, such as razors or toothbrushes.

Note: There is no evidence that the viruses can be passed through casual contact, or other contact without exposure to blood, including kissing, hugging, sneezing, or coughing or by sharing eating utensils or drinking glasses. People infected with chronic hepatitis B or C should not be excluded from work, school, play, childcare or any social or work settings on the basis of their infection.

Symptoms appear long after the initial infection, usually 4 - 24 weeks. Many patients may not even experience them or they may be mild and flu-like. About 10 - 20% of patients have a fever and rash. Nausea is not common. Sometimes there is general aching in the joints. The pain can resemble arthritis, affecting specific joints and accompanied by redness and swelling.

Most people with hepatitis B recover from the virus. The risk of progressing to the chronic form of hepatitis B is age dependent. Only 2 - 6% of people who are older than 5 years old when they acquire the virus will develop chronic hepatitis B. The risk for chronic hepatitis in children age 1 - 5 years is 30%, and the risk for infants under the age of 1 is up to 90%. In the U.S., about 1.25 million people are chronically infected with hepatitis B. Worldwide, about 400 million people are chronically infected.

Chronic hepatitis B infection significantly increases the risk for liver damage, including cirrhosis and liver cancer. In fact, hepatitis B is the leading cause of liver cancer worldwide. According to a 2006 Lancet study, liver disease, especially liver cancer, is the main cause of death in people with chronic hepatitis B. Because of these high risks, it is very important that patients with chronic hepatitis B receive regular screenings for liver cancer.

Patients with hepatitis B who are co-infected with hepatitis D may develop a more severe form of acute infection than those who have only hepatitis B. Co-infection with hepatitis B and D increases the risk of developing acute liver failure. Patients with chronic hepatitis B who develop chronic hepatitis D also face high risk for cirrhosis. Hepatitis D occurs only in people who are already infected with hepatitis B.

A diagnosis of hepatitis B relies on measuring the liver enzymes aspartate (AST) and alanine (ALT) -- released when the liver is damaged -- assays to identify the viral DNA, and a liver biopsy.

Doctors must then determine if the condition is chronic but inactive or whether it is more aggressive. This is done by identifying a specific antigen called HBsAg, which is a protein that is found in the blood in early stages of hepatitis B and suggests the presence of a viral replication. Most people develop antibodies to this antigen during convalescence. Their condition is referred to as HBeAG negative, or anti-HBe, and suggests that infection is on the wane. About 5 - 10% of people do not clear the infection but become carriers of the antigen (called HBsAG-positive). Evidence of its persistence for more than 6 months suggests that the condition is chronic.

Tests can identify specific genetic types of hepatitis B virus (designated A to G). It is not clear how significant they are in treating patients with hepatitits B.

It is important to remember, however, that viral levels are not an accurate measure of actual liver damage. Only a biopsy can determine this.

To diagnose hepatitis D using an antibody test, hepatitis B must already have been identified.

General precautions for preventing hepatitis B when traveling are the same as those for hepatitis A. In infected people, precautions for preventing transmission are similar to those for hepatitis C.

Vaccinations for Prevention of Hepatitis B. Several inactivated virus vaccines, including Recombivax HB, GenHevac B, Hepagene, and Engerix-B, can prevent hepatitis B and are safe even for infants and children. A triple-antigen hepatitis B vaccine (Hepacare) is proving to be effective for people who do not respond to the standard vaccines. Vaccination programs are also helping to reduce the risk for liver cancer. A combination vaccine (Twinrix) that contains Engerix-B and Havrix, a hepatitis A vaccine, is now approved for people with risk factors for both hepatitis A and B.

Click the icon to see an image discussing hepatitis B vaccine.

Until recently, the vaccine contained a mercury-based preservative called thimerosal. In response to concerns, professional organizations recommended suspending vaccinations in infants with noninfected mothers. In 1999, a thimerosal-free vaccine became available, and medical centers are now urged to continue vaccinations. Unfortunately, even after the thimerosal-free vaccine became available, a number of hospitals still have not restored vaccination of all infants. This is a safe vaccine. Parents should be sure their children are immunized.

Candidates for Hepatitits B Vaccinations. Experts now recommend that all infants and children not previously vaccinated be immunized by the time they reach seventh grade.

Typical schedules for hepatitis B vaccinations in childhood are as follows:

All infants should receive the hepatitis B vaccine soon after birth and before hospital discharge. (The first dose may be given by age 2 months if the mother has no evidence of infection. Infants of mothers infected with hepatitits B should be treated with immune globulin plus the hepatitis vaccine within 12 hours of birth. Vaccinating the newborn prevents infection from being transmitted from mother to child.)
The second dose should be given at least 4 - 6 weeks after the first dose. The third dose is given at least 8 weeks after the second dose (typically when the baby is 6 - 23 months old).
Children who are 11 - 12 years old and who have not been immunized should receive two or three doses of the vaccine (depending on the brand) given over a few months.

Hepatitis B vaccine protection lasts at least 10 years. Booster shots after that may be recommended, depending on continuing risk such as sexual exposure.

The following adults are at very high risk and should be vaccinated:

Health care and public safety workers who may be exposed to blood products. Such individuals have a risk for hepatitis B virus that ranges from 15 - 30%.
People in the same household as hepatitits B infected individuals. (Unvaccinated people who have had intimate exposure to people with hepatitits B may be protected with immune globulin, which is sometimes administered with the vaccine.)
Travelers to developing countries.
Patients who require transfusions and have not been infected with hepatitits B. (Those with blood clotting disorders should have the vaccination administered under the skin, not injected in the muscle.)
Sexually active homosexual or heterosexual individuals with multiple partners or who engage in high-risk sexual behavior.
People with any sexually transmitted diseases.

Other people at risk who may benefit from vaccinations include:

Patients and workers in mental institutions and morticians.
Patients on hemodialysis. (People on hemodialysis may need larger doses or boosters. They also may need to be re-vaccinated if blood tests indicate they are losing immunity.)
People who use injected drugs.
Pregnant women at risk for the virus should be vaccinated. There is no evidence that the vaccine is dangerous to the fetus.
People receiving treatments or who have conditions that suppress the immune system may need the vaccination, although its benefits for this group are unclear except for those at high risk, such as people with HIV or spleen abnormalities.

The regimen in adults is typically three doses given over 6 months. People with alcoholism may need high doses.

Soreness at the injection site is the most common side effect. There have been some reports of nerve inflammation after vaccinations for hepatitis B, and there has been some concern about three small studies associating the vaccine with an insignificant increase in multiple sclerosis. Recent studies, however, have found no evidence to support these concerns. Nonetheless, some groups oppose the vaccination in children who are not in high-risk groups. It should be strongly stressed that worldwide 65 million people with chronic hepatitis are expected to die from liver disease. Vaccinations save lives. For example, in Taiwan, where infection rates are high and infants are at risk for hepatitis B from infected mothers, vaccination programs have significantly reduced the risk for liver cancer.

Six drugs are currently approved in the United States for treatment of chronic hepatitis B:

Peginterferon alfa-2a (Pegasys)
Interferon-alfa-2b (Intron)
Adefovir (Hepsera)
Lamivudine (Epivir)
Entecavir (Baraclude)
Telbivudine (Tyzeka)

These drugs block the replication of hepatitits B in the body. Some also help boost the immune system. A doctor will decide which drug to prescribe based on a patient’s age, disease severity, and other factors. Each drug has various advantages and disadvantages in terms of cost, efficacy, side effects, and likelihood of drug resistance. A combination of drugs may also be prescribed.

Peginterferon alfa-2a. Peginterferon alfa-2a (Pegasys) was approved in 2005 for treatment of chronic hepatitis B. (Peginterferon is also called pegylated interferon.) The drug was previously approved in 2002 for treatment of chronic hepatitis C. Pegasys prevents the hepatitis B virus from replicating and also helps boost the immune system. It is given as a weekly injection. Peginterferon is sometimes prescribed in combination with lamivudine (Epivir).

Interferon Alpha. For many years, interferon alfa-2b (Intron) was the standard drug for hepatitis B. The drug is usually taken by injection every day for 16 weeks. (It does not appear to help hepatitis D.) Unfortunately, even in hepatitis B, the virus recurs in almost all cases, although this recurring mutation may be weaker than the original strain. Administering the drug for longer periods may produce sustained remission in more patients while still being safe. Interferon is also effective in eligible children, although long-term effects are unclear.

Lamivudine,Entecavir, and Telbivudine. These drugs are classified as nucleoside analogs. Lamivudine (Epivir or 3TC) is an antiretroviral drug that is used to treat human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) as well as hepatitis B. Studies suggest that lamivudine reduces viral count in over half of hepatitis B patients who take it as sole therapy for about a year. It is less expensive than interferon-alfa and has fewer side effects, but may not work as well as interferon-alfa for long-term therapy. A major problem with lamivudine is the development of mutated viral strains that become resistant to the drug, particularly in areas where the virus is common. About 20% of patients who take lamivudine develop drug resistance.

In 2005, the FDA approved entecavir (Baraclude) for treatment of adults with chronic hepatitis B. In clinical trials, entecavir worked better than lamivudine for treating hepatitits B. Entecavir appears to have less risk of drug resistance than lamivudine. Studies also suggest that it may be a good alternative treatment for patients who have developed resistance to lamivudine. Questions have been raised about the drug’s possible cancer risks. Ongoing studies are evaluating this risk.

In 2006, the FDA approved telbivudine (Tyzeka), the newest nucleoside analog drug, for treatment of chronic hepatitis B.

Adefovir. Adefovir (Hepsera) belongs to a class of antiviral drugs called nucleotide analogs. (Nucleotides are related to nucleosides but have a slightly different chemical structure.) Nucleotide analogs block an enzyme involved in the replication of viruses. Adefovir costs more than lamivudine, but may be effective against lamivudine-resistant strains of hepatitits B. The drug must be taken on a long-term basis. A 2006 study indicated that when patients stopped taking adefovir after 48 weeks, the hepitatis B virus resumed replication. Patients who took the drug for a longer period (144 weeks) continued to benefit from treatment. Another 2006 study indicated that for some patients, adefovir remains effective for up to 5 years, although resistance occurs in about 20% of patients.

Drug Warnings. In 2004, the FDA issued two drug warnings for patients with hepatitits B. The HIV drug tenofovir (Viread) should not be used to treat patients with HIV who are co-infected with hepatitits B as the drug may increase hepatitis severity. The lymphoma drug rituximab (Rituxan) may reactivate hepatitits B. Patients with lymphoma should be screened for hepatitits B. In 2007, the FDA revised the label for entecavir (Baraclude); patients who are co-infected with hepatitits B and HIV should take entecavir only if they are also taking antiretroviral HIV drugs.

Investigational Drugs.

Emtricitabine is a nucleoside analog drug used to treat HIV and AIDS. It is being investigated for chronic hepatitits B.
Pegylated interferon alfa-2b (Peg-Intron) and alfa-2a (Pegasys) are approved for treatment of chronic hepatitis C. They are being investigated alone and in combination with other drugs, such as ribavirin (Copegus, Rebetol), for treatment of hepatitits B. The combination of pegylated interferon and ribavirin is the standard treatment for hepatitis C.
Thymosin Alpha 1 (Zadaxin), also called thymalfasin, is a synthetic version of a substance derived from the thymus gland (which is responsible for maturation of immune factors called T-cells). It appears to be safe for hepatitis B patients when used alone or in combination with interferon. It is approved in many countries, but not the United States.

Liver Transplantation. If the disease progresses to liver failure, liver transplantation may be an option. It is not foolproof, however. Viral recurrence is high in patients with hepatitis B. However, regular, lifelong injections of hepatitis B immune globulin (HepaGam B) can reduce the risk for re-infection following liver transplantation.

Hepatitis C

Hepatitis C is spread by contact with infected human blood. It is the most common blood-borne infection in the country. Until blood screening began in 1990, the hepatitis C virus was primarily transmitted through blood transfusions. Now, hepatitis C is transmitted mainly through intravenous drug use and sharing needles. Nearly half of people infected with hepatitis C have a history of injecting drugs. People who received a blood transfusion before 1992 are also at high risk, as are people who have had 20 or more sexual partners. Hepatitis C can also be passed from an infected mother to her baby during birth. (Breast-feeding does not increase the risk of transmission.)

Click the icon to see an image discussing hepatitis C.

About 4 million Americans have had an initial hepatitis C infection and an estimated 3.2 million have chronic hepatitis C. Hepatitis C affects about 170 million people worldwide. Most people with chronic hepatitis C are unaware that they have it. It is not possible to predict which patients will develop the chronic form of hepatitis C.

Ethnic Groups. In general, hepatitis C occurs most commonly in non-Caucasian men ages 30 - 49 years. Over 6% of African-Americans are infected with hepatitis C, about two to three times the risk for Caucasians.

Most patients with hepatitis C do not experience symptoms. If they appear at all, symptoms develop about 1 – 2 months after a person is infected. Symptoms of progressive chronic viral hepatitis may be very subtle. In some patients, itchy skin is the first symptom. Overall, fatigue is the most common symptom. Many patients do not experience any symptoms at all. Chronic hepatitis C can be present for 10 - 30 years, and cirrhosis or liver failure can sometimes develop before patients experience any clear symptom.

Some evidence suggests, however, that patients with chronic hepatitis C often experience an impaired quality of life, mostly from fatigue. Fatigue can impair daily function, vitality, and mood in ways that are similar to other chronic diseases. The severity of the fatigue is not necessarily related to the degree of liver injury. Some patients develop pain in small joints in the body (such as the hand) that may be nearly indistinguishable from symptoms of rheumatoid arthritis, fibromyalgia, or carpal tunnel syndrome. Recent research suggests that sexual dysfunction may be common among men with chronic hepatitis C. Other nonspecific symptoms include abdominal discomfort, loss of appetite, depression, and difficulty concentrating.

Acute Form. Acute hepatitis C is rarely recognized, since there are no symptoms in up to 80% of patients. About 15 - 45% of acute cases clear up on their own without becoming chronic. Early treatment with interferon drugs can significantly reduce the risk for progression to chronic hepatitis.

Chronic Form. About 55 - 85% of infected people develop chronic hepatitis. Chronic hepatitis C poses a risk for cirrhosis, liver cancer, or both.

Five - 20% of patients with chronic hepatitis C develop cirrhosis over a period of 20 – 30 years. The longer the patient has had the infection, the greater the risk. Patients who have had hepatitis C for more than 60 years have a 70% chance of developing cirrhosis.
Seventy percent of patients with chronic hepatitis C eventually develop chronic liver disease.
Of these patients, 4% eventually develop liver cancer. (Liver cancer rarely develops without cirrhosis first being present.)

About 1 - 5% of people with chronic hepatitis C eventually die from liver diseases (cirrhosis or liver cancer). However, according to a 2006 Lancet study, intravenous drug-related deaths are more common than liver-related deaths among younger female patients (ages 15 - 24) infected with hepatitis C or hepatitis C and B.

Patients with chronic hepatitis C may also be at higher risk for non-liver disorders, including the following:

Cryoglobulinemia (a disorder in which protein clumps form in the blood). This can cause skin rash and ulcers, kidney problems, arthritis, and sensations (such as tingling or pain) in the hands and feet. People with such symptoms may have particular difficulties with interferon, which can have similar side effects.
Porphyria cutanea tarda (a disorder that causes skin color and texture changes and sensitivity to light).
Certain autoimmune disorders, particularly hypothyroidism and rheumatoid arthritis.
Type 2 diabetes, particularly among younger people with hepatitis C who are overweight.
Some experts believe that hepatitis C may infect the central nervous system in certain patients, possibly accounting for the fatigue, depression, or both experienced by patients who have even relatively mild cases.
Certain types of lymphomas (cancers of the lymphatic system). According to a 2007 study in the Journal of the American Medical Association, hepatitis C infection increases the risk of developing non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma by 20 - 30%. The risk for a particular type of non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma, Waldenstrom’s macroglobulinemia, increases by 300%. However, this study only evaluated male Vietnam War veterans, so these risks may not apply to the general public.

Tests for Liver Enzymes. Blood tests showing elevated liver enzymes, particularly alanine aminotransferase (ALT), plus symptoms of hepatitis (jaundice, fatigue) are often first signs of acute hepatitis. In chronic hepatitis, however, liver enzymes may be normal or fluctuate. They also can be elevated even after the virus has cleared.

Tests to Identify the Virus. The standard first test for diagnosing hepatitis C is known as enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA or EIA). The antibody for hepatitis C is used to identify the virus. The antibody may not show up for 6 weeks to 1 year after the onset of the disease, however, so its absence is not necessarily an indication of a healthy liver. A test called an immunoblot assay (called RIBA) may also be used to confirm the presence of the virus. An accurate home test (Hepatitis C Check) is now available. It supplies a lancet for obtaining a drop of blood, which is sent to the laboratory for EIA and possibly RIBA analysis. Results take about a week.

Tests to Identify Genetic Types and Viral Load. Additional tests called hepatitis C RNA assays may be used to confirm the diagnosis. They use a polymerase chain reaction (PCR) to detect the RNA (the genetic material) of the virus. Such tests may be performed if there is some doubt about a diagnosis but the doctor still firmly believes the virus is present.

hepatitis C RNA assays also determine virus levels (called viral load). Such levels do not reflect the severity of the condition or speed of progression, as they do for other viruses, such as HIV. However, high viral loads suggest a poorer response to treatment with interferons.

Such techniques may also help determine the genotype of the virus, which can be helpful in determining a treatment approach. There are six main genetic types of hepatitis C and more than 50 subtypes. They do not appear to affect the rate of progression of the disease itself, but they can differ significantly in their effects on response to treatment. Genotype 1 is the most difficult to treat and is the cause of up to 75% of the cases in the U.S. The other common genetic types are types 2 (15%) and 3 (7%), which are more responsive to treatment. People with hepatitis C need to have their genotype tested so that doctors can make appropriate treatment recommendations.

Researchers are working on developing a genetic test to identify patients with chronic hepatitis C who are most at risk of developing cirrhosis. In 2007, scientists announced they had made progress on a test that measures variations in seven genes to calculate a “Cirrhosis Risk Score.” The researchers hope that this experimental test may eventually help doctors decide which patients should receive early treatment with alpha-interferon and ribavirin.

Liver Biopsy. Only a biopsy can determine the extent of injury in the liver. Some doctors now recommend biopsies for all patients with chronic hepatitis C, regardless of severity, because of the risk for liver damage even in patients without symptoms. If a biopsy does not show any scarring and liver enzymes are normal, patients can be assured that the outlook is very favorable.

No vaccines are available, but immune globulin helps protect against developing hepatitis C after transfusions. Periodic doses of immune globulin in sexual partners of infected people also appear to be protective. In infected people, preventing transmission is similar to those for hepatitis B.

Interferons. Interferons are natural proteins that activate certain immune functions in the body and have anti-viral properties. The natural interferons used for chronic hepatitis B and C are called type I interferons. They are given by injection, need to be taken three times a week, and include the following:

Interferon alfa 2b (Intron A). Used for both hepatitis B and C.
Interferon alfa 2a (Roferon-A). Mostly used for hepatitis C.
Interferon alfa-n1 (Wellferon). Approved but mostly used in Canada for hepatitis C.

Newer synthetic interferons have been developed that are showing some advantages over the natural forms:

Pegylated interferon (PegINF). Pegylated interferons use a small molecule called polythelene glycol (PEG), which attaches to a protein and extends the activity of the interferon. This action allows the drug to be taken only once a week. Drugs available include pegylated interferon alfa-2b (Peg-Intron) and alfa-2a (Pegasys).
Interferon alfacon-1 (Infergen). This drug is called a consensus interferon (CIFN) because it was genetically developed using the most commonly occurring amino acid sequences from each of the natural type 1 alpha interferons. It is 5 - 10 times more biologically active than natural type 1 interferons. CIFN is usually given three times a week when used as initial treatment for hepatitis C.

Interferon Candidates. The best candidates for interferon treatments are patients who are at greatest risk for cirrhosis. Factors suggesting a higher risk for cirrhosis include:

Detectable virus levels as determined by an assay test.
High levels of aminotransferase enzyme for more than 6 months.
Indication of liver scarring on biopsy.

Patients who are not good candidates for interferon and are usually ineligible include:

Women who are pregnant or planning to become pregnant soon.
Patients with advanced cirrhosis. (It is unclear if the drug improves survival in patients with advanced cirrhosis and, in any case, it may be dangerous for them.)
Patients with fluid in the abdomen (ascites).
Patients with anemia or risk factors for anemia should not take the combination treatments, although they may be candidates for interferon alone.

Several kinds of patients are ineligible for treatment because of the high risk for noncompliance and the severe psychiatric effects of the drugs. They include patients with psychiatric and medical problems and substance abusers. Some doctors believe that these patients could benefit from treatment.

Side Effects and Complications of Treatment with Interferon. Common side effects of any interferon are flu-like symptoms (fever, chills, muscle aches) that usually occur within 6 hours and gradually decline over 1 - 2 weeks. (Pegylated interferon may pose a higher risk for these symptoms than the natural interferons.)

Chronic or more serious effects include:

Emotional and mental changes. Depression can be very severe, and cases of suicidal thoughts have been reported. Other mental and emotional symptoms include anxiety, amnesia, confusion, irritability, impaired concentration, decreased alertness, memory problems, and mental slowing.
Changes in sensation.
Weight loss.
Skin rashes.
Hair loss.
Gastrointestinal problems, including nausea, vomiting, and diarrhea, and, in severe cases intestinal bleeding and ulcers.
Fatigue and general weakness.
Back pain.
Complications in the lungs, including worsening of asthma. In severe cases, interferon can cause shortness of breath, inflammation in the lungs, and pneumonia.
Possible negative effects on cholesterol and lipid levels.
Heart rhythm disturbances, which, in rare cases, can be serious.
Mild anemia.
Drop in platelet and white blood cell counts, increasing susceptibility to bacterial infections.
May trigger an autoimmune response, possibly causing anemia, diabetes, lupus-like symptoms, hypothyroidism, or even autoimmune hepatitis.
Complications in the eye, including bleeding that, in some cases, may lead to loss of vision if not detected promptly.
Rare reports of acute pancreatitis.
In children, interferon therapy temporarily disrupts growth.

Patients have a difficult time with prolonged therapy. Over 20% drop out if treatment lasts longer than 2 years. Depression is the most common reason for stopping the treatment.

Several different methods of administering interferons are under investigation to help reduce some of the problems associated with injections. These methods include pills, pumps, and controlled release implants.

Interferons in Combination with Ribavirin. Ribavirin, a nucleoside analog drug, does not work alone, but it can double sustained response rates when combined with an interferon.

Pegylated interferon combined with ribavirin is the gold standard treatment for chronic hepatitis C in both adults and children. It achieves response rates of up to 50% for patients infected with hepatitis C genotype 1 (the most common genotype form in the U.S.) and up to 80% for patients infected with genotypes 2 or 3. Interferon alone is usually reserved for patients who cannot tolerate ribavirin.

A 2005 study suggested that some patients with hepatitis C genotypes 2 or 3 may be able to benefit from a shorter course of combination treatment (12 weeks) than the standard 24-week treatment duration. A shorter treatment time may reduce the risk of side effects. However, a 2007 study in the New England Journal of Medicine found that 16 weeks of combination therapy in patients with these genotypes did not work as well as the 24-week regimen. Given the significant side effects associated with combination pegylated interferon and ribavirin treatment, particularly anemia, researchers are actively investigating how to identify which patients may be able to succeed with shorter treatment duration.

PegINF combinations may help slow progression of scarring, and have even achieved improvement in some patients who already have cirrhosis. Whether the combination treatment protects against future liver cancer is still unclear. (A higher total dose, rather than a longer duration of treatment, may be the critical factor for protection.)

Side Effects of Combination Treatment. The side effects of the combination include those of both interferon and ribavirin. Interferon side effects may occur more often in the combination treatment. Combination treatment side effects may include:

Anemia occurs in about 22% of patients who take combination treatment versus 1% who take interferon alone. This complication is reversible and usually stabilizes after 1 - 2 months of treatment. However, some patients may become so anemic that they have to stop the medication. Since anemia can worsen heart disease, patients with a history of significant heart problems should not be treated with ribavirin. Other nucleoside analogues are being investigated that may have a lower risk for anemia than ribavirin.
Flu-like symptoms such as fever, headaches, and muscle aches are the most common side effect.
Reduced white blood cell count.
Skin disorders such as dry skin and rash.
Coughing and shortness of breath.
Gastrointestinal symptoms (nausea, indigestion, lack of appetite).
Emotional and psychological symptoms, such as severe sleep disturbances, depression, irritability, and anxiety.
Combination treatment in pregnant women poses a very high risk for birth defects.

Determining Treatment Success. Doctors measure treatment success and approaches based on the patient’s response to the treatments:

Early Response. These are patients who respond to the drug right away. This means that their viral count drops very rapidly within the first few weeks of treatment and is still undetectable at 12 weeks. (One difficulty in deciding when to stop treatment, even in responders, is the inability to predict at 12 weeks which of these patients will relapse and which ones will have a sustained response.)
Sustained Response. Patients who are free of the virus longer than 6 months are considered to be sustained responders. The overall sustained response rates with the current standard combination of pegylated interferon and ribavirin is over 50%, with certain factors predicting higher or lower response rates.
Relapse. In relapse, the virus comes back again and requires retreatment. This is usually due to the development of mutant strains that are resistant to the drugs or because the original dose was too low.
Nonresponse. Patients are considered to be nonresponders if the virus is still detectable 12 weeks after interferon alone or after 24 weeks of combination therapy. Treating these patients again has achieved only a 15% response.

People at Risk for Poor Response to Combination Treatment. The following patients have a greater risk for not responding to combination treatment with interferon and ribavirin:

People at high risk for aggressive hepatitis C.
Having a high viral count.
Having a specific genetic type of the virus. Patients with genotype 1 do not respond as well to combination treatment as patients with genotypes 2 or 3.
Older age (especially older than 60 years).
African-Americans are less responsive to treatment than Caucasians or Asians. The reasons for this are unclear.

Failure can be due to other, modifiable factors, which should be assessed before stopping treatment, particularly in patients who had interferon alone. They include:

Interferon dose was too low.
Patient did not comply fully with the treatment.
Patient was consuming alcohol.
Treatment time was too short. Some evidence suggests that response can significantly improve for many patients with genotype 1 if treatment time is extended to 48 weeks.

Even if viral levels linger, interferon treatment may still have benefits. For example, patients with normal liver enzyme levels appear to have almost no risk for liver damage, even if viral levels persist after treatment. Evidence also suggests that interferon reduces liver scarring and may reduce the risk for liver cancer in some patients, even if the treatment does not eliminate the virus. More research is needed, however, to confirm these findings.

Investigational Drugs for Hepatitis C. The current drugs used for hepatitis C still do not meet the needs of all patients. They are expensive, have significant side effects, do not work in half the patients who take them, and are unsuitable in many others. Investigation is ongoing to find better solutions. Drugs that may show promise include:

Albinterferon alfa-2b (Albuferon). This long-acting form of interferon-alfa may have fewer side effects and require less dosing than pegylated interferons. It is currently being tested in combination with ribavirin in Phase II trials for patients with genotype 1 chronic hepatitis C.
Thymosin Alpha 1 (Zadaxin), also called thymalfasin, is a synthetic version of a peptide derived from the thymus gland (which is responsible for maturation of immune factors called T cells). It is being used for hepatitis B and is under investigation for hepatitis C in combinations interferon.
Celgosivir. Celgosivir is a new type of antiviral drug, which blocks alpha-glucosidase, an enzyme involved in viral replication. Celgosivir is being studied in combination with pegylated interferon alfa-2b and ribavirin. The drug is derived from the Australian chestnut tree.
Eltrombopag (Revolade). Thrombocytopenia, reduced production of blood platelets, is a condition that affects patients with hepatitis C and cirrhosis. Patients with thrombocytopenia cannot tolerate standard antiviral therapy. Researchers hope that eltrombopag, a drug that stimulates platelet production, may help normalize platelet levels so that they can start antiviral drug treatment.
Statins. Statin drugs are used for the treatment and management of cholesterol. Researchers are studying whether they may help improve liver enzyme levels in patients with hepatitis C.

Other drugs under investigation include vaccines, genetic therapies known as antisense oligonucleotides or monoclonal antibodies, and drugs that will help prevent or reduce progression of liver scarring or progression to liver cancer. Even if successful, none of these drugs will be available for many years.

Liver Transplantation for Hepatitis C. If the disease progresses to the point where it becomes life-threatening, liver transplantation may be an option. Nearly 40% of liver transplant patients are infected with hepatitis C. However, liver transplantation is not a cure for hepatitis C. The virus nearly always returns. One study of patients with hepatitis C reported 5-year risks for viral recurrence of 80% and for cirrhosis of 10%. A 2004 study found that the hepatitis C virus comes back with more severity in livers from living donors than livers taken from cadavers. Researchers are investigating retreatment with antiviral drugs.

In both hepatitis B and C, the disease often persists or returns despite treatment. The virus continually generates many “mutant viruses” that differ just slightly from the parent virus. These mutated viruses may be resistant to interferons and so, over time, the drugs become ineffective.

Autoimmune Hepatitis

Autoimmune chronic hepatitis typically occurs in women ages 20 - 40 who have other autoimmune diseases, including:

Systemic lupus erythematosus
Rheumatoid arthritis
Sjögren's syndrome
Inflammatory bowel disease
Glomerulonephritis
Hemolytic anemia

Some research indicates that the postmenopausal period may be another peak in incidence of autoimmune hepatitis among women. About 30% of patients are men, however, and in both genders there is often no relationship to another autoimmune disease. In general, researches have not discovered major risk factors for this condition.

About 85% of people with chronic active autoimmune hepatitis do not have severe symptoms. When symptoms occur, they range from minimal to severe, and include fatigue, jaundice, fever, and weight loss. The liver and spleen are often enlarged. In addition, patients with this condition may experience skin disorders, including palmar erythema (red palms) and spider angioma (a blood-red spot, the size of a pinhead, from which tiny blood vessels radiate like spider legs). Itching is not common, however. The abdomen or legs may be swollen due to the accumulation of fluid.

If a patient has symptoms of chronic active hepatitis for 6 months or more and a virus cannot be identified, doctors usually suspect autoimmune hepatitis. Other autoimmune liver diseases, however, can confuse a diagnosis. To help confirm this condition, test results may show high levels of immune factors called serum globulins or certain antibodies to liver proteins. In some cases, a successful trial of steroid drugs may be the only way to diagnose autoimmune hepatitis.

Autoimmune hepatitis is usually benign and causes little trouble. There is a very small risk that it can evolve into the active form. One study reported a 10-year survival rate of 95%, which was similar to the same age group in the general population. However, it the condition evolves into the chronic active form, 5-year survival may be only 50% if the disease is not treated. (The survival rate can be higher in people with milder symptoms and less liver damage.)

Although very uncommon, severe autoimmune hepatitis can be life-threatening and require intensive therapy, possibly including liver transplantation. The risk for liver failure and bleeding in the stomach and esophagus is highest in the early years after disease onset. This risk diminishes over time but is replaced by an increase in liver cancer rates and bleeding in the stomach and intestines. The risk for liver cancer is not as high, however, as with chronic viral hepatitis.

Patients with autoimmune hepatitis who have mild symptoms and slight inflammation of the liver do not require any treatment except to relieve symptoms. They should be monitored, however, for any signs of disease progression. Severe autoimmune hepatitis is a life-threatening condition and requires intensive therapy.

Because of effective treatment options and in spite of a high rate of relapse, long-term survival rates in patients with autoimmune hepatitis are excellent. Drugs that block factors in the immune system and help reduce inflammation and symptoms of autoimmune hepatitis are most often used.

Corticosteroids. The corticosteroid prednisone (Deltasone, Orasone, Sterapred, generic) is the standard drug for treating autoimmune hepatitis. It produces remission of symptoms in about 80% of patients with autoimmune hepatitis. For most patients, steroids also reduce symptoms within 3 months, improve liver function within 6 months, and restore liver health within 2 years. Between 10 - 20% of patients continue to deteriorate despite steroid treatment, although higher doses may help some of these people. (Steroids are generally not useful for chronic hepatitis B or C. Suppressing the immune system in these patients can actually encourage the viruses to multipy more quickly.)

Treatment usually needs to continue for about 2 years before the disease is in complete remission. Usually, steroids are stopped when disease symptoms have disappeared, when blood tests show that aminotransferase (AST) levels are less than two times normal, and liver biopsies reveal no active cell damage. Steroid medications must be withdrawn very slowly. Patients who are very elderly or who have advanced (decompensated) cirrhosis are not good candidates for this treatment.

Unfortunately, remission rarely lasts more than 3 years. About half of patients relapse within 6 months, and only about 20% of patientsare disease-free for more than 5 years. A 2007 study indicated that AST, gamma-globulin, and immunoglobulin-G (IgG) levels are helpful in predicting which patients may relapse and which patients have the best chance for maintaining remission. Still, most patients with autoimmune hepatitis will eventually have a relapse. Re-administering prednisone therapy after relapse achieves another remission in about 80% of patients.

Corticosteroid side effects can be very distressing and sometimes serious. They include weight gain, skin problems, moon-shaped face, high blood pressure, diabetes, cataracts, mental disturbances, infections, and osteoporosis.

Azathioprine. Doctors often prescribe the drug azathioprine (Imuran) along with steroids to help reduce severe side effects caused by using steroids alone. When azathioprine is given in combination with prednisone, the prednisone dose can be reduced, thereby lowering the corticosteroid’s side effects. Azathioprine also suppresses the immune system and helps prevent relapse, but the drug will not induce remission by itself.

Other Drugs. Other immunosuppressant drugs, such as mycophenylate mofetil (MMF), cyclosporine (Neoral), or tacrolimus (Prograf) are sometimes prescribed for patients who are not helped by standard treatment.

Liver Transplantation and Autoimmune Hepatitis. If all therapies fail and the disease becomes life threatening, liver transplantation may be performed. Liver transplantation can be a successful option for many people. Survival rates are about 90% after 1 year, and 70 - 80% after 5 years.

Symptom Management

The primary goals for managing viral hepatitis are to provide adequate nutrition, to prevent additional damage to the liver, and to prevent transmission to others. For mild cases of acute viral hepatitis, no drug therapy or other treatment is either available or necessary. Hospitalization is needed only for people at high risk for complications such as pregnant women, elderly people, patients with other serious conditions, or those who have severe nausea and vomiting and need to have fluids administered intravenously.

The following tips may be useful:

All patients should abstain from alcohol and sexual contact during the acute phase.
Although most patients with hepatitis experience fatigue and require more rest than usual, they can be as physically active as they want without affecting recovery. In fact, patients should be encouraged to be as active as they can.
Depression is common, particularly in people used to an active life. Patients should be reassured that in the majority of hepatitis cases, recovery is complete.
The liver processes many types of medications. As soon as hepatitis is diagnosed, patients should stop taking all drugs (including over-the-counter-medication) except those prescribed or recommended by their doctors. Specific nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) that should be avoided include ibuprofen (Advil, Motrin) and acetaminophen (Tylenol). Ibuprofen (Advil, Motrin) may increase liver enzymes and cause liver damage in patients with hepatitis C. Acetaminophen (Tylenol) may cause sudden liver failure in patients with hepatitis A or B. Acetaminophen can also damage the liver if taken in combination with alcohol.

After the onset of acute hepatitis, periodic visits to the doctor for repeat blood tests are necessary, the frequency of which depends on how well the patient feels. If symptoms still occur after 3 months and laboratory tests still indicate active presence of the virus, the patient should be evaluated every month. If symptoms persist beyond 6 months, a liver biopsy may be required to determine any liver damage.

Dietary Factors to Protect the Liver. In general, no vitamins or special diets have been proven to be particularly beneficial. The following may be helpful, however:

Eating many small snacks during the day, with larger ones in the morning, may help prevent weight loss while reducing the severity of nausea. Patients might be able to tolerate high-caloric drinks to supplement their regular diet.
One small Japanese study suggested that vitamin E might help protect against liver damage in patients with hepatitis C.
Thiamine binds to iron and helps reduce iron load in the liver. One small study suggested it may be helpful for patients with chronic hepatitis B. Pork is high in the vitamin, but more healthy sources include dried fortified cereals, oatmeal, corn, nuts, cauliflower, sunflower seeds and vitamin pills.
Some research suggests that supplements of omega-3 fatty acids (found in fish oil and evening primrose oil) may help protect the diseased liver.
Higher coffee intake has been shown to reduce the risk for cirrhosis.

Manufacturers of herbal remedies and dietary supplements do not need FDA approval to sell their products. Just like a drug, herbs and supplements can affect the body's chemistry, and therefore have the potential to produce side effects that may be harmful. There have been several reported cases of serious and even lethal side effects from herbal products. Patients should always check with their doctors before using any herbal remedies or dietary supplements.

Popular herbal remedies for hepatitis include ginseng, glycyrrhizin (a compound in licorice), catechin (found in green tea), and silymarin (found in milk thistle). Aside from milk thistle, there has been no evidence that these herbs are helpful for hepatitis. Studies on milk thistle’s benefit have been mixed. Some studies have indicated that milk thistle may help improve liver enzyme levels. However, a 2005 review found that the herb did not reduce deaths from liver disease caused by hepatitis B or C.

Patients with hepatitis should be aware that some herbal remedies may cause liver damage. In particular, kava (an herb used to relieve anxiety and tension) may be dangerous for people with chronic liver disease.

Outlook

In most cases of acute viral hepatitis, recovery is complete and the liver returns to normal within 2 - 8 weeks. In a small number of cases of hepatitis B or C, the condition can be prolonged and recovery may not occur for a year. About 5 - 10% of these patients will have a flare-up of milder symptoms before full recovery. A few of these patients may go on to develop chronic hepatitis. People who have been infected with a hepatitis virus continue to produce antibodies to that specific virus. This means that they cannot be reinfected with the same hepatitis virus again. Unfortunately, they are not protected from other types.

Serious consequences of acute viral hepatitis are rare, but can be life threatening if they occur. Pregnant women with acute hepatitis B, C, or E are at higher risk for complications of acute hepatitis.

In very rare cases, within 2 months of onset of acute hepatitis, a very serious condition known as fulminant hepatitis can develop. In this event, the liver fails with catastrophic consequences. The following events may develop:

A large swollen abdomen (known as ascites) and a peculiar hand-flapping tremor (called asterixis).
These symptoms may be followed by stomach and intestinal bleeding and mental confusion, stupor, or coma caused by brain injury (encephalopathy).

No medications, including corticosteroids, have any effect against the condition itself. Liver transplantation is currently the only life-saving treatment for fulminant acute hepatitis and has survival rates of up to 60%. Without liver transplantation, the chance of survival is only 20%.

Other serious and rare consequences of acute viral hepatitis are aplastic anemia (which can be fatal), pancreatitis, hypoglycemia, and polyarteritis, a serious inflammation of blood vessels.

Chronic Persistent Hepatitis. Chronic persistent hepatitis is usually mild and nonprogressive or slowly progressive, causing limited damage to the liver. Cell injury in such cases is usually limited to the region of portal tracts, which contains vessels that carry blood to the liver from the digestive tract. In some cases, however, more extensive liver damage can occur over long periods of time and progress to chronic active hepatitis.

Chronic Active Hepatitis. If damage to the liver is extensive and cell injury occurs beyond the portal tract, chronic active hepatitis can develop. Significant liver damage has usually occurred by this time. Nearly every bodily process is affected by a damaged liver, including digestive, hormonal, and circulatory systems. Symptoms can significantly impair daily life.

Cirrhosis. If liver cells are destroyed between the portal tract and the central veins in the liver, progressive cell damage can build a layer of scar tissue over the liver, resulting in the condition known as cirrhosis. In such cases, the entire liver is threatened with malfunction and failure. If cirrhosis develops, the average survival time is about 10 years. The risk for cirrhosis is much higher in patients with hepatitis C than in those with hepatitis B. [For more information, see In-Depth Report #75: Cirrhosis.]
Liver Cancer. The risk for liver cancer in patients with cirrhosis is about 14% but varies widely depending on the cause of hepatitis. (Liver cancer is rare in patients who do not develop cirrhosis.)

Click the icon to see an image of cirrhosis of the liver.

Liver transplantation may be indicated for the following patients:

Those who have developed life-threatening cirrhosis and who have a life expectancy of more than 12 years.
Patients with liver cancer that has not spread beyond the liver.

Current 5-year survival rates after liver transplantation are 55 - 80%, depending on different factors. Patients report improved quality of life and mental functioning after liver transplantation. Unfortunately, in about half of all patients with chronic hepatitis, the disease recurs after transplantation.

Patients should consider medical centers that have performed more than 50 transplants per year and produced better-than-average results. Unfortunately, there are far more people waiting for liver donors than there are available organs. [For more information on liver transplantation, see In-Depth Report #75: Cirrhosis.]

Resources

www.cdc.gov/hepatitis -- Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
www.hepfi.org -- Hepatitis Foundation International
www.hepb.org -- Hepatitis B Foundation
www.liverfoundation.org -- American Liver Foundation
www.aasld.org -- American Association for the Study of Liver Diseases
www.gastro.org -- American Gastrointestinal Association
www2.niddk.nih.gov -- National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases
www.immunize.org -- Immunization Action Coalition
www.hivandhepatitis.com -- Hepatitis and HIV
www.unos.org -- United Network for Organ Sharing

References

Amin J, Law MG, Bartlett M, Kaldor JM, Dore GJ. Causes of death after diagnosis of hepatitis B or hepatitis C infection: a large community-based linkage study. Lancet. 2006 Sep 9;368(9539):938-45.

Giordano TP, Henderson L, Landgren O, Chiao EY, Kramer JR, El-Serag H, et al. Risk of non-Hodgkin lymphoma and lymphoproliferative precursor diseases in US veterans with hepatitis C virus. JAMA. 2007 May 9;297(18):2010-7.

Hadziyannis SJ, Tassopoulos NC, Heathcote EJ, Chang TT, Kitis G, Rizzetto M, et al. Long-term therapy with adefovir dipivoxil for HBeAg-negative chronic hepatitis B for up to 5 years. Gastroenterology. 2006 Dec;131(6):1743-51. Epub 2006 Sep 20.

Huang H, Shiffman ML, Friedman S, Venkatesh R, Bzowej N, Abar OT, et al. A 7 gene signature identifies the risk of developing cirrhosis in patients with chronic hepatitis C. Hepatology. 2007 Aug;46(2):297-306.

Montano-Loza AJ, Carpenter HA, Czaja AJ. Improving the end point of corticosteroid therapy in type 1 autoimmune hepatitis to reduce the frequency of relapse. Am J Gastroenterol. 2007 May;102(5):1005-12. Epub 2007 Feb 23.

Shiffman ML, Suter F, Bacon BR, Nelson D, Harley H, Sola R, et al. Peginterferon alfa-2a and ribavirin for 16 or 24 weeks in HCV genotype 2 or 3. N Engl J Med. 2007 Jul 12;357(2):124-34.

Wang CS, Wang ST, Yao WJ, Chang TT, Chou P. Hepatitis C virus infection and the development of type 2 diabetes in a community-based longitudinal study. Am J Epidemiol. 2007 Jul 15;166(2):196-203. Epub 2007 May 11.

Review Date:
8/31/2007
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Editor-in-Chief, In-Depth Reports; Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Obesity

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:32 -0700

Overview

Signs and Symptoms
What Causes It?
Risk Factors
Preventive Care
What to Expect at Your Provider's Office
Treatment Options
Other Considerations
Supporting Research

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Being overweight or obese puts you at risk for a number of diseases, including heart disease, diabetes, high blood pressure, stroke, gallbladder disease, osteoarthritis, and respiratory disorders. The risk of developing these diseases is even higher when weight is concentrated near the waist.

Obesity is an increasing problem. According to the National Institutes of Health, 60% of American adults are overweight and 25% are considered obese, while about 25% of American children are overweight or obese. And the numbers are rising. Taking weight off, and keeping it off, is difficult. Many people who lose weight later gain back some or all of the excess pounds.

Despite growing research on obesity, there are no medications, herbs, or supplements that can help you lose a significant amount of weight, and all have some side effects. The only way to lose weight is to reduce the amount of calories you eat and increase the time and intensity of your exercise. These actions have many health benefits in addition to helping you lose weight.

Signs and Symptoms

Obesity is usually determined by body mass index, or BMI, using a formula that calculates a ratio of your height to your weight.

BMI 25 - 29.9 (overweight)
BMI 30 and above (obese)

A high waist to hip ratio (indicating that fat is centered around the waist) increases the risk for developing serious, even life-threatening conditions associated with obesity. Generally, for men a ratio of .90 or less is considered safe. For women, .80 or less is considered safe.

Conditions that may accompany obesity include:

High cholesterol (including high triglyceride levels)
Diabetes
High blood pressure
Sleep apnea (episodes when a person stops breathing while asleep)
Osteoarthritis
Gallstones

What Causes It?

A number of factors contribute to obesity.

Diet: Eating high-fat, high-calorie foods causes weight gain.
Lack of exercise: Sedentary people don't burn as many calories as active people.
Genetics: Your genes may influence how much fat your body stores and where it store it, although genes alone do not mean you will be obese.
Age: People gain weight as they get older, because they tend to be less active and to lose muscle mass.
Psychological issues: Some people overeat when they are upset or stressed.
Medications: Some drugs, such as corticosteroids, blood pressure medication, and tricyclic antidepressants, can cause you to gain weight.
Medical problems: Rarely, obesity is due to a medical problem such as Cushing's syndrome (where the adrenal glands produce too much hormone) or hypothyroidism (where the thyroid gland doesn't produce enough hormone). Conditions such as osteoarthritis cause people to be less active, which can lead to weight gain.

Risk Factors

The following factors may increase an individual's risk for becoming obese:

Living in an industrialized country, especially the United States
Having family members who are overweight or obese
Not being physically active
Overeating
Eating a high-fat diet
Taking certain prescription medications (see "Causes")
Having a hormone disorder, such as Cushing's syndrome or hypothyroidism (underactive thyroid)
Being emotionally stressed (from the death of a loved one, for example), which may cause a person to overeat

Preventive Care

The best way to prevent obesity and maintain a normal weight is to eat a healthy diet and exercise daily. Keeping a food and exercise journal, where you record what you eat and how long you exercise, is an excellent way to get started.

Organizations such as the American Diabetes Association, the American Heart Association, and the American Dietetic Association have developed guidelines that promote weight loss and healthy eating. These guidelines recommend that no more than 30% of a person's total calorie intake should come from fats. Overall, you should eat a wide variety of foods, especially fruits and vegetables, in order to stay healthy and maintain proper weight.

Many studies show that exercise -- from moderate to intense -- helps prevent obesity. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the American Academy of Sports Medicine recommend at least 30 minutes of moderate aerobic activity (such as a brisk walk) at least 5 days a week. You don't have to exercise for 30 minutes at a time; 10 minutes, done three times a day, is also effective. In fact, any exercise -- from taking the stairs to cleaning the house or working in the garden -- is beneficial.

What to Expect at Your Provider's Office

Health care practitioners use BMI to diagnose obesity. To determine BMI, weight in kilograms is divided by height in meters, squared. You can find online BMI calculators that do the math for you. As previously noted in the "Signs and Symptoms" section, the following BMI ranges are most often used as indications that a person is overweight or obese:

BMI 25 - 29.9 (overweight)
BMI 30 and above (obese)

Your doctor may also measure your blood pressure and percentage of body fat, and may order blood tests to check cholesterol levels and determine how well your thyroid is functioning.

Treatment Options

Losing weight -- and then maintaining a healthy weight -- involves a combination of diet, exercise, and other lifestyle modifications. Although some medications, herbs, and supplements may help you lose a little weight, you still must eat fewer calories and exercise more to see any real effect. For severe obesity, bariatric surgery (which physically restricts the amount of food a person can eat) may be an option.

Lifestyle

To lose weight, you must eat fewer calories and increase your physical activity to burn more calories. The key to losing and keeping off weight is to set realistic weight loss goals that are achievable. The changes you make to your eating and exercise habits will need to last throughout your life.

Exercise

Exercise can help you lose weight, especially in the first six months, and to maintain your desired weight in the long-term. Exercise not only contributes to weight loss, it also decreases abdominal fat and increases heart health, lowers blood pressure, and helps keep blood sugar in check.

If you are not used to exercising, start slowly and build up to the goal of 30 minutes a day for at least 5 days a week. An ideal exercise program includes aerobic activity (walking, swimming, biking), strength training (lifting weights), and flexibility (stretching). If you are severely obese or have other medical problems, talk to your doctor before starting a new exercise program.

You may be sore at first. Some muscle soreness is normal. However, if you experience pain that lasts more than 2 hours after your workout, see your doctor before continuing.

Drug Therapies

Some medications help promote weight loss, but there are no drugs to cure obesity. Weight loss medications should be used in addition to diet, exercise, and other lifestyle modifications. Many of these drugs are available by prescription only and some have serious side effects.

Over-the-counter Medications

Orlistat (Alli) -- The FDA has approved Alli as the only over-the-counter weight loss drug. It reduces the amount of fat your body can absorb from foods. Side effects include oily stools, flatulence, and diarrhea. Alli also blocks you body from absorbing some vitamins and nutrients, so you should take a multivitamin daily.

Prescription Medications

Sibutramine (Meridia) -- boosts metabolism, enhances energy level, and promotes a feeling of fullness. Side effects include dry mouth and insomnia; cannot be taken by people with a history of stroke, seizures, or heart, liver, or kidney diseases. Meridia is moderately effective; studies show that people who take Meridia lost about 10 pounds more than those who just followed a low-calorie diet.
Orlistat (Xenical) -- reduces the absorption of fat from foods; side effects include oily stools, flatulence, and diarrhea. Recently approved for over-the-counter sale in the U.S.
Phentermine -- suppresses appetite; serious potential side effects include pulmonary hypertension and heart valve defects. Phentermine is similar to an amphetamine and should not be taken by people with high blood pressure, heart disease, glaucoma, or those taking antidepressant medications

Surgical Procedures

Bariatric or weight-loss surgery may be considered in cases where people are severely obese and lifestyle changes have not worked. Physicians carefully select individuals for surgery, and patients must undergo psychological testing and counseling. Bariatric surgery reduces the amount of food that can be taken into the stomach. People who have had bariatric surgery must be monitored by their doctor afterward to make sure they get enough essential nutrients. Procedures include:

Roux-en Y procedure (gastric bypass) -- permanently reduces the size of the stomach; vomiting is the most common side effect
Gastric banding -- An adjustable silicone band is placed around the stomach, decreasing the amount of food that can be eaten. The band can be adjusted or removed.

Complementary and Alternative Therapies

Diet

Diet plans are enormously popular. They range from traditional low-fat, high-carbohydrate diets to high-protein, high-fat, low-carbohydrate diets. The truth is, no specific diet works for everyone, and no diet works without the other essential components of weight loss -- exercise and stress management.

The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services says a healthy diet

Emphasizes fruits, vegetables, whole grains, and fat-free or low-fat dairy products
Includes lean meats, poultry, fish, beans, eggs, and nuts
Is low in saturated fats, trans fats, cholesterol, salt, and added sugar

Among many weight-loss plans available, the ones that generally result in a balanced diet include the Weight Watchers plan, the South Beach Diet, and the American Heart Association No Fad Diet. Beware of diets that promise quick, substantial weight loss; they often don't contain enough of the nutrients your body needs to stay healthy, and you're more likely to go off the diet and engage in binge eating, gaining the weight back. Weight loss of about 1 to 2 pounds per week is considered safe and sustainable. Before attempting any diet, it is important to consult a healthcare practitioner to determine which plan is right for you.

Nutrition and Supplements

Most evidence for using these supplements in weight loss is either scant or mixed. None of these supplements will work for significant weight loss without changes to diet and exercise habits. Talk to your healthcare provider before using these supplements.

5-Hydroxytryptophan (5-HTP) (600 - 900 mg per day) -- 5-HTP is thought to reduce hunger cravings by boosting serotonin levels in the central nervous system, which may reduce appetite and lessen food cravings. However, 5-HTP has been associated with eosinophilia myalgia syndrome (EMS), a rare and potentially fatal blood disorder, although it isn't clear whether 5-HTP actually contributes to developing the disorder. In addition, people who take antidepressants or herbs and supplements with antidepressant effects (such as St. John's wort and SAMe) should avoid 5-HTP. Talk to your doctor before taking 5-HTP.

Fiber -- may help lower insulin levels (insulin controls the amount of sugar in the blood) and help you feel fuller.

Conjugated linoleic acid (CLA) -- Preliminary human and animal studies suggest that CLA may help control weight by reducing body fat and enhancing lean body mass. However, the benefit appears to be slight, there is some question as to whether CLA can increase insulin resistance in overweight people (a precursor to developing diabetes), and studies show mixed results for weight loss.

Zinc (15 - 20 mg per day) -- may increase lean body mass and decrease or keep stable the amount of fat. The reason may be that zinc increases levels of leptin, a hormone in the body that helps you feel full.

Chitosan (1,500 mg three times per day) -- Chitosan is a fiber-like supplement made from the shells of crustaceans such as shrimp and crab. While some studies have found that chitosan (in addition to a low-calorie diet) reduces weight, it is unclear whether the supplement itself, the low-calorie diet, or a combination of both led to the weight loss. Other studies have shown mixed results.

Pyruvate (22 - 44 g per day) -- Pyruvate is a substance that occurs naturally in the body, where it is converted to lactic acid. There is some evidence that it may help reduce body fat, possibly by increasing the body's metabolic rate. Other studies show no effect.

Hydroxycitric acid (HCA) (2.5 g per day) -- This substance, extracted from the fruit Garcinia cambogia, is similar to citric acid (found in oranges and citrus fruits). In test tubes, HCA stops carbohydrates from being stored as fat, and some animal tests indicate HCA can suppress appetite. However, studies in humans show mixed results.

7-keto or 7-keto-DHEA (3-acetyl-7-oxo-dehydroeplandrosterone) (100 mg two times per day) -- 7-keto is a substance related to DHEA, a substance in the body that is the precursor to male and female hormones. DHEA has been studied as a weight-loss supplement, but results are mixed and there is some concern over DHEA's hormone-like effects on the body. One preliminary trial suggested that 7-keto may help enhance weight loss for people who are already dieting and exercising, without risk of the side effects of DHEA (7-keto is not converted to hormones in the body). However, more studies are needed to determine whether 7-keto has any real effect on weight loss. People who have had or are at risk of hormone-related cancers should not take 7-keto without their doctor's supervision.

Chromium (600 mcg per day) -- Chromium or chromium picolonate is a popular supplement among bodybuilders and those trying to lose weight and build more lean muscle mass. However, results from scientific studies have been mixed, and its effects are small compared to those of exercise and a well-balanced diet. Chromium may improve blood sugar (also a risk factor for heart disease), particularly in those with diabetes and glucose intolerance, but should not be taken for that purpose without a doctor's supervision. In addition, large doses of chromium can cause kidney damage.

Glucomannan (1 g three times per day, 1 hour before each meal) -- Glucomannan is a kind of insoluble fiber that appears to reduce blood sugar levels and may help to promote weigh loss. People with diabetes should not take glucomannan without their doctor's supervision.

Herbs

Psyllium (Plantaginis ovatae) -- Psyllium, a kind of soluble fiber, may reduce hunger cravings by making you feel full. For this reasons, incorporating psyllium and other sources of fiber into your diet may aid weight loss.

Green tea (Camellia sinensis) -- Researchers have theorized that polyphenols (chemical substances found in plants that have antioxidant properties, protecting cells in the body against damage) found in green tea extract may boost metabolism and help burn fat. However, studies have shown mixed results so far. In addition, the extracts used in the studies have contained caffeine, which could be responsible for increasing metabolism and promoting weight loss. If you are sensitive to caffeine or have anxiety or heart problems, you may want to limit how much green tea you consume.

Guggul (Commiphora mukal, 25 mg of guggulsterones three times per day) -- a common ingredient in several Ayurvedic medicines used to treat obesity. Studies suggest that overweight people who take these Ayurvedic remedies lose slightly more weight compared to those who do not take them. Guggul can cause mild diarrhea and nausea, and may interact with the following medications: blood-thinning drugs (anticoagulants), birth control pills, thyroid hormone, tamoxifen, and estrogens. People who take these medications should not take guggul. In addition, people who have or have had hormone-sensitive cancers (breast, ovarian, or prostate cancer) should not take guggul.

Cayenne or capsaicin (Capsicum frutescens, 6 - 10 g per meal) -- Preliminary evidence indicates that capsaicin (the substance that makes chili peppers taste hot) may reduce hunger and help the body burn fat, particularly when eating a high-fat diet. More research is needed to confirm these early findings, however.

Hoodia (Hoodia gordonii) -- A number of media reports on hoodia have suggested it could be an effective weight-loss supplement. However, the only evidence that exists is a single, unpublished study funded by the manufacturer of the supplement, so no one knows whether hoodia works or even whether it is safe. In addition, news reports now suggest that most hoodia supplements on the market today contain little if any of the actual herb. Until more research is done and trusted sources exist to provide the herb, hoodia is best avoided.

Homeopathy

Few studies have examined the effectiveness of specific homeopathic remedies, and there is no single or combination homeopathic remedy that will help all people lose weight. However, individualized homeopathic therapy can be designed to aid weight loss by addressing metabolism, digestion, and elimination. Before prescribing a remedy, homeopaths take into account a person's constitutional type -- your physical, emotional, and intellectual makeup. An experienced homeopath assesses all of these factors when determining the most appropriate remedy for an individual.

Acupuncture

Many studies have found both acupuncture and acupressure can improve weight loss slightly. Acupuncture is believed to promote weight loss by stimulating points on the body that boost serotonin levels. (Elevated serotonin levels are thought to suppress appetite.) One well-designed study found that people who received electrical acupuncture of the ear (auricular acupuncture) reduced their appetite.

Cognitive Behavioral Therapy

Besides changing diet and exercise habits, successful weight loss often requires additional behavioral adjustments to keep the weight off. That might include setting reasonable weekly or monthly goals -- how much exercise or how much weight loss is desired, for instance -- and finding ways to reward yourself for successes that don't involve food. Working with both a dietician and a behavioral specialist can help you put these practices into play.

It also helps to reduce the stress that leads to overeating by practicing relaxation exercises, such as yoga, meditation, or tai chi.

Finally, it is hard to lose weight without support. Support groups such as Overeaters Anonymous or Weight Watchers can help you stay focused on your goals and allow members to share success and encourage each other.

Hypnosis

Although studies are mixed, some evidence indicates that hypnosis (especially when used in combination with cognitive behavioral therapy, exercise, and a low-fat diet) may help overweight or obese people lose weight.

Other Considerations

Pregnancy

Pregnant women should not take any herbal remedies or over-the-counter or prescription medications for weight loss.

Obese women who become pregnant are at an increased risk for the following:

Gestational diabetes -- a diabetic condition that appears during pregnancy and usually goes away after the birth of the baby
High blood pressure
Preeclampsia -- a potentially fatal condition causing high blood pressure, fluid retention, and protein in the urine; may cause abdominal pain and vomiting
Caesarean sections
Fetal distress -- a condition in which the baby does not receive enough oxygen

Prognosis and Complications

People who are overweight or obese increase their risk for developing the following conditions:

Type 2 diabetes
High blood pressure
Coronary artery disease
High cholesterol
High levels of triglycerides (fat) in the blood
Heart failure
Respiratory problems (such as sleep apnea)
Circulatory problems (such as varicose veins)
Gallbladder disease
Breast cancer (after menopause) and endometrial cancer
Prostate cancer
Colorectal cancer
Osteoarthritis

Eating and exercise habits are hard to change. Many people are able to lose at least 20 pounds with diet and exercise plans, but only about 10 - 20% can maintain that weight loss for a long period of time. Losing just 15 - 20 pounds, however, can reduce the risk of serious complications, such as diabetes and heart failure, by 10 - 25%.

Supporting Research

Allison DB, Faith MS. Hypnosis as an adjunct to cognitive-behavioral psychotherapy for obesity: a meta-analytic reappraisal. J Consult Clin Psychol. 1996;64(3):513-516.

Allison DB, Fontaine KR, Heshka S, et al. Alternative treatments for weight loss: a critical review. Crit Rev Food Sci Nutr. 2001;41(1):1-28.

Anderson RA. Effects of chromium on body composition and weight loss. Nutr Rev. 1998;56(9):266-270.

Astrup A, Grunwald GK, Melanson EL, Saris WHM, Hill J. The role of low-fat diets in body weight control: a meta-analysis of ad libitum dietary intervention studies. Int J Obes Relat Metab Disord. 2000;24:1545-1552.

Barabasz M, Spiegel D. Hypnotizability and weight loss in obese subjects. Int J Eat Disord. 1989;8:335-341.

Bhattacharya A, Rahman MM, McCarter R, O'Shea M, Fernandes G. Conjugated linoleic acid and chromium lower body weight and visceral fat mass in high-fat-diet-fed mice. Lipids. 2006 May;41(5):437-44.

Birdsall TC. 5-hydroxytryptophan: a clinically-effective serotonin precursor. Alt Med Rev. 1998;3(4):271-280.

Blank HM, Khan LK, Serdula MK. Use of nonprescription weight loss products, results from a multistate survey. JAMA. 2001;286(:930-935.

Blankson H, Stakkestad JA, Fagertun H, et al. Conjugated linoleic acid reduces body fat mass in overweight and obese humans. J Nutr. 2000;130:2942-2948.

Bray GA, Blackburn GL, Ferguson JM, et al. Sibutramine produces dose-related weight loss. Obes Res. 1999;7:189-198.

Cangiano C, Ceci F, Cascino A, et al. Eating behavior and adherence to dietary prescriptions in obese adult subjects treated with 5-hyroxytryptophan. Am J Clin Nutr. 1992;56:863-867.

Chantre P, Lairon D. Recent findings of green tea extract AR25 (Exolise) and its activity for the treatment of obesity. Phytomedicine. 2002;9:3-8.

Colker CM, Torina GC, Swain MA, Kalman DS. Double-blind study evaluating the effects of exercise plus 3-acetyl-7-oxo-dehydroepiandrosterone on body composition and the endocrine system in overweight adults. Abstract published in Journal of Exercise Physiology online. 1999 October;2(4).

Deuchi K, Kanauchi O, Shizukuishi M, Kobayashi E. Continuous and massive intake of chitosan affects mineral and fat-soluble vitamin status in rats fed on a high-fat diet. Biosci Biotechnol Biochem. 1995;59(7):1211-1216.

Donnelly JE, Jacobsen DJ, Heelan KS, et al. The effects of 18 months of intermittent vs continuous exercise on aerobic capacity, body weight and composition, and metabolic fitness in previously sedentary, moderately obese females. Int J Obes Relat Metab Disord. 2000;24:566-572.

Dulloo AG, Duret C, Rohrer D, et al. Efficacy of a green tea extract rich in catechin polyphenols and caffeine in increasing 24-h energy expenditure and fat oxidation in humans. Am J Clin Nutr. 1999;70:1040-1045.

Epel ES, McEwen B, Seeman T, Matthews K, Castellazzo G, Brownell KD, Bell J, Ickovics JR. Stress and body shape: Stress-induced cortisol secretion is consistently greater among women with central fat. Psychosom Med. 2000;62(5):623-632.

Ernst E, Pittler H. Chitosan as a treatment for body weight reduction? A meta-analysis. Perfusion. 1998;11:461-465.

Ernst E. Acupuncture/acupressure for weight reduction? A systematic review. Wien Klin Wochenschr. 1997;109:60-62.

Foreyt JP, Goodrick GK. Evidence for success of behavior modification in weight loss and control. Ann Intern Med. 1993;119(7 Pt 2):698-701.

Geliebter A, Maher MM, Gerace L, et al. Effects of strength or aerobic training on body composition, resting metabolic rate, and peak oxygen consumption in obese dieting subjects. Am J Clin Nutr. 1997;66:557-563.

Greenway F, Herber D, Raum W, Herber D, Morales S. Double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled clinical trials with non-prescription medications for the treatment of obesity. Obes Res. 1999;7(4):370-380.

Hansen PA, Han DH, Nolte LA. DHEA protects against visceral obesity and muscle insulin resistance in rats fed a high-fat diet. Am J Physiol. 1997;273:R1704-R1708.

Harvey-Berino J. Calorie restriction is more effective for obesity treatment than dietary fat restriction. Ann Behav Med. 1999;21(1):35-39.

Heymsfield SB, Allison DB, Vasselli JR, et al. Garcinia cambogia (Hydroxycitirc acid) as a potential antiobesity agent. JAMA. 1998;280(18):1596-1600.

Kalman D, Colker CM, Wilets I, Roufs JB, Antonio J. The effects of pyruvate supplementation on body composition in overweight individuals. Nutrition. 1999 May;15(5):337-40.

Karlsson J, Taft C, Ryden A, Sjostrom L, Sullivan M. Ten-year trends in health-related quality of life after surgical and conventional treatment for severe obesity: the SOS intervention study. Int J Obes (Lond). 2007 Mar 13; [Epub ahead of print]

Kayman S, Bruvold W, Stern JS. Maintenance and relapse after weight loss in women: behavioral aspects. Am J Clin Nutr. 1990;52(5):800-807.

Keithley J, Swanson B. Glucomannan and obesity: a critical review. Altern Ther Health Med. 2005 Nov-Dec;11(6):30-4. Review.

Kirsch I. Hypnotic enhancement of cognitive-behavioral weight loss treatments-another meta-reanalysis. J Consult Clin Psychol. 1996;64(3):517-519.

Kirsch I, Montgomery G, Sapirstein G. Hypnosis as an adjunct to cognitive-behavioral psychotherapy: a meta-analysis. J Consult Clin Psychol. 1995;63(2):214-220.

Klem ML, Wing RR, McGuire MT, et al. A descriptive study of individuals successful at long-term maintenance of substantial weight loss. Am J Clin Nutr. 1997;66:239-246.

Kurzman ID, Panciera DL, Miller JB, MacEwen EG. The effect of dehydroepiandrosterone combined with a low-fat diet in spontaneously obese dogs: a clinical trial. Obes Res. 1998;6(1):20-28.

Ludwig DS, Pereira MA, Kroenke CH. Dietary fiber, weight gain, and cardiovascular disease risk factors in young adults. JAMA. 1999:282(16):1529-1546.

Mori TA, Bao, DQ, Burke V, et al. Dietary fish as a major component of a weight-loss diet: effect on serum lipids, glucose, and insulin metabolism in overweight hypertensive subjects. Am J Clin Nutr. 1999;70:817-825.

Nestler JE, Barlascini CO, Clore JN, Blackard WG. Dehydroepiandrosterone reduces serum low density lipoprotein levels and body fat bud does not alter insulin sensitivity in normal men. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 1988;66(1):57-61.

Opara EC, Petro A, Tevrizian A, et al. L-glutamine Supplementation of a high fat diet reduces body weight and attenuates hyperglycemia and hyperinsulinemia in C57BL/6J mice. J Nutr. 1996;126:273-279.

Paranjpe P, Patki P, Patwardhan B. Ayurvedic treatment of obesity: A randomized double-blind, placebo-controlled clinical trial. J Ethnopharmacol. 1990;29:1-11.

Pascale RW, Wing RR, Butler BA, Mullen M, Bononi P. Effects of a behavioral weight loss program stressing calorie restriction versus calorie plus fat restriction in obese individuals with NIDDM or a family history of diabetes. Diabetes Care. 1995;18(9):1241-1248.

Pittler MH, Abbot NC, Ernst E. Randomized, double-blind trial of chitosan for body weight reduction. Eur J Clin Nutr. 1999;53:379-381.

Poston WSC, Hyder ML, O'Byrne KK, Foreyt JP. Where do diets, exercise, and behavior modification fit in the treatment of obesity? Endocrine. 2000:13(2):187-192.

Richards D, Marley J. Stimulation of auricular acupuncture points in weight loss. Aust Fam Physician. 1998;27(suppl 2):S73-S77.

Riley RE. Popular weight loss diets. Clin Sports Med. 1999;18(3):691-701.

Rippe JM, Crossley S, Ringer R. Obesity as a chronic disease: modern medical and lifestyle management. J Am Diet Assoc. 1998;98(suppl 2):S9-S15.

Salas-Salvado J, Marquez-Sandoval F, Bullo M. Conjugated linoleic acid intake in humans: a systematic review focusing on its effect on body composition, glucose, and lipid metabolism. Crit Rev Food Sci Nutr. 2006;46(6):479-88. Review.

Schrauwen P, Westerterp KR. The role of high-fat diets and physical activity in the regulation of body weight. Br J Nutr. 2000;84:417-427.

Sukala WR. Pyruvate: beyond the marketing hype. Int J Sport Nutr. 1998;8:241-249.

Turnbull WH, Thomas HG. The effect of a Plantago ovata seed containing preparation on appetite variables, nutrient and energy intake. Int J Obes Relat Metab Disord. 1995;19:338-342.

Ullman D. The Consumer's Guide to Homeopathy. New York, NY: Penguin Putnam; 1995: 160.

Wadden TA, Sarwer DB, Berkowitz RI. Behavioural treatment of the overweight patient. Baillieres Best Pract Res Clin Endocrinol Metab. 1999;13(1):93-107.

Walsh DE, Yaghoubian V, Behforooz A. Effect of glucomannan on obese patients: a clinical study. Int J Obes. 1984;8:289-93.

Wang LF, Luo H, Miyoshi M, et al. Inhibitory effect gymnemic acid on intestinal absorption of oleic acid in rats. Can J Physiol. 1998;76:1017-1023.

Weiss D. How to help your patients lose weight: current therapy for obesity. Clev Clin J Med. 2000;67(10):739-754.

Welle S, Jozefowicz R, Statt M. Failure of dehydroepiandrosterone to influence energy and protein metabolism in humans. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 1990;71(5):1259-1264.

Westerterp-Plantenga M, Diepvens K, Joosen AM, Berube-Parent S, Tremblay A. Metabolic effects of spices, teas, and caffeine. Physiol Behav. 2006 Aug 30;89(1):85-91.

Westerterp-Plantenga MS, Smeets A, Lejeune MP. Sensory and gastrointestinal satiety effects of capsaicin on food intake. Int J Obes (Lond). 2005 Jun;29(6):682-8.

Williams JR. The effects of dehydroepiandrosterone on carcinogenesis, obesity, the immune system, and aging. Lipids. 2000;35(3):325-331.

Wortsman J, Matsuoka LY, Chen T, et al. Decreased bioavailability of vitamin D in obesity. Am J Clin Nutr. 2000;72:690-693.

Yoshioka M, St-Pierre S, Suzuki M, Tremblay A. Effects of red pepper added to high-fat and high-carbohydrate meals on energy metabolism and substrate utilization in Japanese women. Br J Nutr. 1998;80(6):503-510.

Review Date:
3/24/2007
Reviewed By:
Steven D. Ehrlich, N.M.D., private practice specializing in complementary and alternative medicine, Phoenix, AZ. Review provided by VeriMed Healthcare Network.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com

Shingles and chickenpox (Varicella-zoster virus)

FitSugar — Wed, 08 Oct 2008 17:35:12 -0700

In This Report

Highlights
Introduction
Symptoms
Risk Factors
Complications
Vaccination
Diagnosis
Treatment for Chickenpox...
Treatment for an Acute Shin...
Treatment for Postherpetic ...
Resources
References

HEALTH GUIDE REFERENCE FROM A.D.A.M

Highlights

New Chickenpox Immunization Schedule

In 2007, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control (CDC) updated the immunization schedule for the chickenpox vaccine. The CDC now recommends that children receive two doses of the vaccine. Children should receive:

The first dose when they are 12 – 15 months old
The second dose when they are 4 – 6 years old

If your child has been previously vaccinated, make sure that the pediatrician administers a second “catch-up” dose. It is clear that one dose of chickenpox vaccine does not provide complete protection against chickenpox. Adults who are at high risk of contracting chickenpox should also receive two doses of the chickenpox vaccine.

Shingles Vaccine

In 2006, the FDA approved the first shingles vaccine (Zostavax). The CDC now recommends that all adults with intact immune systems who are age 60 years and older receive this vaccine to help prevent herpes zoster (shingles). This includes adults who have previously had a shingles attack. Evidence indicates that Zostavax can help prevent the occurrence of shingles by about 50%. The vaccine can also help prevent the development of post-herpetic neuralgia (the nerve pain that can follow shingles) by 67%.

Scientists Identify Varicella-Mediating Protein

The varicella-zoster virus causes both chickenpox and shingles. After a chickenpox attack, the virus can lie dormant in the body for many years. Once reactivated, the virus quickly travels through nerve cells, causing rash and nerve pain. In 2006, scientists at the U.S. National Institutes of Health identified a specific protein that causes the virus to spread throughout cells in the body. Researchers hope that this important discovery may lead to new drug treatments for shingles.

Investigational Treatments for Postherpetic Neuralgia

Intravenous antiviral drug treatment, followed by oral antiviral drugs, may help reduce postherpetic neuralgia pain, according to a small study published in the Archives of Neurology.

Introduction

Shingles and chickenpox were once considered separate disorders. Researchers now know that they are both caused by a single virus of the herpes family known as varicella-zoster virus (VZV). The word herpes is derived from the Greek word "herpein," which means "to creep," a reference to a characteristic pattern of skin eruptions. VZV is still referred to by separate terms:

Varicella: The primary infection that causes chickenpox
Herpes zoster: The reactivation of the virus that causes shingles

Varicella (Chickenpox). When patients with chickenpox cough or sneeze, they expel tiny droplets that carry the virus. If a person who has never had chickenpox or been vaccinated inhales these particles, the virus enters the lungs. From here it passes into the bloodstream. When it is carried to the skin it produces the typical rash of chickenpox.

Chickenpox is caused by the varicella-zoster virus, a member of the herpes virus family. The same virus also causes herpes zoster, shingles, in adults. Chickenpox is extremely contagious, and can be spread by direct contact, droplet transmission, and airborne transmission. Symptoms range from fever, headache, stomach ache, or loss of appetite before breaking out in the classic pox rash. The rash can consist of several hundred small, itchy, fluid-filled blisters over red spots on the skin. The blisters often appear first on the face, trunk, or scalp and then spread to other parts of the body

Herpes Zoster (Shingles). The varicella virus also travels to nerve cells called dorsal root ganglia. These are bundles of nerves that transmit sensory information from the skin to the brain. Here, the virus can hide from the immune system for years, often for a lifetime. This inactivity is called latency.

Click the icon to see an image of shingles.

If the virus becomes active after being latent, it causes the disorder known as shingles. The virus in this later form is referred to as herpes zoster. The virus spreads in the ganglion and to the nerves connecting to it. Nerves most often affected are those in the face or the trunk. The virus can also spread to the spinal cord and into the bloodstream. In 2006, scientists at the U.S. Institutes of National Health identified a specific protein, called insulin-degrading enzyme, which causes the varicella-zoster virus to spread throughout cells in the body. The scientists hope that this discovery may eventually help in developing new drug therapies for treating shingles.

It is not clear why the varicella virus reactivates in some people but not in others. In many cases, the immune system has become impaired or suppressed from certain conditions such as AIDS, other immunodeficient diseases, or certain cancers or drugs that suppress the immune system. Aging itself increases the risk for shingles.

The varicella-zoster virus belongs to a group of herpes viruses that includes eight human viruses (it also includes animal viruses as well). Herpes viruses are similar in shape and size and reproduce within the structure of a cell. The particular cell depends upon the specific virus. The human herpes viruses are:

Herpes Simplex Virus 1 (HSV-1; causes cold sores and sometimes genital herpes)
Herpes Simplex Virus 2 (HSV-2; causes genital herpes and sometimes cold sores)
Varicella-zoster Virus (VZV; causes chickenpox and shingles)
Cytomegalovirus (CMV; causes mononucleosis and retinitis)
Epstein-Barre Virus (EBV; causes mononucleosis
Human Herpesvirus 6 (HHV6; causes roseola)
Human Herpesvirus 7 (HHV7; causes roseola)
Human Herpesvirus 7 (HHV8; causes Kaposi's sarcoma)

All herpes viruses share some common properties, including a pattern of active symptoms followed by latent inactive periods that can last for months, years, or even for a lifetime. [See In-Depth Report #52: Herpes simplex.]

Symptoms

The time between exposure to the virus and eruption of symptoms is called the incubation period. For chicken pox, this period is 10 - 20 days. The patient often develops fever, headache, swollen glands, and other flu-like symptoms before the typical rash appears. While fevers are low grade in most children, some can reach up to 105° F.

These symptoms subside once the rash breaks out. One or more tiny raised red bumps appear first, most often on the face, chest, or abdomen. They become larger within a few hours and spread quickly, eventually forming small blisters on a red base. The numbers of blisters vary widely. Some patients have only a few spots, others can develop hundreds. Each blister is filled with clear fluid that becomes cloudy in several days. It takes about 4 days for each blister to dry out and form a scab. During its course, the rash itches, sometimes severely. Usually separate crops of blisters occur over 4 - 7 days, and the entire disease process lasts 7 - 10 days.

Chickenpox itself usually occurs only once, although mild second infections, marked by the telltale rash, have been reported in older children years after their first infection.

Shingles nearly always occurs in adults. It develops on one side of the body. Usually two, and sometimes three, identifiable symptom stages occur:

The first is known as the prodrome, a cluster of warning symptoms that appear before the outbreak of the infection.
The second stage comprises the symptoms of the active infection itself.
In many patients, a third syndrome known as postherpetic neuralgia develops.

One form of shingles is known as zoster sine herpes, in which pain occurs first without a rash. Pain is so common to all stages of herpes zoster that doctors often refer to all syndromes with a single term: Zoster-Associated Pain (ZAP).

Prodrome (Pain).

Pain is the primary early symptom for shingles, and it occurs in all patients. The pain most often occurs in the skin at the site of the re-activated virus. The pain may be experienced as sharp, aching, piercing, tearing, or similar to an electric shock.
The affected skin may itch, feel numb, and be unbearably sensitive to touch. Often the patient experiences a combination of these sensations along with pain.
In addition, some patients may have flu-like symptoms such as muscle aches. (Some people have fever, but it is uncommon.)

The prodrome stage lasts 1 - 5 days before the infection becomes active and the skin rash erupts. Occasionally, the pain can last weeks or even months before the rash erupts.

Active Shingles. The rash that marks the active infection follows the same track of inflamed nerves as the prodrome pain. Between 50 - 60% of cases occur on the trunk. The second most common site is the head, particularly on one side of the face. It may also erupt on the neck or lower back. If the face is affected, there is a danger that the infection can spread to the eye or mouth. A rash that follows the side of the nose is a warning that the cornea of the eye is in danger.

This is a picture of herpes zoster (shingles) on the neck and cheek. The same virus that causes chickenpox is responsible for outbreaks of shingles. Outbreaks of shingles often follow the distribution of nerves in the skin. This distribution pattern is called a dermatome (see the "dermatomes" picture).

The active infection is typically marked by the following sequence:

A rash appears, starting as well-defined, small, red, clear spots.
Within 12 - 24 hours, these pimples develop into small fluid-filled blisters.
The blisters grow, merge, and become pus-filled.
Pain is common during the active infection.
Within about 7 - 10 days (as with chickenpox), the blisters form crusts and heal. In some cases it may take as long as a month before the skin clears completely. Healing takes even longer in patients who have impaired immune systems, and, in such cases, the blisters may persist for months.

Zoster Sine Herpete. Sometimes pain develops without a rash, a condition known as zoster sine herpete. This usually occurs in elderly patients. Symptoms include burning or shooting pain, numbness, tingling, itching, headache, fever, chills, and nausea. An accurate early diagnosis of shingles in such cases is often difficult. Some evidence suggests that some cases of Bell's palsy (in which part of the face becomes paralyzed) might actually be an indication of zoster sine herpete.

Postherpetic Neuralgia. Postherpetic neuralgia (PHN) is pain that persists for longer than a month after the onset of herpes zoster. (Some experts define persistent pain as subacute herpetic neuralgia if it lasts between 1 - 3 months, and as PHN if it lasts beyond 3 months.) PHN occurs in approximately 10 - 20% of patients who have shingles.

Risk for Recurrence of Shingles. Shingles can recur, but the risk is low (1 - 5%). Some evidence suggests that a first zoster episode boosts the immune system to ward off another attack. To support this theory, some elderly people with zoster who are exposed to children with chickenpox appear to have extra protection against a second zoster attack. In people with impaired immune systems, such as those with AIDS, a booster effect does not occur. These patients are at particular risk for multiple recurrences of shingles.

Risk Factors

The varicella-zoster virus is responsible for both chickenpox and herpes zoster, but its method of infection is different in both diseases.

Both the active varicella and zoster form of the virus can cause chickenpox.
The shingles virus in its latent (inactive) form is never infectious.

Catching Chickenpox. Most people get chickenpox from exposure to other people with chickenpox. It is most often spread through sneezing, coughing, and breathing. It is so contagious that few nonimmunized people escape this common disease when they are exposed to someone else with the disease.

People can also catch chickenpox from direct exposure to a shingles rash if they have not been immunized by vaccination or a previous bout of chickenpox. In such cases, transmission happens during the active phase when blisters have erupted but have not formed dry crusts. Herpes zoster spreads only from the rash. A person with shingles cannot transmit the virus by breathing or coughing.

Developing Shingles. Shingles itself can develop only from a reactivation of the varicella-zoster virus in a person who has previously had chickenpox. In other words, shingles itself is never transmitted from one person to another either in the air or through direct exposure to the blisters.

Between 75 - 90% of chickenpox cases occur in children under 10 years of age. Before the introduction of the vaccine, about 4 million cases of chickenpox were reported in the U.S. each year. Since a varicella vaccine became available in the U.S. in 1995, however, the incidence of disease and hospitalizations due to chickenpox has declined by nearly 90%.

The disease usually occurs in late winter and early spring months. It can also be transmitted from direct contact with the open sores. (Clothing, bedding, and such objects do not usually spread the disease.)

A patient with chickenpox can transmit the disease from about 2 days before the appearance of the spots until the end of the blister stage. This period lasts about 5 - 7 days. Once dry scabs form, the disease is unlikely to spread.

Most schools allow children with chickenpox back 10 days after onset. Some require children to stay home until the skin has completely cleared, although this is not necessary to prevent transmission.

About 500,000 cases of shingles occur each year in the U.S. Anyone who has had chickenpox has risk for shingles later in life, which means that 90% of adults in the U.S. are at risk for shingles. Shingles occurs, however, in 10 - 20% of these adult over the course of their lives, so certain factors must exist to increase the risk for such outbreaks.

The Aging Process. The risk for herpes zoster increases as people age, and the overall number of cases will undoubtedly increase as the baby boomer generation gets older. One study estimated that a person who reaches age 85 has a 50% chance of having herpes zoster. The risk for postherpetic neuralgia (PHN) is also highest in older people with the infection and increases dramatically after age 50. PHN is persistent pain and is the most feared complication of shingles.

Immunosuppression. People whose immune systems are impaired from diseases such as AIDS or childhood cancer have a risk for herpes zoster that is much higher than those with healthy immune systems. Herpes zoster in people who are HIV-positive may be a sign of full-blown AIDS. Certain drugs used for HIV, called protease inhibitors, may also increase the risk for herpes zoster.

Cancer. Cancer places people at risk for herpes zoster. At highest risk are those with Hodgkin's disease (13 - 15% of these patients develop shingles). About 7 - 9% of patients with lymphomas, and between 1 - 3% of patients with other cancers, have herpes zoster. Chemotherapy itself increases the risk for herpes zoster.

Immunosuppressant Drugs. Patients who take certain drugs that suppress the immune system are at risk for shingles (as well as other infections). They include:

Azathioprine (Imuran)
Chlorambucil (Leukeran)
Cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan)
Cyclosporine (Sandimmune, Neoral)
Cladribine (Leustatin)

These drugs are used for patients who have undergone organ transplantation and are also used for severe autoimmune diseases caused by the inflammatory process. Such disorders include rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, diabetes, multiple sclerosis, Crohn's disease, and ulcerative colitis.

Lack of Exposure to Children Infected with Chickenpox. Interestingly, one study suggested that previously infected adults who are exposed to children with chickenpox may receive an extra boost in antibody production, which can actually help them fight off herpes zoster. This means that as more children are vaccinated against chickenpox, more adults may be at risk for herpes zoster.

Risk Factors for Shingles in Children. Although most common in adults, shingles occasionally develops in children. One study reported that only 5% of cases occur in those under age 15. Children with immune deficiencies are at highest risk. Children with no immune problems but who had chickenpox before they were 1 year old also have a higher risk for shingles.

Complications

Chickenpox (varicella) rarely causes complications, but it is not always harmless. It can cause hospitalization and, in rare cases, death. Fortunately, since the introduction of the vaccine in 1995, hospitalizations have declined by nearly 90%, and there have been few fatal cases of chickenpox.

Adults have the greatest risk for dying from chickenpox, with infants having the next highest risk. Males (both boys and men) have a higher risk for a severe case of chickenpox than females. Children who catch chickenpox from family members are likely to have a more severe case than if they caught it outside the home. The older the child the higher the risk for a more severe case. But even in such circumstances, chickenpox is rarely serious in children. Other factors put individuals at specifically higher risk for complications of chickenpox.

Recurrence of Chickenpox. Recurrence of chickenpox is possible, but uncommon. One episode of chickenpox usually means lifelong immunity against a second attack. However, people who have had mild infections may be at greater risk for a breakthrough infection later on.

Reactivation of the Virus as Shingles (Herpes Zoster). The major long-term complication of varicella is the later reactivation of the herpes zoster virus and the development of shingles. Shingles occurs in about 20% of people who have had chickenpox.

Aside from itching, the complications described below are very rare.

Itching. Itching, the most common complication of the varicella infection, can be very distressing, particularly for small children. Certain home remedies are available that can alleviate the discomfort (see Treatment for Chickenpox section).

Secondary Infection and Scarring. Small scars may remain after the scabs have fallen off, but they usually clear up within a few months. In some cases, a secondary infection may develop at sites which the patient has scratched. The infection is usually caused by the bacteria Staphylococcus aureus or Streptococcus pyogenes. Permanent scarring may occur as a result. Children with chickenpox are at much higher risk for this complication than adults are, possibly because they are more likely to scratch.

Ear Infections. Some children are at higher risk for ear infections from chickenpox. Hearing loss is a very rare result of this complication.

A middle ear infection is also known as otitis media. It is one of the most common of childhood infections. With this illness, the middle ear becomes red, swollen, and inflamed because of bacteria trapped in the eustachian tube.

Bacterial Superinfection. Bacterial superinfection of the skin caused by group A streptococcus is the most common serious complication of chickenpox (but it is still rare). The infection is usually mild, but if it spreads in deep muscle, fat, or in the blood, it can be life-threatening. Infection can cause serious conditions such as necrotizing fasciitis (the so-called flesh-eating bacteria) and toxic shock syndrome (TSS).

Symptoms include:

A persistent or recurrent high fever
Redness, pain, and swelling in the skin and the tissue beneath

Pneumonia. Pneumonia is suspected if coughing and abnormally rapid breathing develop in patients who have chickenpox. Adults and adolescents with chickenpox are at some risk for serious pneumonia. Pregnant women, smokers, and those with serious medical conditions are at higher risk for pneumonia if they have chickenpox. Oxygen and intravenous acyclovir are key treatments for this condition. Pneumonia that is caused by varicella can result in lung scarring, which may impair oxygen exchange over the following weeks, or even months.

Click the icon to see an image of pneumonia.

Effects on the Brain and Central Nervous System.

Inflammation in the Brain. Encephalitis and meningitis, infections or inflammation in the central nervous systems, have occurred in a few varicella patients, both children and adults. This condition can be very dangerous, causing coma and even death. Fortunately, it is extremely rare. Symptoms vary. The patient may become over-agitated or may exhibit loss of coordination and poor balance.
Stroke. Although stroke in children is extremely rare, a condition called cerebral vasculitis, in which blood vessels in the brain become inflamed, has been associated with varicella-zoster. Varicella may be a factor in some cases of stroke in young adults.

Effects During Pregnancy. The risk for chickenpox in a pregnant woman is very low (1 - 7 cases in 10,000). However, chickenpox places the woman at risk for life-threatening pneumonia. Infection in the pregnant woman in the first trimester also poses a 1 - 2% chance for infecting the developing fetus, which is an extremely serious condition. (Herpes zoster is even rarer in pregnant women, and there is almost no risk for the unborn child in such cases.)

Disseminated Varicella. Disseminated varicella, chickenpox that spreads to organs in the body, is extremely serious and is a major problem for patients with compromised immune systems. An immune system may become compromised as a result of diseases such as AIDS, inherited conditions, or certain drugs. For example, disseminated varicella occurs in up to 35% of children with chickenpox who are taking cancer chemotherapy. In such cases, mortality rates are between 7 - 30%.

Reye Syndrome. Reye syndrome, a disorder that causes sudden and dangerous liver and brain damage, is a complication of chickenpox and other viruses in children who take aspirin. The disease can lead to coma and is life-threatening. Symptoms include rash, vomiting, and confusion beginning about a week after the onset of the disease. Because of the strong warnings against children taking aspirin, this condition is, fortunately, nearly nonexistent.

Other Rare Complications of Chickenpox. Other extremely rare complications of varicella include problems in blood clotting, and inflammation of the nerves in the hands and feet. Inflammation can also occur in other areas of the body, such as the heart, testicles, liver, joints, or kidney. Children should never be given aspirin when they have a viral infection.

Pain. The pain and discomfort of the active herpes zoster infection is the primary symptom and complication of herpes zoster. The pain usually takes one of these forms:

Continuous burning or aching pain
Periodic piercing pain
Spasm similar to electric shock

Such experiences may also be more intense than even normal responses, defined in the following ways:

Allodynia is pain caused by factors, such as a light touch of clothing or a cold wind, which occurs from very little stimulation.
Hyperalgesia is a more intense painful response to a normally painful experience.

The pain tends to be more severe at night. Temperature changes can also affect pain. The pain may extend beyond the areas of the initial zoster attack. In most cases, it does not affect daily life. Rarely, however, the pain of herpes zoster affects sleep, mood, work, and overall quality of life. This can lead to fatigue, loss of appetite, depression, social withdrawal, and impaired daily functioning.

Itching. Many patients report itching (postherpetic itch) as the primary symptom, rather than pain. In rare cases, it can be disabling.

Postherpetic Neuralgia (PHN). Postherpetic neuralgia (PHN) is pain that persists for longer than a month after the onset of herpes. It is the most common severe complication of shingles. It is not clear why PHN occurs. Some theories for its development are:

The herpes zoster virus appears to produce persistent inflammation in the spinal cord that causes long-term damage, including nerve scarring.
Nerves that are injured in the initial attack may regrow abnormally and provoke an exaggerated response in the brain that signals intense sensitivity or pain.

In people with herpes zoster, the risk of developing PHN ranges from 10 - 70%. In general, however, the risk is likely to be in the lower range. People with impaired immune systems do not seem to be at any higher risk for persistent PHN than those with normal immune systems.

The following are risk factors for PHN:

Age. PHN affects about 25% of herpes zoster patients over 60 years old. The older a person is, the longer PHN is likely to last. It rarely occurs in people under age 50.
Gender. Some studies suggest that women may be at slightly higher risk for PHN than men.
Severe or Complicated Shingles. People who had prodromal symptoms or a severe attack (numerous blisters and severe pain) during the initial shingles episode are also at high risk for PHN. The rate is also higher in people whose eyes have been affected by zoster.

In most cases, PHN resolves within 3 months. Some experts define persistent pain after a herpes zoster attack as subacute herpetic neuralgia if it lasts between 1 - 3 months and as PHN only if it lasts beyond 3 months. Studies report that only about 10% of patients experience pain after a year. Unfortunately, when PHN is severe and treatments have not been very effective, the persistent pain and abnormal sensations can be profoundly frustrating and depressing for patients.

Secondary Infection in the Blisters. If the blistered area is not kept clean and free from irritation, it may become infected with Streptococcus A or Staphylococcus bacteria. If the infection is severe, scarring can occur.

Guillain-Barre Syndrome. Guillain-Barre syndrome is caused by inflammation of the nerves and has been associated with a number of viruses, including herpes zoster. The arms and legs become weak, painful, and, sometimes, even paralyzed. The trunk and face may be affected. Symptoms vary from mild to severe enough to require hospitalization. The disorder resolves in a few weeks to months. Other viruses ( C. jejuni, cytomegalovirus, and Epstein-Barr) may have a stronger association to this syndrome than herpes zoster. One study, in fact, found no higher incidence of herpes zoster virus in patients with Guillain-Barre than in the general population.

Effects on Face and Ears.

Ramsay Hunt Syndrome. Ramsay Hunt syndrome occurs when herpes zoster causes facial paralysis and rash on the ear (herpes zoster oticus) or in the mouth. Symptoms include severe ear pain and hearing loss, ringing in the ear, loss of taste, nausea, vomiting, and dizziness. Ramsay Hunt syndrome may also cause a mild inflammation in the brain. The dizziness may last for a few days or even for weeks, but usually resolves. Severity of hearing loss varies from partial to total; however, this too usually always goes away. Facial paralysis, on the other hand, may be permanent.
Bell's Palsy. Bell's palsy is partial paralysis of the face. There is some indication that this syndrome may suggest a reactivation of herpes zoster, even if no rash appears.

In some cases, it is difficult to distinguish between Bell's palsy and Ramsay Hunt syndrome, particularly in the early stages. Ramsay Hunt syndrome tends to be more severe than Bell's palsy. Although evidence is weak on treating facial involvement of herpes zoster, some experts recommend oral prednisone (a corticosteroid) and an antiviral drug within 7 days of symptom onset. Even though nearly all cases of Bell's palsy and the majority of Ramsay Hunt syndrome resolve without problems, the possibility of residual symptoms with Ramsay Hunt and the early resemblance between the two syndromes warrants this treatment.

Effects on the Brain. Inflammation of the membrane around the brain (meningitis) or in the brain itself (encephalitis) is a rare complication in people with herpes zoster. The encephalitis is generally mild and resolves in a short period. In rare cases, particularly in patients with impaired immune systems, it can be severe and even life-threatening.

Click the icon to see an image of the meninges of the brain.

Effects in the Urinary Tract. In rare situations, herpes zoster can infect the urinary tract and cause difficulty in urination. The condition is temporary but may require a catheter for patients who have trouble urinating.

Click the icon to see an image of the male urinary tract.

Infections in the Eye. If shingles occurs in the face, the eyes are at risk, particularly if the path of the infection follows the side of the nose. If the eyes become involved (called herpes zoster ophthalmicus), a severe infection can occur that is difficult to treat and can threaten vision. AIDS patients may be at particular risk for a chronic infection in the cornea of the eye.

Click the icon to see an image of the eye.

Herpes zoster can also cause a devastating infection in the retina called imminent acute retinal necrosis syndrome. In such cases, visual changes develop within weeks or months after the herpes zoster outbreak has resolved. Although this complication usually follows a herpes outbreak in the face, it can occur after an outbreak in any part of the body. Prompt treatment with acyclovir can often halt its progress, at least in people with healthy immune systems. Either acyclovir or valacyclovir, a similar drug, may prevent other eye complications, such as conjunctivitis (pink eye), inflammation of the cornea, and pain.

Disseminated Herpes Zoster. As with disseminated chickenpox, disseminated herpes zoster, which spreads to other organs, can be serious to life-threatening, particularly if it affects the lungs. People with compromised immune systems are at greatest danger, with risk of 5 - 25%. It is very rare in people with healthy immune systems.

In very rare cases, herpes zoster has been associated with Stevens-Johnson syndrome, an extensive and serious condition in which widespread blisters cover mucous membranes and large areas of the body.

Elderly people. The older the patient, the higher the risk for complications from either chickenpox or shingles. Adults who smoke are at particularly higher risk for pneumonia from chickenpox.

Patients with Compromised Immune Systems. People with suppressed immune systems from diseases such as AIDS, leukemia, or those who take immunosuppressive drugs, are at the highest risk for severe and even unusual forms of VZV. Examples include chronic chickenpox with persistent sores, or disseminated varicella-zoster (in which the infection spreads to internal organs).

Patients with Serious Illnesses. People with serious illnesses may be at risk for complications of the varicella-zoster virus. Patients with diseases, such as Hodgkin's disease, who receive bone marrow or stem cell transplants are at higher risk for herpes zoster and its complications. An inactivated vaccine given before the procedure may be helpful.

Pregnant Women. Pregnant women who become infected with the varicella-zoster virus, whether in the form of chickenpox or shingles, are at increased risk for serious pneumonia.

The risk for the infant is lower or higher depending on when the mother became infected.
Chickenpox in the mother during early pregnancy poses a slightly increased risk for birth defects in the infant, but it is not usually viewed as grounds for terminating a pregnancy.
The highest risk for birth defects is about 2%, which usually occurs if the mother has chickenpox between the 13th and 20th week. Even in such cases, birth defects may only result in minor skin abnormalities. More serious defects include a smaller than normal head, eye problems, low birth weight, and mental retardation.
If women develop chickenpox (not shingles) within 5 days before and 2 days after delivery, their newborns are at risk for life-threatening varicella.

Newborns and Infants. Chickenpox in newborns is a life-threatening condition. Although chickenpox can still be very dangerous in older infants, most are protected by antibodies in breast milk from mothers who have had chickenpox. Children under age 1 who develop chickenpox are at higher risk for childhood shingles. All infants should have as little exposure as possible to people with chickenpox.

Vaccination

There are two types of varicella vaccines:

A chickenpox vaccine for vaccinating children, adolescents, and some adults
A shingles vaccine for vaccinating adults age 60 years and older

A live-virus vaccine (Varivax) produces persistent immunity against chickenpox. [A vaccine (Proquad) for children ages 1 - 12 years now combines measles, mumps, rubella, and varicella in one product.] The vaccine can prevent chickenpox or reduce the severity of the illness if it is used within 3 days, and possibly up to 5 days, after exposure to the infection.

In 2007, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control’s Advisory Committee on Immunization Practices (ACIP) revised the immunization schedule for the chickenpox vaccine. The new schedule recommends that children receive TWO doses of the chickenpox vaccine with:

The first dose administered when the child is 12 – 15 months years of age, and
The second dose administered when the child is 4 – 6 years of age

As of 2007, all children should routinely receive these vaccinations. For children who have previously received one dose of the chickenpox vaccine, the ACIP recommends that they receive a “catch-up” second dose during their regular doctor’s visit. This second dose can be given at any time as long as it is at least 3 months after the first dose. Experts pushed for the new second-dose policy due to a number of recent chickenpox outbreaks among previously vaccinated schoolchildren.

A 2007 study in the New England Journal of Medicine also found that one dose of the vaccine may not be enough to provide complete immunity. Among 350,000 patients researchers studied over 10 years, 11,356 were reported to have chickenpox. A total of 1,080 of the patients had breakthrough disease, a modified form of chickenpox with a mild rash that can occur in some vaccinated people. According to the study, those most at risk were children ages 8 - 12 years who had been vaccinated at least 5 years before their current chickenpox infection.

The U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) recommends that every healthy adult without a known history of chickenpox be vaccinated. Adults in the following groups should strongly consider vaccination:

Those with high risk of exposure or transmission (hospital or day care workers, parents of young children)
People in contact with those who have compromised immune systems
Nonpregnant women of childbearing age
International travelers

As with other live-virus vaccines, the chickenpox vaccine is not recommended for:

Women who are pregnant or who may become pregnant within 30 days of vaccination.
People whose immune systems are compromised by disease or drugs (such as after organ transplantation). Experts report that the vaccine is safe in children with acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL). Certain children who are HIV-positive may be candidates for the vaccine. An inactivated chickenpox vaccine may be safe for patients undergoing bone marrow transplants when given before and after the operation.

Patients who cannot be vaccinated but who are exposed to chickenpox receive immune globulin antibodies against varicella virus. This helps prevent complications of the disease if they become infected.

Discomfort at the Injection Site. About 20% of vaccine recipients have pain, swelling, or redness at the injection site.
Severe Side Effects. Only about 5% of adverse reactions are serious. Such events include seizures, pneumonia, anaphylactic reaction, encephalitis, Stevens-Johnsons syndrome, neuropathy, herpes zoster, and blood abnormalities.
Risk of Transmission. The vaccine may produce a mild rash within about a month of the vaccination, which can transmit chickenpox to others. Individuals who have recently been vaccinated should avoid close contact with anyone who might be susceptible to severe complications from chickenpox until the risk for a rash passes.
Later Infection. Months or even years after the vaccination, some people develop a mild infection termed modified varicella-like syndrome (MVLS). The condition appears to be less contagious and has fewer complications than naturally acquired chickenpox.

In 2006, a shingles vaccine was approved for use in the United States. The zoster vaccine (Zostavax) is a stronger version of the chickenpox vaccine. Study results published in 2005 suggested that the zoster vaccine can prevent about half of all shingles cases and two-thirds of postherpetic neuralgia cases. The CDC recommends that all adults age 60 years and older who have intact immune systems should receive this vaccine

Varicella-zoster immune globulin (VariZIG) is a substance that triggers an immune response against the varicella-zoster virus. It is used to protect high-risk patients who are exposed to chickenpox, or those who cannot receive a vaccination of the live virus. Such groups include:

Pregnant women with no history of chickenpox
Newborn infants whose mothers had signs or symptoms of chickenpox around the time of delivery (5 days before to 2 days after)
Premature infants
Immunocompromised children and adults with no antibodies to VZV
Recipients of bone-marrow transplants (even if they have had chickenpox)
Patients with a debilitating disease (even if they have had chickenpox)

For these patients, VariZIG should be given within 96 hours of exposure to someone with chickenpox. (Note: VariZIG is a new formulation of an older drug called VZIG, which is no longer being produced.)

Diagnosis

Both chickenpox (varicella) and shingles (zoster) can usually be diagnosed by symptoms alone. If a diagnosis is still unclear after a physical examination, diagnostic tests may be required.

Either variation of the virus may be confused with other disorders.

Ruling out Disorders that Resemble Chickenpox. Chickenpox, particularly in early stages, may be confused with herpes simplex (the disorder more commonly referred to as "herpes"), or impetigo, insect bites, and scabies.

Ruling out Disorders that Resemble Shingles. The early prodrome stage of shingles can cause severe pain on one side of the lower back, chest, or abdomen before the rash appears. It therefore may be mistaken for disorders, such as gallstones, that cause acute pain in internal organs.

In the active rash stage, shingles may be confused with herpes simplex, particularly in young adults if the blisters occur on the buttocks or around the mouth. Herpes simplex, however, does not usually generate chronic pain.

A diagnosis may be difficult if herpes zoster takes a non-typical course, such as with Bell's palsy or Ramsay Hunt syndrome in the face, or if it affects the eye, or causes fever and delirium.

In most cases of chickenpox and shingles, the symptoms alone are sufficient to make a diagnosis. In some patients, such as those who are immunosuppressed, if the symptoms are not straightforward the doctor performs one or more additional tests to detect the virus itself. The tests usually aim to distinguish between varicella-zoster and herpes simplex viruses.

Virus Culture. A viral culture uses specimens taken from the blister, fluid in the blister, or sometimes spinal fluid. They are sent to a laboratory, where it takes 1 - 14 days to detect the virus in the preparation made from the specimen. It is also sometimes used in vaccinated patients to determine if a varicella-like infection is caused by a natural virus or by the vaccine. This test is useful, but it is sometimes difficult to recover the virus from the samples.

Immunofluorescence Assay. Immunofluorescence is a diagnostic technique used to identify antibodies to a specific virus. In the case of herpes zoster, the technique uses ultraviolet rays applied to a preparation composed of cells taken from the zoster blisters. The specific characteristics of the light as seen through a microscope will identify the presence of the antibodies. This test is less expensive than a culture, more accurate, and results are faster.

Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR). Polymerase chain reaction (PCR) techniques use a piece of the DNA of the virus, which is then replicated millions of times until the virus is detectable. This technique is expensive but is useful for unusual cases, such as identifying infection in the central nervous system.

Treatment for Chickenpox

Acetaminophen. Patients with chickenpox do not have to stay in bed unless fever and flu symptoms are severe. To relieve discomfort, a child can take acetaminophen (Tylenol), with doses determined by the doctor. A child should never be given aspirin, or medications containing aspirin, as aspirin increases the risk for a dangerous condition called Reye syndrome.

Soothing Baths. Frequent baths are particularly helpful in relieving itching, when used with preparations of finely ground (colloidal) oatmeal. Commercial preparations (Aveeno) are available in drugstores, or one can be made at home by grinding or blending dry oatmeal into a fine powder. Use about 2 cups per bath. The oatmeal will not dissolve, and the water will have a scum. A 1/2 - 1 cup of baking soda in a bath may also be helpful.

Lotions. Calamine lotion and similar over-the-counter preparations can be applied to the blisters to help dry them out and soothe the skin.

Antihistamines. For severe itching diphenhydramine (Benadryl) is useful and may help children sleep.

Preventing Scratching. Small children may have to wear mittens so that they don't scratch the blisters and cause a secondary infection. All patients with varicella, including adults, should have their nails trimmed short.

Acyclovir is an antiviral drug that may be used in adult varicella patients or those of any age with a high risk for complications and severe forms of chickenpox. The drug may also benefit smokers with chickenpox, who are at higher than normal risk for pneumonia. Some experts recommend its use for children who catch chickenpox from other family members because such patients are at risk for more serious cases. To be effective, oral acyclovir must be taken within 24 hours of the onset of the rash. Early intravenous administration of acyclovir is essential treatment for chickenpox pneumonia.

Treatment for an Acute Shingles Attack

The treatment goals for an acute attack of herpes zoster include:

Reduce pain
Reduce discomfort
Hasten healing of blisters
Prevent the disease from spreading

Over-the-counter (OTC) remedies are often effective in reducing the pain of an attack. Antiviral drugs (acyclovir and others), oral corticosteroids, or both are sometimes given to patients with severe symptoms, particularly if they are older and at risk for postherpetic neuralgia (PHN). In addition, psychological therapies aimed at coping and reducing the effects of pain may be useful.

Applied Cold. Cold compresses soaked in Burrow's solution (an OTC remedy) and cool baths may help relieve the blisters. It is important not to break blisters as this can cause infection. Experts advise against warm treatments, which can intensify itching. Patients should wear loose clothing and use clean loose gauze coverings over the affected areas.

Itch Relief. In general, to prevent or reduce itching, home treatments are similar to those used for chickenpox. Patients can try antihistamines, (particularly Benadryl), oatmeal baths, and calamine lotion.

Over-the-Counter Pain Relievers. For an acute shingles attack, patients may take over-the-counter pain relievers:

Children should take acetaminophen. (Shingles is very rare in children.)
Adults may take aspirin or other nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, such as ibuprofen (Advil). Such remedies, however, are not very effective for postherpetic neuralgia.

Nucleoside Analogues. The best class of drugs developed against varicella-zoster are those known as nucleoside, or guanosine, analogues, which are able to block viral reproduction. None of these drugs can actually destroy the virus and cure the disease, but they can significantly reduce the severity of the attack, hasten healing, and reduce the duration. There is some evidence that early treatment with these drugs can reduce the risk for postherpetic herpes.

These anti-viral drugs are usually taken for 7 days. Ideally they should be started within 72 hours of the onset of infection. The earlier they are given the more effective these drugs are, but they can be helpful even if treatment is started after 3 days. Combinations of antiviral therapy with other drugs, such as tricyclic antidepressants or anticonvulsant drugs, are under investigation

Acyclovir (Zovirax), famciclovir (Famvir), and valacyclovir (Valtrex) are approved for shingles. Acyclovir is the oldest, most studied of these drugs, but either famciclovir (Famvir) or valacyclovir (Valtrex), which are both metabolized into acyclovir, are now preferred to treat herpes zoster in most patients. They relieve symptoms better than acyclovir and require fewer daily doses (typically three) than the five doses needed with acyclovir.

Because herpes zoster tends to resolve fairly quickly in young adults, these drugs are generally reserved for patients at greatest risk for complications or persistent pain. They include:

Elderly people
Those with infections that threaten the eye
Patients who are HIV positive or immunocompromised in other ways
Patients whose infection covers a larger-than-average surface area of the skin
Those with very severe pain

These drugs appear to have little or no harmful effect on healthy cells and can penetrate most body tissues, including cerebrospinal fluid. Evidence to date suggests that they are safe during pregnancy.

Possible side effects of nucleoside analogues include rash, headache, fatigue, tremor, nausea and vomiting. Seizures are a very rare side effect. Patients with AIDS or other diseases that compromise the immune system are at increased risk for kidney damage and blood clots. Patients with suppressed immune systems are also more likely to have viral resistance to these drugs. These drugs are safe to take during pregnancy.

Foscarnet. Foscarnet (Foscavir) is a powerful antiviral drug known as a pyrophosphate analogue. It is used in cases of VZV strains that have become resistant to acyclovir and similar drugs. Administered intravenously, the drug can have toxic effects. It can impair kidney function (which is reversible) and cause seizures. Fever, nausea, and vomiting are common side effects. It can also cause ulcers on genital organs. As with other drugs, it does not cure shingles.

Brivudin. Brivudin (Helpin, Zostex) is another anti-viral drug, but it is not available in the U.S. It needs to be taken only once a day.

Oral corticosteroids, including prednisolone or prednisone, are powerful anti-inflammatory medications. They have some benefit for reducing pain and accelerating healing in acute attacks when used with acyclovir. (They are not recommended without acyclovir.) They also may be helpful for improving symptoms of Bell's palsy and Ramsay Hunt syndrome. Corticosteroids do not appear to prevent a further shingles attack or reduce the risk for PHN. Side effects of corticosteroids can be severe, and patients should take oral steroids at as low a dose and for as short a time as possible. (Injected or intravenous steroids, however, may offer specific relief for PHN without significant side effects.)

Epidural blocks are injections of local anesthetics and steroids outside the tough membrane surrounding the spinal cord (the dura matter). The injected drugs block the nerves and may offer relief from acute herpes zoster pain for some people. A 2006 study found that a single epidural injection helps slightly to relieve shingles pain for a month, but the effect does not last any longer. The injection does not help prevent postherpetic neuralgia.

Treatment for Postherpetic Neuralgia

Postherpetic neuralgia (PHN) is difficult to treat. Once PHN develops, a patient may need a multidisciplinary approach that involves a pain specialist, psychiatrist, primary care physician, and other health care providers.

In 2004, the American Academy of Neurology (AAN) issued treatment guidelines for postherpetic neuralgia based on an extensive review of published studies. The AAN recommends:

Tricyclic antidepressants (amitriptyline, nortriptyline, desipramine, maprotiline)
Anticonvulsants (gabapentin and pregabalin)
Lidocaine skin patches
Opioids (oxycodone, methadone, morphine)

Topical Pain Relievers. Creams, patches, or gels containing various substances can provide some pain relief.

Lidocaine and Other Anesthetic Patches. A patch that contains the anesthetic lidocaine (Lidoderm) is approved specifically for postherpetic neuralgia (PHN). One to four patches can be applied over the course of 24 hours. Another patch (EMLA) contains both lidocaine and prilocaine, a second anesthetic. The most common side effects are skin redness or rash.
Capsaicin (Zostrix) is prepared from the active ingredient in hot chili peppers. An ointment form has been approved for postherpetic neuralgia. Its benefits are limited, however. A patch form that uses a higher than standard dose may work better. In one study, it reduced pain by 33% in nearly half of patients. Capsaicin should not be used until the blisters have completely dried out and are falling off the skin. Capsaicin ointment should be handled using a glove, and applied to affected areas three or four times daily. The patient will usually experience a burning sensation when the drug is first applied, but this sensation diminishes with use. It may take up to 6 weeks for the patient to experience its full effect, and about a third of patients cannot tolerate the burning sensation.
Topical Aspirin. Topical aspirin, known chemically as triethanolamine salicylate (Aspercreme), may bring relief.
Menthol-Containing Preparations. Topical drugs containing menthol, such as high-strength Flexall 454, may be helpful.

Skin Coolants. Ethyl chloride (Chloroethane) and fluori-methane are chemicals that cool the blood vessels in the skin. Sprays that contain these chemicals are not anesthetics, but are used to inactivate the sensitive areas. To use the spray, the patient must be in a comfortable position. The spray bottle is held upside-down, about 12 - 18 inches from the targeted area, and the face must be covered if the spray is being used near the head.

Tricyclic antidepressants relieve pain in up to two-thirds of patients. These drugs not only relieve depression, which can be common in PHN sufferers, but certain tricyclics specifically block sodium channels, which play a role in causing pain in PHN. Nortriptyline (Pamelor, Aventyl), amitriptyline (Elavil, Endep), and desipramine (Norpramin) are standard drugs.

According to one study, two-thirds of patients obtain pain relief if they take tricyclics within 3 months to a year after a herpes zoster attack. The drugs are less successful when taken after that. It may take several weeks for the drugs to become fully effective. They do not work as well in patients who experience burning pain or allodynia (pain that occurs with normally non-painful stimulus, such as a light touch or wind).

Unfortunately, tricyclics have side effects that are particularly severe in the elderly, who are also more likely to have PHN. Desipramine and nortriptyline have fewer side effects than amitriptyline and are preferred for older patients. Side effects include dry mouth, blurred vision, constipation, dizziness, difficulty urinating, disturbances in heart rhythms, and an abrupt drop in blood pressure when standing up.

Certain anticonvulsant drugs have effects that block over-excitation of nerve cells and may be helpful for PHN patient. (Anticonvulsant drugs are also known as anti-seizure drugs.)

Gabapentin. Gabapentin (Neurontin) was the first anticonvulsant drug approved for PHN. Studies suggest significant pain relief in patients with PHN and reduction in the use of opioids. Many patients also report improved quality of life, including better sleep. Gabapentin is also showing promise in combination with valacyclovir for reducing pain from an acute herpes zoster attack.

Side effects include skin rashes, increased risk for infection, headache, dizziness, sleepiness, swelling, and upset stomach. Some people experience visual disturbances, ringing in the ears, agitation, or odd movements when drug levels are at their peak. These side effects may limit their value in older people who are at risk of falling. In general, however gabapentin is safer than tricyclic antidepressants for elderly patients.

Pregabalin. Pregabalin (Lyrica) is similar to gabapentin. Like gabapentin, side effects can include sleepiness and dizziness

Other Anticonvulsant Drugs. The AAN guidelines found insufficient evidence to recommend carbamazepine (Tegretol).

Opioids. Patients with severe pain that does not respond to tricyclic antidepressants may need powerful painkilling opioid drugs. They may be taken by mouth or delivered through a skin patch. Oxycodone is the standard opioid for PHN. Morphine is also used. Methadone (Dolophine) may also be helpful. A 2005 study found that morphine worked best when combined with the anticonvulsant gabapentin. Constipation, drowsiness, and dry mouth are common side effects of opioids.

Tramadol. Tramadol (Ultram) is a pain reliever that has been used as an alternative to opioids. It has opioid-like properties but is not as addictive. (Dependence and abuse have been reported, however.) It can cause nausea but not severe gastrointestinal problems, as NSAIDs can. Studies suggest it might be very helpful for PHN patients, particularly those with heart problems or other conditions that restrict tricyclic antidepressants.

Intrathecal Corticosteroid Injections. Epidural (also called intrathecal) injections of corticosteroids are administered within the the tough membrane surrounding the spinal cord. The corticosteroids are sometimes combined with anesthetics. Some older studies indicated that these injections may relieve PHN pain, but this treatment is still under investigation and is not common medical practice. A 2006 study reported that epidural injections may provide slight temporary relief for acute shingles attacks, but they do not prevent PHN.

Antiviral Drugs. Researchers are investigating whether treatment with antiviral drugs may help reduce the pain associated with postherpetic neuralgia. A small 2006 study suggested that a 2-week course of therapy with intravenous acyclovir, followed by 1-month treatment with oral valacyclovir, may help relieve pain.

Surgery. Certain surgical techniques in the brain or spinal cord attempt to block nerve centers associated with postherpetic neuralgia. These methods carry risk for permanent damage, however, and should be used only as a last resort when all other methods have failed and the pain is intolerable. Most studies indicate that surgery does not relieve PHN pain.

Stress Reduction Techniques. A number of relaxation and stress-reduction techniques may be helpful for managing chronic pain. They include meditation, deep breathing exercises, biofeedback, and muscle relaxation. Such techniques may apply to those with severe pain from acute infection and from persistent long-term postherpetic neuralgia. [See In-Depth Report #31: Stress.]

Behavioral Cognitive Therapy. Behavioral cognitive therapy is showing benefit in enhancing patients' beliefs in their own abilities for dealing with pain. Using specific tasks and self-observation, patients gradually shift their fixed ideas that they are helpless against the pain that dominates their lives to the perception that it is a manageable experience. The skill of the therapist is very important to its success.

Many people with chronic pain such as PHN turn to alternative treatments for relief. Aside from hypnosis, little evidence indicates that these treatments work for PHN. Remedies include:

Hypnosis
Topical use of diluted apple cider vinegar
Acupuncture
Colostrum (a pre-milk fluid produced by mammals)
Pantothenic acid (Vitamin B5)

Resources

www.cdc.gov -- Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
www.niaid.nih.gov -- National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases
www.ninds.nih.gov -- National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke
www.aan.com -- American Academy of Neurology
www.neuropathy.org -- Neuropathy Association

References

American Academy of Pediatrics Committee on Infectious Diseases. Recommended immunization schedules for children and adolescents--United States, 2007. Pediatrics. 2007 Jan;119(1):207-8.

Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). A new product (VariZIG) for postexposure prophylaxis of varicella available under an investigational new drug application expanded access protocol. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2006 Mar 3;55(:209-10.

Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). Varicella outbreak among vaccinated children--Nebraska, 2004. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2006 Jul 14;55(27):749-52.

Chaves SS, Gargiullo P, Zhang JX, Civen R, Guris D, Mascola L, et al. Loss of Vaccine-Induced Immunity to Varicella over Time. N Engl J Med. 2007 Mar 15;356(11):1121-9.

Davis MM, Marin M, Cowan AE, Guris D, Clark SJ. Physician attitudes regarding breakthrough varicella disease and a potential second dose of varicella vaccine. Pediatrics. 2007 Feb;119(2):258-64.

Li Q, Ali MA, Cohen JI. Insulin degrading enzyme is a cellular receptor mediating varicella-zoster virus infection and cell-to-cell spread. Cell. 2006 Oct 20;127(2):305-16.

Lopez AS, Guris D, Zimmerman L, Gladden L, Moore T, Haselow DT, et al. One dose of varicella vaccine does not prevent school outbreaks: is it time for a second dose? Pediatrics. 2006 Jun;117(6):e1070-7.

Quan D, Hammack BN, Kittelson J, Gilden DH. Improvement of postherpetic neuralgia after treatment with intravenous acyclovir followed by oral valacyclovir. Arch Neurol. 2006 Jul;63(7):940-2.

Review Date:
3/15/2007
Reviewed By:
Harvey Simon, MD, Associate Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School; Physician, Massachusetts General Hospital.

A.D.A.M. Copyright

adam.com